UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                      

Commission File Number 814-01299

 

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

82-7020632

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York

 

10154

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 503-2100

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      YES  ☐   NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐   NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  ☒   NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically  every Interactive Data File required to be submitted  pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit  such files).    YES  ☐   NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   YES  ☐   NO  ☒

As of December 31, 2018, there was no established public market for the registrant’s common stock.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, outstanding as of March 18, 2019 was 15,287,414.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

2

Item 1.

 

Business

 

2

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

24

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

47

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

47

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

47

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

48

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

48

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

49

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

50

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

62

Item 8.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

63

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

90

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

90

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

91

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

91

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

95

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

96

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

97

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

112

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

112

 

 

i


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (together, with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “ Company ,” “ we ” or “ our ”), our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

 

our future operating results;

 

our business prospects and the prospects of the companies in which we may invest;

 

the impact of the investments that we expect to make;

 

our ability to raise sufficient capital to execute our investment strategy;

 

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

our current and expected financing arrangement and investments;

 

changes in the general interest rate environment;

 

the adequacy of our cash resources, financing sources and working capital;

 

the timing and amount of cash flows, distributions and dividends, if any, from our portfolio companies;

 

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

actual and potential conflicts of interest with the Adviser or any of their affiliates;

 

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we may invest;

 

our use of financial leverage;

 

the ability of GSO Asset Management LLC (the “ Adviser ”) to source suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

the ability of the Adviser or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

our ability to qualify for and maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company and as a business development company (“ BDC ”);

 

the impact on our business of U.S. and international financial reform legislation, rules and regulations;

 

the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position; and

 

the tax status of the enterprises in which we may invest.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this report should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “ Item 1A. Risk Factors ” and elsewhere in this report. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this report. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law. Because we are an investment company, the forward-looking statements and projections contained in this report are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Act, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”).

1


PART I

Item 1. Business.

Our Company

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund was formed on March 26, 2018 as a Delaware statutory trust structured as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the  Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with the  rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ 1940 Act ”). In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (a “ RIC ”) under the Internal Revenue Code of  1986, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Code ”). We are managed by our Adviser. GSO Capital Partners LP (the “ Administrator ” and, collectively with its affiliates in the credit-focused business of The Blackstone Group L.P., “ GSO ,” which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes Harvest Fund Advisors LLC and Blackstone Insurance Solutions) provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.  

Under normal market conditions, we expect to invest at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in secured debt investments (including investments that are secured by equity interests). We anticipate that our portfolio will be composed primarily of first lien senior secured and unitranche loans (including first out/last out loans) , generally with total investment sizes less than $300 million, which criteria may change from time to time. To a lesser extent, we may also invest in second lien, third lien, unsecured or subordinated loans, generally with total investment sizes less than $100 million, which criteria may change from time to time, and other debt and equity securities. We do not expect to focus on investments in issuers that are distressed or in need of rescue financing. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, we may invest in loans or other securities, the proceeds of which may refinance or otherwise repay debt or securities of companies whose debt is owned by other GSO funds.  As of December 31, 2018, based on fair value, our portfolio consisted of 98.84% first lien senior secured investments and unitranche loans and 1.16% second lien debt investments. All of our debt investments as of December 31, 2018 are floating rate in nature, all of which are subject to an interest rate floor. As of December 31, 2018 we had investments in 61 portfolio companies, with a weighted average investment size in each of our portfolio companies of approximately $8.9 million based on fair value.

We began our investment activities in November 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we had acquired $616.9 million aggregate principal amount of investments (including $54.7 million of unfunded commitments), $393.4 million of which were directly originated loans and anchor orders in syndicated loans and $223.5 million of which were broadly syndicated loans (including, in each case, investments made through warehousing arrangements).  

We seek to distribute substantially all of our available earnings annually by making quarterly cash distributions.  We use leverage and intend to continue to use leverage for our investment activities. We intend to use leverage, which is permitted up to the maximum amount allowed by the 1940 Act (currently limited to a debt-to-equity ratio of 2:1), to enhance potential returns. See “ Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowings .”

Our Investment Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our Adviser, a subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP, the primary investment manager for GSO. The principal executive offices of our Adviser are located at 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor New York, NY, 10154. Our Adviser is responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

In conducting our investment activities, we believe that we benefit from the significant scale and resources of GSO, including our Adviser and its affiliates, subject to the policies and procedures of The Blackstone Group L.P. (collectively with its affiliates as the context requires, “ Blackstone ”) regarding the management of conflicts of interest. In order to source transactions, the Adviser will utilize its significant access to transaction flow, along with its trading platform. The Adviser will seek to generate investment opportunities through direct origination channels as well as through syndicate and club deals. With respect to GSO’s origination channel, the global presence of GSO generates access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with what we believe to be attractive investment characteristics. With respect to syndicate and club deals (i.e., where a limited number of investors participate in a loan transaction), GSO has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. GSO employs a rigorous investment process and defensive investment approach to evaluate all potential opportunities with a focus on long-term credit performance and principal protection. The investment professionals employed by GSO have spent their careers developing the resources necessary to invest in private companies. Before undertaking an investment, the Adviser’s transaction team will conduct a thorough and rigorous due diligence review of the opportunity to ensure the company fits our investment strategy.

2


Our Adviser’s investment committee (the “ Investment Committee ”) is responsible for reviewing and approving our investment opportunities. The Adviser’s Investment Committee review process is consensus-driven, multi-step and iterative, and occurs in parallel with the diligence and structuring of in vestments. Others who participate in the Investment Committee process include the team responsible for conducting due diligence , others on the investing team and other senior members of GSO.  There are no representatives from other business groups of Black stone involved in the Adviser’s Investment Committee process.

We will pay our Adviser a management fee at an annual rate of (i) prior to an Exchange Listing (defined below), 0.75%, and (ii) following an Exchange Listing, 1.0%, in each case of the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. We will also pay the Adviser incentive fees based on income and capital gains. See “—Investment Advisory Agreement.”

The members of the senior management and Investment Team of the Adviser serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by the same personnel. As a result, the Adviser, its officers and employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the management of its affiliated equipment funds. See “—Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Potential Conflicts of Interests” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest.”

Our Administrator

GSO Capital Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership, serves as our Administrator. The principal executive offices of GSO Capital Partners LP are located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. The Administrator hired a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement. See “— Administration Agreement .”

GSO

GSO is part of Blackstone’s credit-focused platform and is the primary part of its credit reporting segment. Blackstone’s alternative asset management business includes private equity funds, real estate funds, real estate investment trusts, funds of hedge funds, hedge funds, credit-focused funds, collateralized loan obligation vehicles, separately managed accounts and registered investment companies.

Blackstone’s business is generally organized into four segments: private equity, real estate, hedge fund solutions and credit. Through its different investment businesses, as of December 31, 2018, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $472 billion. As of December 31, 2018, GSO’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $100 billion across multiple strategies within the leveraged finance marketplace, including loans, high yield bonds, distressed and mezzanine debt and private equity, including hedge funds. GSO, through its affiliates, employed approximately 356 people in New York, London, Houston and Dublin as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, GSO had a 82 person Performing Credit Investments team (excluding Bennett Goodman and Dwight Scott, GSO’s senior management) focused on the sourcing, structuring, execution management and realization of performing credit investments (which includes those professionals who focus primarily on direct lending investments).  GSO believes that the depth and breadth of its team provides it with a significant competitive advantage in sourcing product on a global basis, structuring transactions and actively managing investments in the portfolio.  

Market Opportunity

We believe that there are and will continue to be significant investment opportunities in the targeted asset classes discussed below.

Attractive Opportunities in Senior Secured Loans

We believe that opportunities in senior secured loans are significant because of the variable rate structure of most senior secured debt issues and because of the strong defensive characteristics of this investment class. Given current market conditions, we believe that debt issues with variable interest rates may offer a superior return profile to fixed-rate securities, since variable interest rate structures are generally less susceptible to declines in value experienced by fixed-rate securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Senior secured debt provides strong defensive characteristics. Because this debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders (i.e., holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equity holders), they carry the least potential risk among investments in the issuer’s capital structure. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may be seized in the event of a default, if necessary. They generally also carry restrictive covenants aimed at ensuring repayment before junior creditors, such as most types of unsecured bondholders, and other security holders and preserving collateral to protect against credit deterioration.

3


Opportunity in Middle Market Private Companies

In addition to investing in senior secured loans generally, we believe that the market for lending to private companies, particularly middle market private companies within the United States, is underserved and presents a compelling investment opportunity. We believe that the following characteristics support our belief:

Large Target Market . Middle market companies represent a large and growing portion of the U.S. economy. According to the National Center for the Middle Market, there were nearly 200,000 middle market companies in the United States with annual revenues between $10 million and $1 billion, as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, middle market companies represented $6.5 trillion of the U.S. gross domestic product and employed approximately 25% of the nation’s workforce, compared to less than 20% in 2011 ( see Middle Market Power Index, Dun & Bradstreet (Jan. 2018); 4Q 2018 Middle Market Indicator, National Center for the Middle Market; Components of Value Added by Industry, Bureau of Economic Analysis (as of Nov. 2, 2017); All Countries GDP, The World Bank). Further, these middle market companies represent, we believe, a significant portion of the growth segment of the U.S. economy, with 7.9% of revenue growth in the past twelve months as of December 31, 2018 compared to 4.7% for S&P 500 companies, according to the National Center of the Middle Market, and often require substantial capital investment to grow their businesses. Middle market companies have generated a significant number of investment opportunities for investment programs advised by GSO and its affiliates over the past several years, and we believe that this market segment will continue to produce significant investment opportunities for us.

In addition, we believe the large amount of dry powder held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $1.9 trillion as of December 2018, should continue to drive deal activity.

Limited Investment Competition.  Despite the size of the market, we believe that regulatory changes and other factors have diminished the role of traditional financial institutions and certain other capital providers in providing financing to middle market companies. As tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, U.S. banks’ share of senior secured loans has declined from 33.1% in 1995 to 3.9% in December 2018. In addition, due to bank consolidation, the number of banks has also rapidly declined, furthering the lack of supply in middle market lending. As of May 2018, there were approximately 5,000 banks in the U.S., which was only one-third of the number of banks in 1984, according to Federal Reserve Economic Data.

We also believe that lending and originating new loans to middle market companies, which are often private, generally requires a greater dedication of the lender’s time and resources compared to lending to larger companies, due in part to the smaller size of each investment and the often fragmented nature of information available from these companies. Further, we believe that many investment firms lack the breadth and scale necessary to identify investment opportunities, particularly in regards to directly originated investments in middle market companies, and thus attractive investment opportunities are often overlooked. In addition, middle market companies may require more active monitoring and participation on the lender’s part. We believe that many large financial organizations, which often have relatively high cost structures, are not suited to deal with these factors and instead emphasize services and transactions to larger corporate clients with a consequent reduction in the availability of financing to middle market companies.

Attractive Market Segment . We believe that the underserved nature of such a large segment of the market can at times create a significant opportunity for investment. In many environments, we believe that middle market companies are more likely to offer attractive economics in terms of transaction pricing, up-front and ongoing fees, prepayment penalties and security features in the form of stricter covenants and quality collateral than loans to larger companies. In addition, as compared to larger companies, middle market companies sometimes have simpler capital structures and carry less leverage, thus aiding the structuring and negotiation process and allowing us greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions. We believe that these factors will result in advantageous conditions in which to pursue our investment objectives of generating current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.

Competitive Strengths

GSO is a key player in the middle and upper-middle market direct lending space. GSO has experience scaling funds across its platform that invest throughout all parts of the capital structure. GSO strives to focus on transactions where it can differentiate itself from other providers of capital, targeting larger transactions and those where GSO can bring its expertise and experience in negotiating and structuring. We believe that GSO is one of the few investment management firms with the scale and platform to effectively manage a U.S. direct lending investment strategy, offering investors the following potential competitive strengths:

Scale of GSO Platform

We believe that the breadth and scale of GSO’s approximately $100 billion platform, as of December 31, 2018, gives GSO a distinct competitive advantage in sourcing proprietary investment opportunities and provides GSO with a differentiated capability to invest in large, complex opportunities. GSO covers over 1,220 corporate credits globally and has focused primarily on the non-investment grade corporate credit market for 13 years. GSO expects that in the current environment, in which committed capital from banks remains scarce (as tracked by S&P Capital IQ LCD, U.S. banks’ share of senior secured debt to middle market companies represented 12% of the overall middle market loan volume in 2018, down from nearly 20% in 2011), the ability to provide flexible, well-structured capital commitments in appropriate sizes will enable GSO to command more favorable terms for its investments. GSO believes that it occupies a differentiated position in the leveraged finance market, with investment activities that span a broad array of public and private market strategies. We believe this presence enables

4


GSO to identify opportunities early and select those investments that GSO believes offer the most attractive risk-adjusted return profile. In addition, when banks are facing difficulties in syndicating new issues, GSO’s ability to serve as a large “anchor” investor can help facilitate the successful completion of a transaction. We believe the depth of the experience of GSO’s senior management team, together with the wider reso urces of GSO’s team of investment professionals (the “ Investment Team ”), which is dedicated to sourcing, structuring, executing, monitoring and harvesting a broad range of private investments, will provide us with a significant competitive advantage in sou rcing and analyzing what we believe to be attractive investment opportunities.

Sourcing and Origination Capabilities

As of December 31, 2018, GSO had a 82 person Performing Credit Investments team (excluding Bennett Goodman and Dwight Scott, GSO’s senior management) focused on the sourcing, structuring, execution, management and realization of performing credit investments (which includes those professionals who focus primarily on direct lending investments). We believe that GSO’s strong reputation and longstanding relationships with corporate boards, management teams, leveraged buyout sponsors, financial advisors, and intermediaries position GSO as a partner and counterparty of choice and provides us with superior sourcing capabilities. In GSO’s experience, these relationships help drive substantial proprietary deal flow and insight into investment opportunities.

GSO has a broad and diversified origination platform that we believe allows GSO to drive deal flow through various market cycles while maintaining quality control. In particular, we believe that GSO’s dedicated energy team provides a distinct competitive advantage. Furthermore, GSO has established a reputation for providing creative, value-added solutions to address portfolio companies’ financing requirements and believes that the ability to “solve a problem” for a company can lead to attractive investment opportunities.

GSO seeks to generate investment opportunities through its direct origination channels and through syndicate and club deals (generally, investments made by a small group of investment firms). With respect to GSO’s origination channel, we seek to leverage the global presence of GSO to generate access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with attractive investment characteristics. We believe that the broad network of GSO provides a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GSO has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. GSO also has a significant trading platform, which, we believe, allows us access to the secondary market for investment opportunities.

Flexible Investment Approach

GSO believes that the ability to invest opportunistically throughout a capital structure provides a meaningful competitive advantage in sourcing transactions and enables the Company to seek investments that provide the best risk/return proposition in any given transaction.  GSO’s creativity and flexibility with regard to deal-structuring distinguishes it from other financing sources, including traditional mezzanine providers, whose investment mandates are typically more restrictive.  Over time, GSO has demonstrated the ability to negotiate more favorable terms for its investments by providing creative structures that add value for an issuer.  GSO will continue to seek to use this flexible investment approach to focus on principal preservation, while generating attractive returns throughout different economic and market cycles.

Long-Term Investment Horizon

Our long-term investment horizon gives us great flexibility, which we believe allows us to maximize returns on our investments. Unlike most private equity and venture capital funds, as well as many private debt funds, we will not be required to return capital to our shareholders (“ Shareholders ”) once we exit a portfolio investment. We believe that freedom from such capital return requirements, which allows us to invest using a longer-term focus, provides us with a better opportunity to increase total returns on invested capital, compared to other private company investment vehicles.

Disciplined Investment Process and Income-Oriented Investment Philosophy

GSO employs a rigorous investment process and defensive investment approach to evaluate all potential opportunities with a focus on long-term credit performance and principal protection. We believe GSO has generated attractive risk-adjusted returns in its investing activities throughout many economic and credit cycles by (i) maintaining its investment discipline; (ii) performing intensive credit work; (iii) carefully structuring transactions; and (iv) actively managing its portfolios. GSO’s investment approach involves a multi-stage selection process for each investment opportunity, as well as ongoing monitoring of each investment made, with particular emphasis on early detection of deteriorating credit conditions at portfolio companies which would result in adverse portfolio developments. This strategy is designed to maximize current income and minimize the risk of capital loss while maintaining the potential for long-term capital appreciation. Additionally, GSO’s senior investment professionals have dedicated their careers to the leveraged finance and private equity sectors and we believe that their experience in due diligence, credit analysis and ongoing management of investments is invaluable to the success of the U.S. direct lending investment strategy that we will employ. GSO targets businesses with leading market share positions, sustainable barriers to entry, high free cash flow generation, strong asset values, liquidity to withstand market cycles, favorable underlying industry trends, strong internal controls and high-quality management teams.

5


Ability to Leverage Blackstone’s Group Purchasing Organization

Blackstone’s Group Purchasing Organization (“ GPO ”) is a collective purchasing platform that leverages the scale and buying power of the $5 billion of average annual spending of Blackstone’s portfolio companies with strategic partners and vendors measured over the past ten years. Blackstone and GSO portfolio companies have generated significant cost savings through their use of the GPO, ranging from 3% to 40%, often from existing suppliers, on maintenance, repair, operations, back office, information technology, hardware, software, telecommunications, business insurance and human resources, among others. The benefits of working with Blackstone’s GPO can include improved pricing and terms, differentiated service, and ongoing service that may benefit the applicable portfolio company’s performance.

Investment Strategy

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation. We will seek to meet our Investment objectives by:

 

utilizing the experience and expertise of the management team of the Adviser, along with the broader resources of GSO, which include its access to the relationships and human capital of GSO’s parent, Blackstone, in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions, subject to Blackstone’s policies and procedures regarding the management of conflicts of interest;

 

employing a defensive investment approach focused on long-term credit performance and principal protection, generally lending on a basis of 3.5 times to 5.5 times the borrower’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“ EBITDA ”) (which is generally measured on a forward basis using estimated projections of the Adviser and may include certain adjustments) and at loan-to-value ratios of 50%-65% (with value being the Adviser’s estimate of enterprise value of the borrower) and also seeking favorable financial covenant protections.  The methodology for calculating enterprise value can vary by company and industry, but would typically be based on (i) observable market prices for the company’s debt and equity securities (when available), (ii) comparable company analysis, or (iii) discounted cash flow analysis;

 

focusing primarily on loans and securities, including syndicated loans, of private U.S. companies, specifically small and middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion, at the time of investment. Specifically, we expect to target companies with $25 million to $75 million of EBITDA. In many market environments, we believe such a focus offers an opportunity for superior risk-adjusted returns;

 

investing primarily in established, stable enterprises with positive cash flows; and

 

maintaining rigorous portfolio monitoring in an attempt to anticipate and pre-empt negative credit events within our portfolio.

Under normal market conditions, we expect to invest at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in secured debt investments (including investments that are secured by equity interests). We anticipate that our portfolio will be composed primarily of first lien senior secured and unitranche loans (including first out/last out loans) , generally with total investment sizes less than $300 million, which criteria may change from time to time. To a lesser extent, we may also invest in second lien, third lien, unsecured or subordinated loans, generally with total investment sizes less than $100 million, which criteria may change from time to time, and other debt and equity securities. We do not expect to focus on investments in issuers that are distressed or in need of rescue financing.  Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, we may invest in loans or other securities the proceeds of which may refinance or otherwise repay debt or securities of companies whose debt is owned by other GSO funds.

Although we do not expect a significant portion of our portfolio to be composed of second lien, third lien, unsecured or subordinated loans, there is no limit on the amount of such loans in which we may invest, subject to compliance with our 80% policy. We may purchase interests in loans or make other debt investments, including investments in senior secured bonds, through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market or directly from our target companies as primary market, directly originated or syndicated investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. We may also purchase or otherwise acquire minority interests in the form of common or preferred equity or equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for our common shares of beneficial interest (“ Shares ”) or other equity or the cash value of Shares or other equity, in our target companies, generally in conjunction with one of our debt investments or through a co-investment with a financial sponsor, such as an institutional investor or private equity firm, or a finance company transaction (such as a joint venture). In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be composed of unsecured bonds, CLOs, other debt securities and derivatives, including total return swaps and credit default swaps. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure or otherwise make opportunistic investments.

Investment Selection

When identifying prospective investment opportunities, the Adviser currently intends to rely on fundamental credit analysis in order to minimize the loss of the Company’s capital. The Adviser expects to invest in companies possessing the following attributes, which it believes will help achieve our investment objective:

6


Leading, Defensible Market Positions.  The Adviser intends to invest in companies that it believes have developed strong positions within their respective markets and exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service their obligations in a range of economic environments. The Adviser will seek companie s that it believes possess advantages in scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing, or product quality versus their competitors, thereby minimizing business risk and protecting profitability.

Stable Companies with Positive Cash Flow.  The Adviser intends to invest in established, stable companies which have demonstrated a record of profitability and cash flows over economic cycles. The Adviser believes such companies are well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay their obligations and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. The Adviser does not intend to invest in start-up companies, companies in turnaround situations or companies with speculative business plans.

Proven Management Teams.  The Adviser intends to focus on investments in which the target company has an experienced and high-quality management team with an established track record of success. The Adviser will typically require companies to have in place proper incentives to align management’s goals with the Company’s goals.

Private Equity Sponsorship.   Often the Adviser will seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what it believes to be high-quality private equity firms. The Adviser believes that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an implicit endorsement of the quality of the investment. Further, private equity sponsors of companies with significant investments at risk generally have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational issues arise, which could provide additional protections for our investments.

Diversification.  The Adviser will seek to invest broadly among companies and industries, thereby potentially reducing the risk of a downturn in any one company or industry having a disproportionate impact on the value of the Company’s portfolio.

Viable Exit Strategy.   In addition to payments of principal and interest, we expect the primary methods for the strategy to realize returns on our investments include refinancings, sales of portfolio companies, and in some cases initial public offerings and secondary offerings. While many debt securities in which we will invest have stated maturities of five to eight years, virtually all are redeemed or sold prior to maturity.  These securities often have call protection that requires an issuer to pay a premium if it redeems in the early years of an investment. The Investment Team regularly reviews investments and related market conditions in order to determine if an opportunity exists to realize returns on a particular investment.  We believe the Adviser’s ability to utilize the entire resources of GSO, including the public market traders and research analysts, allows the Adviser to gain access to current market information where the opportunity may exist to sell positions into the market at attractive prices.

Investment Process

Our investment activities will be managed by our Adviser. The Adviser will be responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.

The investment professionals employed by GSO have spent their careers developing the resources necessary to invest in private companies. Our transaction process is highlighted below.

Sourcing and Origination

In order to source transactions, the Adviser will utilize its significant access to transaction flow, along with its trading platform. The Adviser will seek to generate investment opportunities primarily through direct origination channels, and also through syndicate and club deals. With respect to GSO’s origination channel, the global presence of GSO generates access to a substantial amount of directly originated transactions with what we believe to be attractive investment characteristics. With respect to syndicate and club deals, GSO has built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. We believe that GSO’s strong reputation and longstanding relationships with its broad network will help drive substantial proprietary deal flow and provide a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us.

7


Evaluation

Initial Review .   The Investment Team will examine information furnished by the target company and external sources, including banks, advisors and rating agencies, if applicable, to determine whether the investment meets our basic investment criteria within the context of proper allocation of our portfolio among various issuers and industries, and offers an acceptable probability of attractive returns with identifiable downside risk. In the case of directly originated transactions, GSO conducts detailed due diligence investigations. For the majority of securities available on the secondary market, a comprehensive analysis is conducted and continuously maintained by a dedicated GSO research analyst, the results of which are available for the transaction team to review.

Credit Analysis/Due Diligence . Before undertaking an investment, the Investment Team will conduct a thorough and rigorous due diligence review of the opportunity to ensure the company fits our investment strategy, which may include: 

 

a full operational analysis to identify the key risks and opportunities of the target’s business, including a detailed review of historical and projected financial results;

 

a detailed analysis of industry and customer dynamics, competitive position, regulatory, tax and legal matters;

 

on-site visits and customer and supplier reference calls, if deemed necessary;

 

background checks to further evaluate management and other key personnel;

 

a review by legal and accounting professionals, environmental or other industry consultants, if necessary;

 

financial sponsor due diligence, including portfolio company and lender reference checks, if necessary; and

 

a review of management’s experience and track record.

Third parties will often be involved in the Adviser’s due diligence process, whether they are hired by the Adviser or by the lead sponsor in a transaction. Utilizing consultants to help evaluate a business and test an investment thesis is typically very beneficial. When possible, the Adviser will seek to structure transactions in such a way that our target companies are required to bear the costs of due diligence, including those costs related to any outside consulting work we may require.

The foregoing initial assessment is then followed by extensive credit analysis, including asset valuation, financial analysis, cash flow analysis and scenario analysis, legal and accounting review, and comparable credit and equity analyses. A thorough assessment of structure and leverage of a transaction and how the particular investment fits into the overall investment strategy of the portfolio is conducted. GSO’s typical diligence process for an originated investment opportunity spans two to six months, from the initial screen through final approval and funding.  Depending on the deal, each deal team typically consists of three to four investment professionals, consisting of a portfolio manager, managing director, principal or vice president and associate and/or analyst.

Investment Committee Process . The Investment Committee review process is multi-step and iterative, and occurs in parallel with the diligence and structuring of investments.  The initial investment screening process involves an Investment Committee “Heads-Up” review presentation by the portfolio manager and members of the deal team. The Heads-Up review involves the production of a short memo with a focus on the following diligence items: an early diligence review of the underlying business fundamentals; expected return potential; expected investment size; assessment of key risks; and an appropriate initial diligence plan. At this point in the decision-making process, the Investment Committee will decide whether or not the Investment Team should proceed with deeper diligence on the investment opportunity.

Once in-depth diligence has begun, the deal team will present updates at regularly-held Investment Committee meetings. The senior team reviews all activity for the prior meeting, with a focus on detailed updates of ongoing situations and in-depth review of all new investment opportunities. The type of diligence materials reviewed at these meetings for each company may include, but are not limited to:

 

Detailed historical financial performance

 

Financial models with detailed revenue drivers 

 

o

This includes the construction of a base case, a downside case and specifically tailored cases.  This process includes probability-weighted analysis and a range of outcomes analysis.

 

Quarterly liquidity analyses

 

Industry analysis incorporating internal and external work from research analysts and industry consultants

 

Competitive position and market share analysis

 

Customer analysis, including revenue, profitability and concentration risk

 

Pricing and volume analyses

8


 

Detailed fixed vs. variable cost analysis, and line item analysis of cost of goods sold as well as selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Public and private credit and equity comparable analysis

 

Accounting quality of earnings analysis

 

Legal due diligence

The ultimate results and findings of the investment analysis are compiled in comprehensive investment memoranda that are used as the basis to support the investment thesis and are utilized by the Investment Committee for final investment review and approval.  Each investment requires the consent of the Investment Committee, which may emphasize the following key criteria (among others) in making a decision:

 

Company Analysis:  Does the company meet the investment criteria defined by the “GSO Scorecard”?:

 

o

Leading market share position

 

o

Sustainable barriers to entry that drive pricing power

 

o

High-quality management team

 

o

Stable financials: strong free cash flow generation, high EBIT margins

 

o

Conservative capital structure with underlying equity value

 

o

Liquidity to withstand market cycles

 

Industry Analysis: Is there a favorable industry structure with respect to customers, suppliers and regulation?

 

Due Diligence: Have we fully diligence each of the investment criteria specified by the GSO Scorecard? Have we completely vetted each of the risk factors identified throughout the diligence and Investment Committee process?

 

Valuation:  What is the intrinsic value of the business?  How has the business historically generated returns on capital?  Will these returns continue in the future?  What growth opportunities does the business have, if any?  Is there substantial equity value to support the capital structure?

 

Risk of Principal Loss & Risk/Reward:  What is the expected recovery in a severe downside case?  Does the expected upside appropriately compensate for risk of loss?

 

Return Hurdles:  Is the investment expected to generate a rate of return that meets the Company’s objectives?

 

Exit Plan: Do we expect refinancings, a sale of the company, or other exit opportunities?

Monitoring

Portfolio Monitoring .   Active management of our investments is performed by the team responsible for making the initial investment.  The Adviser believes that actively managing an investment allows the Investment Team to identify problems early and work with companies to develop constructive solutions when necessary. The Adviser will monitor our portfolio with a focus toward anticipating negative credit events. In seeking to maintain portfolio company performance and help to ensure a successful exit, the Adviser will work closely with, as applicable, the lead equity sponsor, loan syndicator, portfolio company management, consultants, advisers and other security holders to discuss financial position, compliance with covenants, financial requirements and execution of the company’s business plan. In addition, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, we may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Exit

In addition to payments of principal and interest, we expect the primary methods for the strategy to realize returns on its investments include refinancings, sales of portfolio companies, and in some cases initial public offerings and secondary offerings. While many debt securities in which we will invest have stated maturities of five to eight years, virtually all are redeemed or sold prior to maturity.  These securities often have call protection that requires an issuer to pay a premium if it redeems in the early years of an investment. However, there is no assurance that our investments will achieve realization events as a result of refinancings, sales of portfolio companies or public offerings and these realization events will become more unlikely when conditions in the loan and capital markets have deteriorated.

The Investment Team regularly reviews investments and related market conditions in order to determine if an opportunity exists to realize returns on a particular investment.  We believe the Adviser’s ability to utilize the entire resources of GSO, including the public market traders and research analysts, allows the Adviser to gain access to current market information where the opportunity may exist to sell positions into the market at attractive prices.

9


Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Potential Conflicts of Interest

GSO, including the Adviser, provides investment management services to other registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that GSO may establish (other than the Company) (collectively the “ Other GSO Clients ”). In addition, Blackstone provides investment management services to other registered investment companies, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Blackstone may establish (together with the Other GSO Clients, the “ Other Clients ”).  See “ Item 1A. Risk Factors Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations that the Adviser’s senior management and Investment Team have to other clients.”

Co-Investment Relief

We have received an exemptive order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the board of trustees of the Company (the “ Board ”) has established objective criteria (“ Board Criteria ”) clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Company will have the opportunity to participate with one or more listed or private GSO-managed BDCs (including the Company, the “ GSO BDCs ”), and other public or private GSO funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, GSO must offer an opportunity for the GSO BDCs to participate.  The GSO BDCs may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether GSO determines that the investment is appropriate for the GSO BDCs (e.g., based on investment strategy).  The co-investment would generally be allocated to us, any other GSO BDCs and the other GSO funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class.  If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board at the next quarterly board meeting.

Investments

As of December 31, 2018, the fair value of our investments was approximately $545.3 million in 61 portfolio companies. The type, industry and geographical composition of our investments as of December 31, 2018 is shown below (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

% of Total

Investments at

Fair Value

 

First lien debt

 

$

542,395

 

 

$

538,983

 

 

 

98.84

%

Second lien debt

 

 

6,358

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

1.16

%

Total

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

100.00

%

10


 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

% of Total

Investments

at Fair Value

 

Aerospace & Defense

 

 

1.27

%

Building Products

 

 

9.46

%

Capital Markets

 

 

0.45

%

Chemicals

 

 

3.29

%

Commercial Services & Supplies

 

 

4.17

%

Construction & Engineering

 

 

2.13

%

Containers & Packaging

 

 

0.34

%

Distributors

 

 

4.64

%

Diversified Consumer Services

 

 

1.98

%

Diversified Financial Services

 

 

1.38

%

Diversified Telecommunication Services

 

 

0.88

%

Energy Equipment & Services

 

 

3.96

%

Health Care Equipment & Supplies

 

 

7.29

%

Health Care Providers & Services

 

 

17.97

%

Health Care Technology

 

 

0.53

%

Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure

 

 

16.98

%

Insurance

 

 

0.18

%

IT Services

 

 

2.59

%

Machinery

 

 

0.88

%

Media

 

 

2.88

%

Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels

 

 

0.35

%

Professional Services

 

 

1.31

%

Real Estate Management & Development

 

 

0.90

%

Software

 

 

6.24

%

Specialty Retail

 

 

1.66

%

Trading Companies & Distributors

 

 

2.18

%

Transportation Infrastructure

 

 

4.11

%

Total

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

% of Total

Investments at

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value

as % of Net

Assets

 

United States

 

$

542,891

 

 

$

539,541

 

 

 

98.94

%

 

 

228.26

%

United Kingdom

 

 

5,862

 

 

 

5,784

 

 

 

1.06

%

 

 

2.45

%

Total

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

230.71

%

 

See the Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2018  in our consolidated financial statements in “ Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Consolidated Schedule of Investments ” for more information on these investments.

As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding commitments to fund delayed draw term loans totaling $54.7 million. 

Capital Resources and Borrowings

As a RIC, we intend to distribute substantially all of our net income to our stockholders. We anticipate generating cash in the future from the issuance of Shares and cash flows from operations, including interest received on our debt investments.

Additionally, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. As of December 31, 2018, our asset coverage was 227.8%.

Furthermore, while any indebtedness and senior securities remain outstanding, we must take provisions to prohibit any distribution to our Shareholders (which may cause us to fail to distribute amounts necessary to avoid entity-level taxation under the Code), or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. In addition, we must also comply with positive and negative covenants customary for these types of facilities.

11


Our contractual obligations consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

After 5 years

 

Subscription Facility

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

JPM SPV Facility

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

BNP SPV Facility

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

Forward purchase obligation

 

 

29,786

 

 

 

29,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

214,786

 

 

$

29,786

 

 

$

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

 

 

See “ Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Warehousing Transactions

We entered into two warehousing transactions whereby we agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from parties unaffiliated with the Adviser. Such warehousing transactions were designed to assist us in deploying capital upon receipt of drawdown proceeds. One of these warehousing transactions relates primarily to originated or anchor investments in middle market loans (the “ Middle Market Warehouse ”).  The other warehouse related primarily to broadly syndicated loans (the “ Syndicated Warehouse ” and, together with the Middle Market Warehouse, the “ Warehousing Transactions ”) prior to the acquisition of the equity interests of the Syndicated Warehouse by us and merger of the Syndicated Warehouse with our wholly-owned subsidiary, as described below. See—“ Item 1A.—Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares—Risks related to the Warehousing Transactions.

Investment Advisory Agreement

The Adviser provides management services to us pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Board.  Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the following:

 

determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes in accordance with our investment objective, policies and restrictions;

 

identifying investment opportunities and making investment decisions for us, including negotiating the terms of investments in, and dispositions of, portfolio securities and other instruments on our behalf;

 

monitoring our investments;

 

performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

exercising voting rights in respect of portfolio securities and other investments for us;

 

serving on, and exercising observer rights for, boards of directors and similar committees of our portfolio companies;

 

negotiating, obtaining and managing financing facilities and other forms of leverage; and

 

providing us with such other investment advisory and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of capital.

The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities, and it intends to do so, so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay our Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components—a management fee and an incentive fee.

Management Fee

The management fee is payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate of (i) prior to an Exchange Listing, 0.75%, and (ii) following an Exchange Listing, 1.0%, in each case of the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For the first calendar quarter in which the Company has operations, gross assets will be measured as the average of gross assets at the Initial Drawdown Date (as defined below) and at the end of such first calendar quarter. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, gross assets means our total assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“ U.S. GAAP ”), excluding undrawn commitments but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts. If an Exchange Listing occurs on a date other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the management fee shall be calculated for such calendar quarter at a weighted rate calculated based on the fee rates applicable before and after the Exchange Listing based on the number of days in such calendar quarter before and after the Exchange Listing.

12


Incentive Fee

The incentive fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. A portion of the incentive fee is based on a percentage of our income and a portion is based on a percentage of our capital gains, each as described below.

Incentive Fee on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

The portion based on our income is based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. “ Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns ” means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement entered into between us and the Administrator (the “ Administration Agreement ”), and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee).

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay-in-kind (“ PIK ”) interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter, is compared to a “ hurdle rate ” of return of 1.5% per quarter (6.0% annualized).

Prior to an Exchange Listing, we will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

no incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.5%;

 

100% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.76% (7.06% annualized). We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns (which exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.76%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 15% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter; and

 

15% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceed a rate of return of 1.76% (7.06% annualized). This reflects that once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 15% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns thereafter are allocated to the Adviser.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns Prior to an Exchange Listing

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

 

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

Following an Exchange Listing, we will pay the Adviser an incentive fee quarterly in arrears with respect to our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

no incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns do not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.5%;

13


 

100% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than a rate of return of 1.82% (7.27% annualized). The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 17. 5% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.82% in any calendar quarter; and

 

17.5% of the dollar amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns, if any, that exceed a rate of return of 1.82% (7.27% annualized). This reflects that once the hurdle rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 17.5% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns thereafter are allocated to the Adviser.

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns Following an Exchange Listing

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Quarterly Incentive Fee

These calculations are prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any Share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur an overall loss taking into account capital account losses. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns in excess of the quarterly hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. If an Exchange Listing occurs on a date other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the incentive fee shall be calculated for such calendar quarter at a weighted rate calculated based on the fee rates applicable before and after the Exchange Listing based on the number of days in such calendar quarter before and after the Exchange Listing.

Incentive Fee on Capital Gains

The second component of the incentive fee, the capital gains incentive fee, is payable at the end of each calendar year (or at the time of an Exchange Listing) in arrears.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, the amount payable equals:

 

15% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year (or upon an Exchange Listing), computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Following an Exchange Listing, the amount payable equals:

 

17.5% of cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of such calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

If an Exchange Listing occurs on a date other than the first day of a fiscal year, a capital gains incentive fee shall be calculated as of the day before the Exchange Listing, with such capital gains incentive fee paid to the Adviser following the end of the fiscal year in which the Exchange Listing occurred. For the avoidance of doubt, such capital gains incentive fee shall be equal to 15% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the day before the Exchange Listing, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. Solely for purposes of calculating the capital gains incentive fee after an Exchange Listing, the Company will be deemed to have previously paid capital gains incentive fees prior to an Exchange Listing equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the actual aggregate amount of previously paid capital gains incentive fees for all periods prior to an Exchange Listing by (b) the percentage obtained by dividing (x) 17.5% by (y) 15%.

14


Each year, the fee paid for the capital gains incentive fee is net of the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fee for all prior periods. We will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. In no event will the capital gain s incentive fee payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement be in excess of the amount permitted by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), including Section 205 thereof.

The fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement for any partial period will be appropriately prorated.

Administration Agreement

Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will provide, or oversee the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of net asset value (“ NAV ”), compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers),  preparing reports to Shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. We will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and allocable portion of overhead (including compensation of personnel performing administrative duties) in connection with the services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third party and we will reimburse the Administrator for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. The Administrator hired a sub-administrator to assist in the provision of administrative services. The sub-administrator will receive compensation for its provision of sub-administrative services under a sub-administration agreement.

Certain Terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement

Each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board.  Unless earlier terminated as described below, each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent trustees. We may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice.  The decision to terminate either agreement may be made by a majority of the Board or the Shareholders holding a majority outstanding voting securities, which means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company.  In addition, the Adviser may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Administrator may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice.  The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its assignment.

The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any act or omission or any loss suffered by the Company in connection with the matters to which the Investment Advisory Agreement  and Administration Agreement, respectively, relate, provided that the Adviser and Administrator shall not be protected against any liability to the Company or its Shareholders to which the Adviser or Administrator would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations (“ disabling conduct ”). Each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will provide that, absent disabling conduct, each of our Adviser and our Administrator, as applicable, and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it will be entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as adviser or administrator for us. The Adviser and the Administrator shall not be liable under their respective agreements with us or otherwise for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent; provided, that such broker or other agent shall have been selected, engaged or retained and monitored by the Adviser or the Administrator in good faith, unless such action or inaction was made by reason of disabling conduct, or in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, where the Adviser or Administrator had reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful.

Expense Support

On December 12, 2018, we entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “ Expense Support Agreement ”) with the Adviser.  The Expense Support Agreement provides that, at such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may pay certain expenses of the Company, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense of ours (each, an “ Expense Payment ”). Such Expense Payment will be made in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after a written commitment from the Adviser to pay such expense, and/or by an offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates. Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined in the Expense Support Agreement) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to our Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (such amount referred to as the “ Excess Operating Funds ”), we shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof (each, a

15


Reimbursement Payment ”), to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar q uarter have been reimbursed. The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within th ree years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by us to the Adviser. The Expense Support Agreement provides additional restrictions on the amount of each Reimbursement Payment for any calendar qua rter. The Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, so that such Reimbursement Payment may be reimbursable in a future calendar quarter.

Distributions

We generally intend to distribute substantially all of our available earnings annually by paying distributions on a quarterly basis, as determined by the Board in its discretion. We cannot assure investors that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions (particularly during the early stages of our operations) or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. We anticipate that our distributions will generally be paid from post-offering taxable earnings, including interest and capital gains generated by our investment portfolio, and any other income, including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees, that we receive from portfolio companies. However, if we do not generate sufficient taxable earnings during a year, all or part of a distribution may constitute a return of capital. The specific tax characteristics of our dividends and other distributions will be reported to Shareholders after the end of each calendar year.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board on behalf of our Shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our Shareholders who have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution. Distributions on fractional Shares will be credited to each participating Shareholder’s account to three decimal places.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, a participating Shareholder will receive an amount of Shares equal to the amount of the distribution on that participant’s Shares divided by the most recent fiscal quarter-end NAV per Share that is available on the date such distribution was paid (unless the Board determines to use the NAV per Share as of another time).

Following an Exchange Listing, a participating Shareholder will receive an amount of Shares equal to the amount of the distribution on that participant’s Shares divided by the market price per Share at the close of regular trading on the applicable stock exchange on the date of such distribution, subject to certain adjustments described in the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

We intend to use newly issued Shares to implement the plan. Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan will not reduce outstanding Capital Commitments.

No action is required on the part of a registered Shareholder to have his, her or its cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in our Shares. Shareholders can elect to “opt out” of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan in their Subscription Agreements.  A Shareholder may elect to receive its entire dividend in cash at any time by notifying the Company’s transfer agent in writing. If, however, a Shareholder requests to change its election within 95 days prior to a distribution, the request will be effective only with respect to distributions after the 95-day period.

There are no brokerage charges or other charges to Shareholders who participate in the plan.

The Board may amend or supplement the terms of the dividend reinvestment plan at any time without Shareholder approval.  The plan may be terminated by the Company at any time upon notice in writing mailed to each Shareholder of record.

Our Private Offering

We are conducting a private offering (the “ Private Offering ”) of Shares to accredited investors (as defined in Regulation D under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”)) in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. Shares will be offered for subscription continuously throughout the period during which the Private Offering remains open.  Shares will be offered for subscription continuously throughout the Initial Closing Period (as defined below) and may be offered from time to time thereafter.  At each closing of the Private Offering, each investor participating in that closing will make a capital commitment (a “ Capital Commitment ”) to purchase our Shares pursuant to a subscription agreement relating to the Shares (the “ Subscription Agreement ”). Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase our Shares up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a notice to the investors.

16


We expect closings of the Private Offering will occur, from time to time, in the Adviser’s sole discretion, during the 12 month period following the initial closing of Capital Commitments (which initial closing took place on O ctober 31, 2018) (the “ Initial Closing Period ”), but the Adviser may modify the Initial Closing Period if approved by the Board, which could extend the Initial Closing Period through up to two additional extensions for up to one year each. We may accept an d draw down Capital Commitments from investors throughout the Initial Closing Period.

After the Initial Closing Period, we may permit one or more additional closings (“ Subsequent Closings ”) as additional Capital Commitments are obtained.  We currently do not expect to draw any Capital Commitments from Subsequent Closings (“ Subsequent Capital Commitments ”) until 100% of the Capital Commitments from the Initial Closing Period (“ Initial Capital Commitments ”) have been drawn down, unless otherwise determined by our Board.

We commenced our loan origination and investment activities contemporaneously with the receipt of the initial drawdown from investors in the Private Offering (the “ Initial Drawdown ”) on November 20, 2018.  The proceeds from the Initial Drawdown and borrowings from our credit facilities provided us with the necessary capital to commence operations.  See “ —Credit Facilities .” We have entered into Warehousing Transactions (as defined below) that provide for the purchase of certain investments in connection with our commencement of operations. See “ —Warehousing Transactions .”  We anticipate raising additional equity capital for investment purposes through additional closings under the Private Offering.

We have entered, and expect to continue to enter, into separate Subscription Agreements with a number of investors providing for the private placement of Shares pursuant to the Private Offering and may enter into additional Subscription Agreements from time to time. We will deliver drawdown requests at least ten business days prior to the required funding date. For Initial Capital Commitments, purchases of our Shares will generally be made first by holders with the largest percentage of their Initial Capital Commitments undrawn and then, once all holders have the same percentage of undrawn Initial Capital Commitments outstanding, pro rata in accordance with remaining Initial Capital Commitments of all investors.

The offering price per Share at the Initial Drawdown Date was $25. Following the Initial Drawdown Date, Shares have been and will be offered on a private placement basis at a price based on our NAV per Share, which will be approved by our Board and at all times consistent with U.S. GAAP. Each offering has been and will be subject to the limitations of Section 23(b) under the 1940 Act (which generally prohibits us from issuing Shares at a price below the then-current NAV of the Shares as determined within 48 hours, excluding Sundays and holidays, of such issuance (taking into account any investment valuation adjustments from the latest quarterly valuation date in accordance with the Company’s valuation policy), subject to certain exceptions). In order to more fairly allocate organizational and offering expenses among all Shareholders, investors subscribing after the Initial Drawdown Date will be required to bear a pro rata portion of such expenses at the time of their first investment in the Company.

The “ Initial Drawdown Period ” began when Initial Capital Commitments were made and will continue until the earlier of (i) an Exchange Listing (as defined below) and (ii) the two-year anniversary of the end of the Initial Closing Period. During the Initial Drawdown Period and any drawdown period applicable to Subsequent Capital Commitments, the Adviser may issue capital calls for any permitted Company purpose. Subject to the Share repurchase program described herein, the Company generally does not intend to return any drawn capital.

Key Person Event

A “ Key Person Event ” will occur if, during the Initial Drawdown Period, fewer than five of Bennett Goodman, Dwight Scott, Brad Marshall, Louis Salvatore, Rob Petrini, Dan Smith and Robert Zable, or their respective Qualified Replacements (as defined below) (such persons collectively, the “ Key Persons ”), are actively involved in and devoting sufficient time to the business and affairs of the Company as deemed reasonably necessary by the Adviser. Upon the occurrence of a Key Person Event, the Company will send written notice of the Key Person Event to the Shareholders within ten business days of such occurrence.

If during the forty-five day period following the sending of such written notice (the “ Notice Period ”) the Key Persons (who are the subject of such Key Person Event) have not been replaced by the Adviser with a Qualified Replacement (as defined below), the Company shall convene a meeting of the Company’s independent trustees to be held no later than thirty days following the expiration of the Notice Period for the purpose of determining whether the Initial Drawdown Period shall be continued (the “ Key Person Meeting ”).

If a majority of the independent trustees vote in favor of the proposal, the Initial Drawdown Period will be continued and Shareholders will be obligated to fund drawdowns as if a Key Person Event had never occurred. Otherwise, the Initial Drawdown Period shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the Key Person Meeting, except that further drawdowns may be made to fund any proposed investment (including any follow-on investment and investments pursuant to an investment commitment) for which the Adviser has, on behalf of the Company, made a commitment, placed a bid (whether binding or not) in a competitive bidding situation or entered into a letter of intent, term sheet, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (whether or not such document created a legally binding obligation to proceed with such investment) or a definitive agreement to proceed with such transaction (collectively, “ Actively Pursued Potential Investments ”) if such Actively Pursued Potential Investment was being actively pursued as of such Key Person Event.

17


Qualified Replacement ” shall mean a senior investment professional selected by the Adviser; provided that such replacement has been approved by either (i) a m ajority of the independent trustees or (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company, and upon either such approval, such nominee shall constitute a Qualified Replacement.

While we expect most Subscription Agreements to reflect the terms and conditions summarized in the preceding paragraph, we reserve the right to enter into Subscription Agreements or other agreements that contain terms and conditions not found in the Subscription Agreements or other agreements entered into with other investors, subject to applicable law.

Term

We currently expect to consummate an Exchange Listing by the four-year anniversary of the end of the Initial Closing Period, subject to market conditions. If we have not consummated an Exchange Listing by the earlier of (i) the five-year anniversary of the end of the Initial Drawdown Period, as may be extended for up to an additional one-year period pursuant to the Adviser’s recommendation with the approval of the Board and (ii) the ten year anniversary following the date of the initial closing, then, the Board (subject to market conditions and any necessary Shareholder approvals and applicable requirements of the 1940 Act) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to wind down, sell and/or liquidate and dissolve the Company in an orderly manner.

An “ Exchange Listing ” is a quotation or listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Company’s Shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, if the Board determines that there has been a significant adverse change in the regulatory or tax treatment of the Company or our Shareholders that in its judgment makes it inadvisable for the Company to continue in its present form, then the Board will endeavor to restructure or change the form of the Company to preserve (insofar as possible) the overall benefits previously enjoyed by our Shareholders as a whole or, if the Board determines it appropriate (and subject to any necessary Shareholders approvals and applicable requirements of the 1940 Act), (i) cause the Company to change its form and/or jurisdiction of organization or (ii) wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve the Company. The Board may also seek to change our form and/or jurisdiction of organization for other reasons. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, cause us to merge with another BDC, private fund, separately managed account or another investment vehicle without Shareholder approval, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Share would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we paid or otherwise provide for all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our Preferred Shares, if any Preferred Shares are outstanding at such time. For the purposes of this paragraph, a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of our property or assets will not be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary.

Emerging Growth Company

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of an Exchange Listing, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”). We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we may rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Shares and our Share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We currently are and intend to continue taking advantage of such extended transition periods.

Competition

We compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds and CLO funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in middle market private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in middle market private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These

18


characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more r elationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in middle market private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “ Item 1A.—Risk Factors—Risks Related To Our Business And Structure.”

Employees

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administrator or its affiliates pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Each of our executive officers described herein is employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by the Adviser. The services necessary for sourcing and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. The Investment Team will focus on origination, non-originated investments and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments.

Repurchase Program

Beginning from the end of the Initial Drawdown Period, until an Exchange Listing, we intend to commence tender offers to allow Shareholders to tender their Shares on a quarterly basis at a price per Share expected to reflect NAV per Share. Any such Share repurchase offer will be at the discretion of the Board to conduct, amend, suspend or terminate such Share repurchase offer and subject to applicable law. We will conduct any repurchase offers in accordance with Section 23(c) of the 1940 Act and Rule 13e-4 under the 1934 Act. We intend that the NAV per Share as of the last day of the applicable calendar quarter would be used for determining what amount tendering Shareholders would receive in such repurchases. We intend to limit the number of Shares repurchased pursuant to any such repurchase offers to 2.5% of outstanding Shares, with the exact amount to be set by the Board. To the extent that the number of Shares put to us for repurchase exceeds the number of Shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase Shares on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Shares put to us for repurchase), not on a first-come, first-served basis. Unless Shareholders tender their Shares, Shareholders must generally maintain a minimum balance of $5,000 subsequent to submitting a portion of their Shares for repurchase by us, which such minimum balance the Adviser may waive in its sole discretion.

There is no assurance that the Board will adopt such a repurchase program and the Board may amend, suspend or terminate any such Share repurchase program in its discretion. Shareholders may not be able to sell their Shares at all in the event our Board amends, suspends or terminates the Share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event. We will notify Shareholders of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. The Share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell Shares promptly or at a desired price.

Valuation Procedures

We conduct the valuation of our portfolio companies, pursuant to which our NAV shall be determined, at all times consistent with U.S. GAAP and the 1940 Act. Our Board, with the assistance of the Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s), will determine the fair value of our assets on at least a quarterly basis.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will typically be valued at those market quotations.  To validate market quotations, we will utilize a number of factors to determine if the quotations are representative of fair value, including the source and number of the quotations.  Debt and equity securities that are not publicly-traded or whose market prices are not readily available, as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, the Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firm(s) engaged at the direction of the Board to review our investments.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company uses a multi-step valuation process, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

the valuation process begins with the Adviser’s valuation team, which will make a preliminary determination of fair value for each investment with input from the Adviser’s investment professionals;

 

in addition, independent valuation firm(s) will provide a range of fair value for each investment and the fair valuation proposed by the Adviser’s valuation team must be within the range set by the applicable independent valuation firm(s);

19


 

the Adviser’s valuation committee then reviews each valuation recommendation (including valuation ranges provided by independent valuation firms) to confirm they have been calculated in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies and procedures and makes valuation recommendations to the Company’s Audit Committee and Board;

 

our Audit Committee reviews the fair value recommendations made by the Adviser’s valuation committee and, once approved, recommends them for approval by the  Board; and

 

the Board will review the fair valuations recommended by the Audit Committee and ultimately determines the fair value of each investment.

Valuation of each of our investments will generally be made as described above as of the end of each fiscal quarter.  In cases where we determine our NAV at times other than a quarter end, we generally intend to update the value of securities with market quotations to the most recent market quotation.  For securities without market quotations, non-quarterly valuations will generally be the most recent quarterly valuation unless a material event has occurred since the most recent quarter end with respect to the investment.  Independent valuation firms are generally not used for non-quarterly valuations.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period.  Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized.  Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly-traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale.  If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected in our financial statements.

Regulation as a Business Development Company

The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.

Qualifying Assets.  Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “ Qualifying Assets ,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, Qualifying Assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of Qualifying Assets relevant to our business are any of the following:

 

(1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an Eligible Portfolio Company (as defined below), or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an Eligible Portfolio Company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An “ Eligible Portfolio Company ” is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

(a)

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

(b)

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

(c)

satisfies any of the following:

 

(i)

does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

(ii)

has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

(iii)

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the Eligible Portfolio Company; or

 

(iv)

is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

(2)

Securities of any Eligible Portfolio Company controlled by the BDC.

 

(3)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

(4)

Securities of an Eligible Portfolio Company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the BDC already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the Eligible Portfolio Company.

20


 

(5)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

( 6)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

Significant Managerial Assistance.  A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as Qualifying Assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its trustees, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.

Temporary Investments.  Pending investment in other types of Qualifying Assets, as described above, our investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be Qualifying Assets.

Warrants.  Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase Shares that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of Shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase Shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding Shares.

Leverage and Senior Securities; Coverage Ratio.  We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such issuance. On September 25, 2018, our sole Shareholder approved the adoption of this 150% threshold pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act and such election became effective the following day. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we will be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our Shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We will also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.

We have established asset based credit facilities and a subscription facility and may establish future facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of our expenses. Our existing financing facilities bear, and it is anticipated that any future credit facilities will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over LIBOR. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise, including increased management fees payable to the Adviser as a result of such borrowings. Our current credit facilities require us, and future lenders may require us to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations. In addition, from time to time, our losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by us and may result in additional drawdowns to repay such amounts.

We may enter into a total return swap (“ TRS ”) agreement. A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Company would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Company segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Company’s overall leverage limitation.

We may also create leverage by securitizing our assets (including in CLOs) and retaining the equity portion of the securitized vehicle. We may also from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions.

Code of Ethics.  We and the Adviser have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements.

21


Affiliated Transactions.  We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our trustees who are not interested persons and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by th e Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Other.  We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.

We are also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any trustee or officer against any liability to our Shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We are also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.

We are not permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Shareholders have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of clients and not subrogate client interests to its own interests. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act places specific requirements on registered investment advisers with proxy voting authority.

Proxy Policies

The Adviser’s policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that the Adviser votes proxies in the best interest of the Company and addresses how it will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies and, in so doing, to maximize the value of the investments made by the Company, taking into consideration the Company’s investment horizons and other relevant factors. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a Shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Decisions on how to vote a proxy generally are made by the Adviser. The Investment Committee and the members of the Investment Team covering the applicable security often have the most intimate knowledge of both a company’s operations and the potential impact of a proxy vote’s outcome. Decisions are based on a number of factors which may vary depending on a proxy’s subject matter, but are guided by the general policies described in the proxy policy. In addition, the Adviser may determine not to vote a proxy after consideration of the vote’s expected benefit to clients and the cost of voting the proxy. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will require the members of the Investment Committee to disclose any personal conflicts of interest they may have with respect to overseeing a Company’s investment in a particular company.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how we voted proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, GSO Asset Management LLC, 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10154.

Reporting Obligations and Available Information

We furnish our Shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. We are required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

22


We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, and our directors, officers and 10% beneficial owners file reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 pursuant to section 13(a), 15(d) or 16(a) of the 1934 Act. The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information. The Company does not currently maintain a website as of the date of this annual report because it recently commenced operations.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the Company. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our Shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

The Company intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify each taxable year, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code, the Company must, among other things: (1) have an election in effect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year; (2) have filed with its return for the taxable year an election to be a RIC or have made such election for a previous taxable year; (3) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies; and (b) net income derived from an interest in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each, a “ Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership ”); and (4) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year of the Company (a) at least 50% of the value of the Company’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities and securities of other RICs, and other securities for purposes of this calculation limited, in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Company’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Company’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers which the Company controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships (described in 3b above).

As a RIC, the Company generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its Shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. The Company intends to distribute to its Shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Company must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Company will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid U.S. federal income tax.

A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by the Company in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Company during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to Shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

If the Company fails to qualify as a RIC or fails to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Company would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income (including distributions of net capital gain), even if such income were distributed to its Shareholders, and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to Shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other noncorporate Shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Shareholders. In addition, the Company could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

23


Item 1A. R isk Factors

Investing in our Shares involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this annual report, Shareholders should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our Shares. The risks set forth below are not the only risks we face, and we may face other risks that we have not yet identified, which we do not currently deem material or which are not yet predictable. If any of the following events occur , our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the NAV of our Shares could decline, and Shareholders may lose all or part of their investment.

A. Risks Related to Our Business and Structure

We are a relatively new company and have limited operating history.

The Company is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC with limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record or history on which to base their investment decision. We are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and the value of a Shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless. While we believe that the past professional experiences, including investment and financial experience of the Adviser’s senior management, will increase the likelihood that the Adviser will be able to manage the Company successfully, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

Our Board may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or Shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our results of operations and financial condition.

Our Board has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without Shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our Shares. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay Shareholders distributions and cause Shareholders to lose all or part of their investment. Moreover, we have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds from our continuous offering and may use the net proceeds from our continuous offering in ways with which investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated in this annual report.

Our Board may amend our Declaration of Trust without prior Shareholder approval.

Our Board may, without Shareholder vote, subject to certain exceptions, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, including without limitation to classify the Board, to impose advance notice bylaw provisions for Trustee nominations or for Shareholder proposals, to require super-majority approval of transactions with significant Shareholders or other provisions that may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature.  

Price declines in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio, reducing our NAV through increased net unrealized depreciation.

Conditions in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market may deteriorate, as seen during the recent financial crisis, which may cause pricing levels to similarly decline or be volatile. During the financial crisis, many institutions were forced to raise cash by selling their interests in performing assets in order to satisfy margin requirements or the equivalent of margin requirements imposed by their lenders and/or, in the case of hedge funds and other investment vehicles, to satisfy widespread redemption requests. This resulted in a forced deleveraging cycle of price declines, compulsory sales, and further price declines, with falling underlying credit values, and other constraints resulting from the credit crisis generating further selling pressure. If similar events occurred in the medium- and large-sized U.S. corporate debt market, our NAV could decline through an increase in unrealized depreciation and incurrence of realized losses in connection with the sale of our investments, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the ability of the Adviser to manage and support our investment process. If the Adviser or GSO were to lose any members of their respective senior management teams, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

Since we have no employees, we depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the broader networks of the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser evaluates, negotiates, structures, executes, monitors and services our investments. Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of GSO and its senior management team. The departure of any members of the GSO’s senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on the Adviser’s ability to identify and analyze, and to invest in, finance and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process, providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us, and facilitating access to financing on acceptable terms depend on the employment of investment professionals in an adequate number and of adequate sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objective, the Adviser may need to hire, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. The Adviser may not be able to find investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Failure to support our investment process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

24


The Investment Advisory Agreement has been approved pursuant to Section 15 of the 1940 Act. In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement has termination provisions that allow the parties to terminate the agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by us or by the Adviser, upon 60 days’ notice. If the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may adversely affect the quality of our investment opportunities. In addition, in the event the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated, it may be difficult for us to replace the Adviser. Moreover, it will be an event of default under the Subscription Facility if our Adviser or an af filiate of our Adviser ceases to manage us, which could result in the immediate acceleration of the amounts due under our credit facilities.

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, the inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

The Adviser depends on its broader organization’s relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, and we rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or its organizations fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser or its broader organizations have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

We compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds, mezzanine funds, performing and other credit funds, and funds that invest in CLOs, structured notes, derivatives and other types of collateralized securities and structured products), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested, including making investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in small and middle market private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms or structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in small and middle market private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.

We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.

We cannot assure investors that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all Capital Commitments successfully. In addition, privately-negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities of private middle market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure investors that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our Shares. Additionally, our Adviser will select our investments subsequent to our Private Offering, and our Shareholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our Shares. To the extent we are unable to deploy all Capital Commitments, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.  There is no assurance that we will be able to consummate investment transactions or that such transactions will be successful.  GSO, the Company and their affiliates may also face certain conflicts of interests in connection with any transaction, including any warehousing transaction involving an affiliate.

We generally expect to call capital for investment purposes only at the time we identify an investment opportunity, but we may call capital even if we do not have investments identified. Until such time as we invest the proceeds of such capital calls in portfolio companies, we may invest these amounts in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of investments in secured debt (including senior secured, unitranche and second lien debt) and unsecured debt (including senior unsecured and subordinated debt), as well as related equity securities.

25


Risks related to the Middle Market Warehouse.

We may not be able to consummate or realize the anticipated benefits from our Middle Market Warehouse. Under the Middle Market Warehouse, we have agreed to purchase assets from the warehouse provider at prices based on cost plus adjustments designed to give the warehouse provider the economic benefits of a portion of the  accrued but unpaid interest, structuring fees and original issue discount, while the warehouse provider holds the assets.  As a result, we generally will not receive any benefit of holding the investments in the Middle Market Warehouse until we have acquired them from the Middle Market Warehouse and certain benefits of the acquisition of the assets (such as discounted purchase prices resulting from structuring fees or original issue discount), may have deteriorated by the time we acquire the assets.  

Purchases of assets from the warehouse provider would be at prices determined under the terms of the Middle Market Warehouse regardless of the assets’ market prices.  As a result, we may pay more or less than the current market value of such assets when we acquire them. We may purchase such assets even if they are in default.  

As required by the 1940 Act, a significant portion of our investment portfolio is and will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined pursuant to policies adopted by, and subject to the oversight of, by our Board. There is not a public market for the securities of the privately-held companies in which we invest. Many of our investments will not be publicly-traded or actively traded on a secondary market. As a result, we value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board as required by the 1940 Act. In connection with striking a NAV as of a date other than quarter end for Share issuances and repurchases, the Company will consider whether there has been a material change to such investments as to affect their fair value, but such analysis will be more limited than the quarter end process.

Certain factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include investment dealer quotes for securities traded on the secondary market for institutional investors, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s earnings and its ability to make payments on its indebtedness, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to comparable publicly-traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. As a result, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these non-traded securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our NAV on a given date to materially differ from the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

There is a risk that investors in our Shares may not receive distributions or that our distributions may decrease over time.

We may not achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified or stable level of cash distributions and our distributions may decrease over time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

The amount of any distributions we may make is uncertain. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our Private Offering. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we make may represent a return of capital to a Shareholder that will lower such Shareholder’s tax basis in its Shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets.

We may fund our cash distributions to Shareholders from any sources of funds available to us, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and fee and expense reimbursement waivers from the Adviser or the Administrator. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this annual report. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC may limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions are and will be paid at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure Shareholders that we will continue to pay distributions to our Shareholders in the future. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of our Private Offering or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of Shareholders’ capital. A return of capital is a return of a Shareholder’s investment, rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. A Shareholder will not be subject to immediate taxation on the amount of any distribution treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Shareholder’s basis in its Shares; however, the Shareholder’s basis in its Shares will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of the return of capital, which will result in the Shareholder recognizing additional gain (or a lower loss) when the Shares are sold. To the extent that the amount of the return of capital exceeds the Shareholder’s basis in its Shares, such excess amount will be treated as gain from the sale of the Shareholder’s Shares. Distributions from the proceeds of our Private Offering or from borrowings also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in our portfolio companies.

26


We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we may use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from our Private Offering, to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capit al we ultimately invest in assets).

Shareholders should understand that any distributions made from sources other than cash flow from operations or that are relying on fee or expense reimbursement waivers from the Adviser or the Administrator are not based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or the Adviser or the Administrator continues to make such expense reimbursements. Shareholders should also understand that our future repayments to the Adviser will reduce the distributions that they would otherwise receive. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain these distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all. The Adviser and the Administrator have no obligation to waive fees or receipt of expense reimbursements.

Beginning from the end of the Initial Drawdown Period, until an Exchange Listing, we intend to offer to repurchase Shares on a quarterly basis. As a result, Shareholders will have limited opportunities to sell Shares and, to the extent Shareholders are able to sell Shares under the program, Shareholders may not be able to recover the amount of their investment in our Shares.

Beginning from the end of the Initial Drawdown Period, until an Exchange Listing, we intend to commence tender offers to allow Shareholders to tender their Shares on a quarterly basis at a price equal to NAV per Share. The Share repurchase program includes restrictions that limit Shareholders ability to sell their Shares. We intend to limit the number of Shares repurchased pursuant to any such repurchase offers to 2.5% of outstanding Shares each quarter, with the exact amount to be set by the Board. To the extent that the number of Shares put to us for repurchase exceeds the number of Shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase Shares on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Shares put to us for repurchase), not on a first-come, first-served basis. Unless Shareholders tender all of their Shares, they must generally maintain a minimum balance of $5,000 subsequent to submitting a portion of their Shares for repurchase by us, which such minimum balance the Adviser may waive in its sole discretion.

Although we expect to adopt a Share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase Shares, to suspend the program, and to cease repurchases.

Our Board may not adopt a Share repurchase program, and if such a program is adopted, may amend, suspend or terminate the Share repurchase program at any time in its discretion. Shareholders may not be able to sell their Shares at all in the event our Board amends, suspends or terminates the Share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event. We will notify Shareholders of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. The Share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell Shares promptly or at a desired price.

The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our Share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our Shareholders.

In the event a Shareholder chooses to participate in our Share repurchase program, the Shareholder will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the NAV per Share will be on the repurchase date. Although a Shareholder will have the ability to withdraw a repurchase request prior to the repurchase date, to the extent a Shareholder seeks to sell Shares to us as part of our periodic Share repurchase program, the Shareholder will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our Shares will be on the repurchase date.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We, our portfolio companies and other counterparties are subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our Shareholders, potentially with retroactive effect.

Additionally, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations relating to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to our strategies and plans as set forth in this annual report and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of the Adviser to other types of investments in which the Adviser may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the value of a Shareholder’s investment.

27


As a public company, we are subject to regulations not applicable to private companies, such as provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Efforts to comply with such regulations will involve significan t expenditures, and non-compliance with such regulations may adversely affect us.

As a public company, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Our management is required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a relatively new company, developing and maintaining an effective system of internal controls may require significant expenditures, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of our management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain of when our evaluation, testing, and remediation actions will be completed or the impact of the same on our operations. In addition, we may be unable to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal controls over financial reporting are or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls and maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.

We are not required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404, and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act for a specified period of time or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of addressing our internal controls over financial reporting and are establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company.

Additionally, we have begun the process of documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. As a public entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under the agreements governing any of our financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the Company and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements could also suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and, following an Exchange Listing, lead to a decline in the market price of our Shares.

The impact of financial reform legislation on us is uncertain.

In light of recent conditions in the U.S. and global financial markets and the U.S. and global economy, legislators, the presidential administration and regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the “ Dodd-Frank Act ,” institutes a wide range of reforms that will have an impact on all financial institutions. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been enacted, while others have extended implementation periods and delayed effective dates and will require extensive rulemaking by regulatory authorities. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full impact such requirements will have on our business, results of operations or financial condition is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations or principles, or changes thereto, may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, these changes could be materially adverse to us and our Shareholders.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the loans or other debt securities we originate or acquire, the level of our expenses (including our borrowing costs), variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

28


We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Shares less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of an Exchange Listing, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we may rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our Shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Shares and our Share price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We currently are and intend to continue taking advantage of such extended transition periods.

Any unrealized losses we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures adopted by, and under the oversight of, our Board. Decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our NAV.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war or natural disasters may adversely affect our operations.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

We may face a breach of our cyber security, which could result in adverse consequences to our operations and exposure of confidential information.

Cyber security incidents and cyber-attacks have been occurring globally at a more frequent and severe level and will likely continue to increase in frequency in the future. Blackstone, GSO and their affiliates and portfolio companies’ and service providers’ information and technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from cyber security breaches, computer viruses or other malicious code, network failures, computer and telecommunication failures, infiltration by unauthorized persons and other security breaches, or usage errors by their respective professionals or service providers. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal, publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information, including non-public personal information related to Shareholders (and their beneficial owners) and material non-public information. Although Blackstone has implemented, and portfolio companies and service providers may implement, various measures to manage risks relating to these types of events, such systems could prove to be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Blackstone and GSO do not control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, and such third-party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to Blackstone, GSO, their affiliates, the Company, the Shareholders and/or a portfolio company, each of which could be negatively impacted as a result. Breaches, such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing them from being addressed appropriately. The failure of these systems and/or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in Blackstone’s, GSO’s, their affiliates’, the Company’s and/or a portfolio company’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to Shareholders (and their beneficial owners), material non-public information and the intellectual property and trade secrets and other sensitive information of Blackstone, GSO and/or portfolio companies. Blackstone, GSO, the Company and/or a portfolio company could be required to make a significant investment to remedy the effects of any such failures, harm to their reputations, legal claims that they and their respective affiliates may be subjected to, regulatory action or enforcement arising out of applicable privacy and other laws, adverse publicity, and other events that may affect their business and financial performance.

29


We may not be able to obtain all required state licenses.

We may be required to obtain various state licenses in order to, among other things, originate commercial loans. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. There is no assurance that we will obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. Furthermore, we will be subject to various information and other requirements in order to obtain and maintain these licenses, and there is no assurance that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to obtain or maintain licenses might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.

B. Risks Related to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Our investments in senior secured loans, senior secured bonds, subordinated debt and equity of private U.S. companies, including middle market companies, may be risky and, subject to compliance with our 80% test, there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest.

Senior Secured Loans and Senior Secured Bonds. There is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which we have taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent our debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some circumstances, our security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Secured debt that is under-collateralized involves a greater risk of loss. In addition, second lien debt is granted a second priority security interest in collateral, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured debt in full before second lien debt is paid. Similarly, investments in “last out” pieces of unitranche loans will be similar to second lien loans in that such investments will be junior in priority to the “first out” piece of the same unitranche loan with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Subordinated Debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our Shareholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments. We may make select equity investments. In addition, in connection with our debt investments, we on occasion may receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Non-U.S. Securities. We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions, which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to Shareholders located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

Below Investment Grade Risk. In addition, we invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid. The major risks of below investment grade securities include:

Below investment grade securities may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. Issuers of below investment grade securities may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade securities. In the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, claims of other creditors may have priority over the claims of holders of below investment grade securities, leaving few or no assets available to repay holders of below investment grade securities.

30


Prices of below investment grade securities are subject to extreme price fluctuations. Adverse changes in an issuer’s industry and general economic conditions may have a greater impact on the prices of below investment grade securities than on other higher-rated fixed-income securities.

Issuers of below investment grade securities may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing.

Below investment grade securities frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from us before it matures. If the issuer redeems below investment grade securities, we may have to invest the proceeds in securities with lower yields and may lose income.

Below investment grade securities may be less liquid than higher-rated fixed-income securities, even under normal economic conditions. There are fewer dealers in the below investment grade securities market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted by the dealers. Judgment may play a greater role in valuing these securities and we may be unable to sell these securities at an advantageous time or price.

We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.

The credit rating of a high-yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk. Ratings and market value may change from time to time, positively or negatively, to reflect new developments regarding the issuer.

Mezzanine Loans .  Our mezzanine loans generally will be subordinated to senior secured loans on a payment basis, are typically unsecured and rank pari passu with other unsecured creditors.  As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of insolvency.  This may result in an above average amount of risk and loss of principal.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

We may form one or more CLOs, which may subject us to certain structured financing risks.

To finance investments, we may securitize certain of our secured loans or other investments, including through the formation of one or more CLOs, while retaining all or most of the exposure to the performance of these investments. This would involve contributing a pool of assets to a special purpose entity, and selling debt interests in such entity on a non-recourse or limited-recourse basis to purchasers. Any interest in any such CLO held by us may be considered a “non-qualifying” portfolio investment for purposes of the 1940 Act.

If we create a CLO, we will depend in part on distributions from the CLO’s assets out of its earnings and cash flows to enable us to make distributions to Shareholders. The ability of a CLO to make distributions will be subject to various limitations, including the terms and covenants of the debt it issues. Also, a CLO may take actions that delay distributions in order to preserve ratings and to keep the cost of present and future financings lower or the CLO may be obligated to retain cash or other assets to satisfy over-collateralization requirements commonly provided for holders of the CLO’s debt, which could impact our ability to receive distributions from the CLO. If we do not receive cash flow from any such CLO that is necessary to satisfy the annual distribution requirement for maintaining RIC status, and we are unable to obtain cash from other sources necessary to satisfy this requirement, we may not maintain our qualification as a RIC, which would have a material adverse effect on an investment in the Shares.

In addition, a decline in the credit quality of loans in a CLO due to poor operating results of the relevant borrowers, declines in the value of loan collateral or increases in defaults, among other things, may force a CLO to sell certain assets at a loss, reducing their earnings and, in turn, cash potentially available for distribution to us for distribution to Shareholders. To the extent that any losses are incurred by the CLO in respect of any collateral, such losses will be borne first by us as owner of equity interests in the CLO.

31


There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of oth er creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or instances where we exercise control over the borrower.

We generally will not control our portfolio companies.

We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of the company’s common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt for our financing needs.

Although interest rates have recently been at or near historic lows, the U.S. Federal Reserve has been raising rates since 2016 and throughout 2018. In the event of a sharply rising interest rate environment, payments under floating rate debt instruments generally would rise and there may be a significant number of issuers of such floating rate debt instruments that would be unable or unwilling to pay such increased interest costs and may otherwise be unable to repay their loans. Investments in floating rate debt instruments may also decline in value in response to rising interest rates if the interest rates of such investments do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Similarly, during periods of rising interest rates, fixed-rate debt instruments may decline in value because the fixed rates of interest paid thereunder may be below market interest rates.

Changes in the method of determining LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative reference rate, may adversely affect our credit arrangements and our collateralized loan obligation transactions.

LIBOR and certain other “benchmarks” are the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms may cause such benchmarks to perform differently than in the past or have other consequences which cannot be predicted.

On July 27, 2017, the FCA announced that it would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark by the end of 2021. As a result of this transition, interest rates on our floating rate obligations, loans, deposits, derivatives, and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR rates, as well as the revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021.

There is no guarantee that a transition from LIBOR to an alternative will not result in financial market disruptions, significant increases in benchmark rates, or borrowing costs to borrowers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, result of operations, financial condition, and unit price.

Second priority liens on collateral securing debt investments that we make to our portfolio companies may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain debt investments that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing first priority debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company’s remaining assets, if any.

32


We may also make uns ecured debt investments in portfolio companies, meaning that such investments will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under i ts outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured debt agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be e ntitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before we are so entitled. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the avai lability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy its unsecured debt obligations after payment in full of all secured debt obligations. If such proceeds w ere not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured debt obligations, then its unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the debt investments we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

Our investments in CLOs may be riskier than a direct investment in the debt or other securities of the underlying companies.

When investing in CLOs, we may invest in any level of a CLO’s subordination chain, including subordinated (lower-rated) tranches and residual interests (the lowest tranche). CLOs are typically highly levered and therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches that we may invest in are subject to a higher risk of total loss and deferral or nonpayment of interest than the more senior tranches to which they are subordinated. In addition, we will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or entities that sponsored the CLOs. Furthermore, the investments we make in CLOs are at times thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. As a result, investments in such CLOs may be characterized as illiquid securities.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and adversely affect our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic recessions or downturns and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior secured debt. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income and NAV. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and adversely affect our operating results.

A covenant breach or other default by our portfolio companies may adversely affect our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

33


Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of industries, which may subject us to a risk of significant loss if there is a downturn in a particular industry in which a number of our investments are concentrated.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of industries. A downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

As of December 31, 2018, our investments in the Health Care industry represented approximately 26% of the fair value of our portfolio and our investments in the Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure industry represented approximately 17% of the fair value of our portfolio. If an industry in which we have significant investments suffers from adverse business or economic conditions, as these industries have to varying degrees, a material portion of our investment portfolio could be affected adversely, which, in turn, could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our investments in the healthcare sector face considerable uncertainties.

Our investments in the healthcare sector are subject to substantial risks. The laws and rules governing the business of healthcare companies and interpretations of those laws and rules are subject to frequent change. Broad latitude is given to the agencies administering those regulations. Existing or future laws and rules could force our portfolio companies engaged in healthcare to change how they do business, restrict revenue, increase costs, change reserve levels and change business practices.

Healthcare companies often must obtain and maintain regulatory approvals to market many of their products, change prices for certain regulated products and consummate some of their acquisitions and divestitures. Delays in obtaining or failing to obtain or maintain these approvals could reduce revenue or increase costs. Policy changes on the local, state and federal level, such as the expansion of the government’s role in the healthcare arena and alternative assessments and tax increases specific to the healthcare industry or healthcare products as part of federal health care reform initiatives, could fundamentally change the dynamics of the healthcare industry.

Investing in middle market companies involves a number of significant risks, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Investments in middle market companies involve the same risks that apply generally to investments in larger, more established companies. However, such investments have more pronounced risks in that middle market companies:

 

may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing on any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tends to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, trustees and members of the Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

Certain investments that we may make could include warrants or other equity securities. In addition, we may make direct equity investments in portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We intend to seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these put rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.

34


An investment strategy focused primarily on priv ately-held companies presents certain challenges, including, but not limited to, the lack of available information about these companies.

We intend to invest primarily in privately-held companies. Investments in private companies pose significantly greater risks than investments in public companies. First, private companies have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and the ability to withstand financial distress. Second, the depth and breadth of experience of management in private companies tends to be less than that at public companies, which makes such companies more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a smaller group of persons and/or persons with less depth and breadth of experience. Therefore, the decisions made by such management teams and/or the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our investments and, in turn, on us. Third, the investments themselves tend to be less liquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly or at a desired price prior to maturity or outside of a normal amortization schedule. As a result, the relative lack of liquidity and the potential diminished capital resources of our target portfolio companies may affect our investment returns. Fourth, little public information generally exists about private companies. Further, these companies may not have third-party debt ratings or audited financial statements. We must therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies. The Adviser would typically assess an investment in a portfolio company based on the Adviser’s estimate of the portfolio company’s earnings and enterprise value, among other things, and these estimates may be based on limited information and may otherwise be inaccurate, causing the Adviser to make different investment decisions than it may have made with more complete information. These companies and their financial information will generally not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.

A lack of liquidity in certain of our investments may adversely affect our business.

We intend to invest in certain companies whose securities are not publicly-traded or actively traded on the secondary market, and whose securities are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of certain of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies or to fund our unfunded debt commitments.

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies or to fund our unfunded debt commitments. After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant to purchase Shares. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation or may reduce the expected return on the investment.

Our investments may include original issue discount and payment-in-kind instruments.

To the extent that we invest in original issue discount or PIK instruments and the accretion of original issue discount or PIK interest income constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following: 

 

the higher interest rates on PIK instruments reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans;

 

original issue discount and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

 

an election to defer PIK interest payments by adding them to the principal on such instruments increases our future investment income which increases our gross assets and, as such, increases the Adviser’s future base management fees which, thus, increases the Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate;

 

market prices of PIK instruments and other zero coupon instruments are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and may be more volatile than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash. While PIK instruments are usually less volatile than zero coupon debt instruments, PIK instruments are generally more volatile than cash pay securities;

 

the deferral of PIK interest on an instrument increases the loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan, with respect to such instrument;

 

even if the conditions for income accrual under U.S. GAAP are satisfied, a borrower could still default when actual payment is due upon the maturity of such loan;

35


 

for accounting purposes, cash distributions to investors representing original issue discount income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of original issue discount income may come from the cash invested by investors, the 1940 Act does not requ ire that investors be given notice of this fact;

 

the required recognition of original issue discount or PIK interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents a non-cash component of our investment company taxable income that may require cash distributions to Shareholders in order to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC; and

 

original issue discount may create a risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

We may enter into a TRS agreement that exposes us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

A TRS is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the TRS, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A TRS effectively adds leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Because of the unique structure of a TRS, a TRS often offers lower financing costs than are offered through more traditional borrowing arrangements. The Company would typically have to post collateral to cover this potential obligation. To the extent the Company segregates liquid assets with a value equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under TRS transactions, enters into offsetting transactions or otherwise covers such TRS transactions in accordance with applicable SEC guidance, the leverage incurred through TRS will not be considered a borrowing for purposes of the Company’s overall leverage limitation.  

A TRS is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the TRS and the loans underlying the TRS. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with the TRS that could in the aggregate be significant. A TRS is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty.

We may enter into repurchase agreements.

Subject to our investment objective and policies, we may invest in repurchase agreements as a buyer for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Company of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Company will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future for the purchase price plus premium (which often reflects the interests). The Company does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Company could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including (1) possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Company seeks to enforce its rights thereto; (2) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and (3) expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Company generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Company’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Company could suffer a loss.

We may enter into securities lending agreements.

We may from time to time make secured loans of our marginable securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal 150% immediately after each such loan. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers and other financial institutions that are believed by the Adviser to be of high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, cash or cash equivalents (e.g., negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. If the Company enters into a securities lending arrangement, the Adviser, as part of its responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement, will invest the Company’s cash collateral in accordance with the Company’s investment objectives and strategies. The Company will pay the borrower of the securities a fee based on the amount of the cash collateral posted in connection with the securities lending program. The borrower will pay to the Company, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent.

The Company may invest the cash collateral received only in accordance with its investment objectives, subject to the Company’s agreement with the borrower of the securities. In the case of cash collateral, the Company expects to pay a rebate to the borrower. The reinvestment of cash collateral will result in a form of effective leverage for the Company.

36


Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Company, as the lender, will retain the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Company if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Company may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Company’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest through investment of cash collateral by the Company in permissible investments.

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions which expose us to certain risks, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

We may from time to time enter into credit default swaps or other derivative transactions that seek to modify or replace the investment performance of a particular reference security or other asset. These transactions are typically individually negotiated, non-standardized agreements between two parties to exchange payments, with payments generally calculated by reference to a notional amount or quantity. Swap contracts and similar derivative contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets. These investments may present risks in excess of those resulting from the referenced security or other asset. Because these transactions are not an acquisition of the referenced security or other asset itself, the investor has no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the referenced security or other asset and has no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the referenced security or other asset. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the referenced security or other asset.

A credit default swap is a contract in which one party buys or sells protection against a credit event with respect to an issuer, such as an issuer’s failure to make timely payments of interest or principal on its debt obligations, bankruptcy or restructuring during a specified period. Generally, if we sell credit protection using a credit default swap, we will receive fixed payments from the swap counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will pay the swap counterparty par for the issuer’s defaulted debt securities and the swap counterparty will deliver the defaulted debt securities to us. Generally, if we buy credit protection using a credit default swap, we will make fixed payments to the counterparty and if a credit event occurs with respect to the applicable issuer, we will deliver the issuer’s defaulted securities underlying the swap to the swap counterparty and the counterparty will pay us par for the defaulted securities. Alternatively, a credit default swap may be cash settled and the buyer of protection would receive the difference between the par value and the market value of the issuer’s defaulted debt securities from the seller of protection.

Credit default swaps are subject to the credit risk of the underlying issuer. If we are selling credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, a credit event will occur and we will have to pay the counterparty. If we are buying credit protection, there is a risk that we will not properly assess the risk of the underlying issuer, no credit event will occur and we will receive no benefit for the premium paid.

A derivative transaction is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In some cases, we may post collateral to secure our obligations to the counterparty, and we may be required to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of certain events such as a decrease in the value of the reference security or other asset. In some cases, the counterparty may not collateralize any of its obligations to us. Derivative investments effectively add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. In addition to the risks described above, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage. See “—Risks Related to Debt Financing.”

We may acquire various financial instruments for purposes of “hedging” or reducing our risks, which may be costly and ineffective and could reduce our cash available for distribution to our Shareholders.

We may seek to hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and credit risk by using financial instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. These financial instruments may be purchased on exchanges or may be individually negotiated and traded in over-the-counter markets. Use of such financial instruments for hedging purposes may present significant risks, including the risk of loss of the amounts invested. Defaults by the other party to a hedging transaction can result in losses in the hedging transaction. Hedging activities also involve the risk of an imperfect correlation between the hedging instrument and the asset being hedged, which could result in losses both on the hedging transaction and on the instrument being hedged. Use of hedging activities may not prevent significant losses and could increase our losses. Further, hedging transactions may reduce cash available to pay distributions to our Shareholders.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity.

37


Technological innovations and industry disruptions.  

Current trends in the market generally have been toward disrupting a traditional approach to an industry with technological innovation, and multiple young companies have been successful where this trend toward disruption in markets and market practices has been critical to their success. In this period of rapid technological and commercial innovation, new businesses and approaches may be created that will compete with the Company and/or its investments or alter the market practices the Company’s strategy has been designed to function within and depend on for investment return. Any of these new approaches could damage the Company’s investments, significantly disrupt the market in which it operates and subject it to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of investments.

C. Risks Related to the Adviser and Its Affiliates; Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser has limited prior experience managing a BDC.

Although the Adviser’s management team consists of substantially the same personnel that form the investment and operations teams that provided sub-advisory services to five FS Investments BDCs, neither the Adviser nor GSO has prior experience managing a BDC without a third-party partner.  Therefore, the Adviser may not be able to successfully operate our business or achieve our investment objectives.  As a result, an investment in our Shares may entail more risk than the shares of a comparable company with a substantial operating history.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs that do not apply to the other types of investment vehicles previously managed by the Adviser’s management team. For example, under the 1940 Act, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of qualifying U.S. private or thinly-traded public companies. The failure to comply with these provisions in a timely manner could prevent us from qualifying as a BDC or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties, which could be material. The Adviser’s limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under such constraints may hinder its ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and, as a result, achieve our investment objective.

The Adviser and its affiliates, including our officers and some of our trustees, face conflicts of interest caused by compensation arrangements with us and our affiliates, which could result in actions that are not in the best interests of our Shareholders.

The Adviser and its affiliates receive substantial fees from us in return for their services, and these fees could influence the advice provided to us. We pay to the Adviser an incentive fee that is based on the performance of our portfolio and an annual base management fee that is based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Because the incentive fee is based on the performance of our portfolio, the Adviser may be incentivized to make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee is determined may also encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. In addition, because the base management fee is based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, which includes any borrowings for investment purposes, the Adviser may be incentivized to recommend the use of leverage or the issuance of additional equity to make additional investments and increase the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which could disfavor our Shareholders. Our compensation arrangements could therefore result in our making riskier or more speculative investments, or relying more on leverage to make investments, than would otherwise be the case. This could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Potential Conflicts of Interest.”

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.

Our Investment Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.

In addition, any Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. The Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the obligation that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.

There may be conflicts of interest related to obligations that the Adviser’s senior management and Investment Team have to other clients.

The members of the senior management and Investment Team of the Adviser serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by the same personnel. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our Shareholders. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. In particular, we will rely on the Adviser to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. The Adviser and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities that are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, the Adviser, its officers and employees and certain of its affiliates will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved, including the

38


manag ement of its affiliated equipment funds. The Adviser and its officers and employees will devote only as much of its or their time to our business as the Adviser and its officers and employees, in their judgment, determine is reasonably required, which may be substantially less than their full time.

We rely, in part, on the Adviser to assist with identifying investment opportunities and making investment recommendations to the Adviser. The Adviser and its affiliates are not restricted from forming additional investment funds, entering into other investment advisory relationships or engaging in other business activities. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser, its affiliates and their officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to our business, but will be allocated between us and such other business activities of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that the Adviser deems necessary and appropriate. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Potential Conflicts of Interest.”

The time and resources that individuals employed by the Adviser devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that individuals employed by the Adviser are not prohibited from raising money for or managing other entities that make the same types of investments that we target.

The Adviser and individuals employed by the Adviser are generally not prohibited from raising capital for and managing other investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that these individuals may devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities. We may participate in certain transactions originated by the Adviser or its affiliates under our exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in co-investment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate. Affiliates of the Adviser, whose primary business includes the origination of investments or investing in non-originated assets, engage in investment advisory business with accounts that compete with us. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Potential Conflicts of Interest.”

Our Shares may be purchased by the Adviser or its affiliates.

The Adviser and its affiliates have purchased and in the future expect to purchase our Shares. The Adviser and its affiliates will not acquire any Shares with the intention to resell or re-distribute such Shares. The purchase of Shares by the Adviser and its affiliates could create certain risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

the Adviser and its affiliates may have an interest in disposing of our assets at an earlier date so as to recover their investment in our Shares; and

 

substantial purchases of Shares by the Adviser and its affiliates may limit the Adviser’s ability to fulfill any financial obligations that it may have to us or incurred on our behalf.

The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.

Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on the continued services of the officers and employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. The loss of services of one or more members of the Adviser’s management team, including members of our Investment Committee, could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The compensation we pay to the Adviser will be determined without independent assessment on our behalf, and these terms may be less advantageous to us than if such terms had been the subject of arm’s-length negotiations.

The Investment Advisory Agreement will not be entered into on an arm’s-length basis with an unaffiliated third party. As a result, the form and amount of compensation we pay the Adviser may be less favorable to us than they might have been had an investment advisory agreement been entered into through arm’s-length transactions with an unaffiliated third party.

The Adviser’s influence on conducting our operations gives it the ability to increase its fees, which may reduce the amount of cash flow available for distribution to our Shareholders.

The Adviser is paid a base management fee calculated as a percentage of our gross assets and unrelated to net income or any other performance base or measure. The Adviser may advise us to consummate transactions or conduct our operations in a manner that, in the Adviser’s reasonable discretion, is in the best interests of our Shareholders. These transactions, however, may increase the amount of fees paid to the Adviser. The Adviser’s ability to influence the base management fee paid to it by us could reduce the amount of cash flow available for distribution to our Shareholders.

39


D. Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than Qualifying Assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are Qualifying Assets. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not Qualifying Assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in Qualifying Assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.

Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities,” as defined under the 1940 Act, including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that our asset coverage meets the threshold set forth in the 1940 Act immediately after each such issuance. The 1940 Act currently requires an asset coverage of at least 150% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed two-thirds of the value of our assets). Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately-owned competitors, which may lead to greater Shareholder dilution.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we are required to recognize taxable income (such as deferred interest that is accrued as original issue discount) in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our status as a RIC. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay an incentive fee with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

We expect to borrow for investment purposes. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our Shares at a price per Share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our NAV per Share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our Shares, at a price below the current NAV of our Shares if our Board, including our independent trustees, determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and our Shareholders, as well as those Shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of the independent members of our Board and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and generally we will be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our Board. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or closely related times), without prior approval of our Board and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions

40


(including certain co-investments) with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers, trustee s, investment advisers, sub-advisers or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any fund or any portfolio company of a fund managed by the Adviser, or entering into joint arra ngements such as certain co-investments with these companies or funds without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC that allows us to engage in co-investment transactions with the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. However, while the terms of the exemptive relief require that the Adviser will be given the opportunity to cause us to participate in certain transactions originated by affiliates of the Adviser, the Adviser may determine that we not participate in those transactions and for certain other transactions (as set forth in guidelines approved by the Board) the Adviser may not have the opportunity to cause us to participate.

We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.

The net proceeds from the sale of Shares will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as base management fees, incentive fees and other expenses. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to create and maintain a broad portfolio of investments and achieve our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our Shareholders.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Under the 1940 Act, a “diversified” investment company is required to invest at least 75% of the value of its total assets in cash and cash items, government securities, securities of other investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the total assets of such company and no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. As a non-diversified investment company, we are not subject to this requirement. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company or to a general downturn in the economy. However, we will be subject to the diversification requirements applicable to RICs under Subchapter M of the Code.

E. Risks Related to Debt Financing

We borrow money, which magnifies the potential for loss on amounts invested in us and may increase the risk of investing in us. Borrowed money may also adversely affect the return on our assets, reduce cash available for distribution to our Shareholders, and result in losses.

The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for loss on invested equity capital. When we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, Shareholders will experience increased risks of investing in our Shares. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to our Shareholders. In addition, our Shareholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the management or incentive fees payable to the Adviser.

We may use leverage to finance our investments. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our Board’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. There can be no assurance that leveraged financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to Shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any Preferred Shares that we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. If this ratio were to fall below 150%, we could not incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and investment activities. Moreover, our ability to make distributions to Shareholders may be significantly restricted or we may not be able to make any such distributions whatsoever. The amount of leverage that we

41


will employ will be subject to oversight by our Board, a majority of whom are independent trustees with no material inter ests in such transactions.

Although borrowings by the Company have the potential to enhance overall returns that exceed the Company’s cost of funds, they will further diminish returns (or increase losses on capital) to the extent overall returns are less than the Company’s cost of funds. In addition, borrowings by the Company may be secured by the investors’ Capital Commitments as well as by the Company’s assets and the documentation relating to such borrowing may provide that during the continuance of a default under such borrowing, the interests of the investors may be subordinated to such borrowing.

We may default under our credit facilities.

In the event we default under our credit facilities or other borrowings, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under such borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Provisions in a credit facility may limit our investment discretion.

A credit facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In connection with one or more credit facilities entered into by the Company, distributions to Shareholders may be subordinated to payments required in connection with any indebtedness contemplated thereby.

In addition, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under a credit facility were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.

In addition, we may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our Shares assuming various annual returns on our portfolio, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical, and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

 

 

 

Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)

 

 

 

 

-10.00

%

 

-5.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

5.00

%

 

10.00

%

 

Corresponding return to common stockholder  (1)

 

-28.19

%

 

-16.03

%

 

-3.87

%

 

8.29

%

 

20.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based on (i) $574.7 million in total assets including deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2018, (ii) $185.0 million in outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2018, (iii) $236.4 million in net assets as of December 31, 2018 and (iv) an annualized average interest rate on our indebtedness, as of December 31, 2018, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 4.95%.

 

42


Based on an o utstanding indebtedness of $185.0 million as of December 31, 2018, and the weighted average effective annual interest rate, excluding fees (such as fees on undrawn amounts and amortization of financing costs), of 4.95% as of that date, our investment portf olio at fair value would have had to produce an annual return of approximately 1.59% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt. For more information on our indebtedness, see “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditi on and Results of Operations—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we use debt to finance a portion of our investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.

A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to the Adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.

F. Federal Income Tax Risks

Recent tax reform may have an adverse impact on investors in our Shares.

On December 20, 2017, Congress passed (and the President subsequently signed on December 22, 2017) an extensive overhaul of the Code (the “ Tax Legislation ”). The Tax Legislation makes significant changes to the taxation of individuals and corporations, which may have an adverse impact on investors in our Shares. Potential investors should consult their tax advisors about the Tax Legislation and its potential impact on making an investment in our Shares.

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or to satisfy RIC distribution requirements.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code, we must, among other things, meet annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. If we do not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as zero coupon securities, debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Moreover, under the Tax Legislation, we generally will be required to take certain amounts in income no later than the time such amounts are reflected on certain financial statements. The application of this rule may require the accrual of income with respect to our debt instruments, such as original issue discount, earlier than would be the case under the general tax rules, although the precise application of this rule is unclear at this time. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our Shareholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under Subchapter M of the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

43


If we do not qualify as a “publicly offered re gulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, a non-corporate Shareholder will be taxed as though it received a distribution of some of our expenses.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” or “publicly offered RIC” is a RIC whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the 1933 Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are a RIC that is not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a non-corporate Shareholder’s allocable portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the Shareholder and will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions that are deductible only to the extent permitted by applicable law. Pursuant to the Tax Legislation, however, such expenses will not be deductible by any such Shareholder for tax years that begin prior to January 1, 2026.

Some of our investments may be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding and value added taxes).

Our portfolio investments may present special tax issues.

The Company expects to invest in debt securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for the Company. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Company may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Company, to the extent necessary, to preserve its status as a RIC and to distribute sufficient income to not become subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Legislative or regulatory tax changes could adversely affect investors.

At any time, the federal income tax laws governing RICs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be amended. Any of those new laws, regulations or interpretations may take effect retroactively and could adversely affect the taxation of us or our Shareholders. Therefore, changes in tax laws, regulations or administrative interpretations or any amendments thereto could diminish the value of an investment in our Shares or the value or the resale potential of our investments.

G. Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares

Investors in offerings after the initial closing could receive fewer Shares than anticipated.

The purchase price per Shares in any drawdown of Capital Commitments after the Initial Drawdown is expected to be based on the NAV per Share. As a result, in the event of an increase in our NAV per Share, the purchase price for Shares purchased in any drawdown may be higher than the prior quarterly NAV per Share, and therefore an investor may receive a smaller number of Shares than if it had purchased Shares in a prior issuance. Additionally, in order to more fairly allocate such expenses among all Shareholders, investors subscribing after the Initial Drawdown Date will be required to bear a pro rata portion of our organizational expenses at the time of their first investment in us.

If we are unable to raise substantial funds, then we will be more limited in the number and type of investments we may make, our expenses may be higher relative to our total assets, and the value of a Shareholder’s investment in us may be reduced in the event our assets under-perform.

Amounts that we raise may not be sufficient for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments. To the extent that less than the maximum number of Shares is subscribed for, the opportunity for us to purchase a broad portfolio of investments may be decreased and the returns achieved on those investments may be reduced as a result of allocating all of our expenses among a smaller capital base.  If we are unable to raise substantial funds, we may not achieve certain economies of scale and our expenses may represent a larger proportion of our total assets.

We may have difficulty paying distributions and the tax character of any distributions is uncertain.

We generally intend to distribute substantially all of our available earnings annually by paying distributions on a quarterly basis, as determined by the Board in its discretion. We cannot assure Shareholders that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions (particularly during the early stages of our operations) or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this annual report. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, if we enter into a credit facility or any other borrowing facility, for so long as such facility is outstanding, we anticipate that we may be required by its terms to use all payments of interest and principal that we receive from our current investments as well as any proceeds received from the sale of our current investments to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.

44


Furthermore, the tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of our investments. The ultimate tax characterization of our distributions made during a taxable ye ar may not finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. We may make distributions during a taxable year that exceed our investment company taxable income and net capital gains for that taxable year. In such a situation, the amount by whi ch our total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gains generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a Shareholder’s tax basis in the Shares, with any amounts exceeding such tax basis treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of such Shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a Shareholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. Moreover, we may pay all or a substantial portion of ou r distributions from the proceeds of the sale of our Shares or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of Shareholders’ capital and will lower such Shareholders’ tax basis in our Shares, which may result in incr eased tax liability to Shareholders when they sell such Shares.

An investment in our Shares will have limited liquidity.

Our Shares constitute illiquid investments for which there is not, and will likely not be, a secondary market at any time prior to an Exchange Listing. There can be no guarantee that we will conduct an Exchange Listing. Investment in the Company is suitable only for sophisticated investors and requires the financial ability and willingness to accept the high risks and lack of liquidity inherent in an investment in the Company.  A Shareholder generally may not sell, assign or transfer its Shares without prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole discretion.  Except in limited circumstances for legal or regulatory purposes, Shareholders are not entitled to redeem their Shares.  Shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in our Shares for an indefinite period of time.  While we may undertake an Exchange Listing, there can be no assurance that such a listing will be successfully completed.  Furthermore, an Exchange Listing does not ensure that an actual market will develop for a listed security.  

Furthermore, should there be an Exchange Listing, Shareholders may be subject to lock-up restrictions pursuant to which they will be prohibited from selling our Shares for a certain period after the date of such Exchange Listing.  The specific terms of this restriction and any other limitations on the sale of our Shares in connection with or following an Exchange Listing will be agreed in advance between our Board and the Adviser, acting on behalf of our investors, and the underwriters of the Exchange Listing or other similar institutions acting on our behalf in connection with the Exchange Listing.  There can be no assurance that our Shares will be offered in an Exchange Listing.

Certain investors will be subject to 1934 Act filing requirements.

Because our Shares are registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our Shares will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, our Shareholders who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in the Company increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each Shareholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, our Shareholders who hold more than 10% of a class of our Shares may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the Company profits from the purchase and sale of registered stock (and securities convertible or exchangeable into such registered stock) within a six-month period.

Special considerations for certain benefit plan investors.

We intend to conduct our affairs so that our assets should not be deemed to be “plan assets” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations Labor. The fiduciary of each prospective benefit plan investor must independently determine that our Shares are an appropriate investment for such plan, taking into account the fiduciary’s obligations under ERISA, the Code and applicable similar laws, and the facts and circumstances of each investing benefit plan investor.

No Shareholder approval is required for certain mergers.

Our Board may undertake to approve mergers between us and certain other funds or vehicles.  Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and, after an Exchange Listing, the applicable stock exchange rules, such mergers will not require Shareholder approval so Shareholders will not be given an opportunity to vote on these matters unless such mergers are reasonably anticipated to result in a material dilution of the NAV per Share of the Company.  These mergers may involve funds managed by affiliates of GSO.  The Board may also convert the form and/or jurisdiction of organization, including to take advantage of laws that are more favorable to maintaining board control in the face of dissident Shareholders.

Shareholders may experience dilution.

Shareholders will not have preemptive rights to subscribe to or purchase any Shares issued in the future.  Investors in earlier closings during the Initial Closing Period will be diluted by investors in later closings during the Initial Closing Period.  This dilution will be accelerated because purchases of our Shares will generally be made first by holders with the largest percentage of their Initial Capital Commitments undrawn and then, once all holders have the same percentage of undrawn Initial Capital Commitments outstanding, pro rata in accordance with remaining Initial Capital Commitments of all investors.  

45


To the extent we issue additional Shares, including in a public offering or following a Subsequent Closing, a Shareholder’s percentage ownership interest in the Company will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, a Shareholder may also experience dilution in the NAV and fair value of our Shares.

There are severe economic consequences for defaulting Shareholders.

If Shareholders fail to fund their commitment obligations or to make required capital contributions when due, the Company’s ability to complete its investment program or otherwise continue operations may be substantially impaired. A Shareholder’s failure to fund such amounts when due may cause that Shareholder to become a defaulting Shareholder. A defaulting Shareholder will have ten days to cure its deficiency following the required funding date, after which the defaulting Shareholder may forfeit its right to participate in future investments and 50% of its Shares may be transferred to the non-defaulting Shareholders on a pro rata basis.  If a substantial number of Shareholders become defaulting Shareholders, this may severely limit opportunities for investment diversification and would likely reduce returns to the Company and restrict the Company’s ability to meet loan obligations. Any single defaulting Shareholder could cause substantial costs to be incurred by the Company if such default causes the Company to fail to meet its contractual obligations or if the Company must pursue remedial action against such Shareholder.

If the Company fails to meet its contractual obligations related to a portfolio investment due to a defaulting Shareholder, the relevant portfolio company may have a cause of action against the Company, which may include a claim against assets of the Company other than the Company’s interest in such portfolio company.  A creditor of the Company (including a portfolio company with respect to which the Company has failed to meet its contractual obligations) will not be bound to satisfy its claims from the assets attributable to a particular portfolio investment and such creditor generally may seek to satisfy its claims from the assets of the Company as a whole.  As a result, if a creditor’s claims relating to a particular portfolio investment exceed the net assets attributable to that portfolio investment, the remaining assets of the Company will likely be subject to such claim.

Investing in our Shares involves a high degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our Shares not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The NAV of our Shares may fluctuate significantly.

The NAV and liquidity, if any, of the market for our Shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

loss of RIC or BDC status;

 

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by Shareholders;

 

departure of either the Adviser or certain of its respective key personnel;

 

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

loss of a major funding source.

46


Item 1B. Unresolve d Staff Com ments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located at 345 Park Avenue, 31st floor, New York, New York 10154 and are provided by the Administrator in accordance with the terms of our Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of any such future legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that any such future proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

47


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

There is not currently, and until an Exchange Listing we do not expect there to be, a public market for our Shares, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.

Our Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our Adviser consents to such transfer and (ii) the Shares is registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Shareholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Shares until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Shares may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on our Shares and to execute such other instruments or certifications as we may reasonably require.

Holders

As of March 18, 2019, there were 1,889 holders of record of our Shares.

Dividends

We generally intend to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a quarterly basis, as determined by the Board in its discretion. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

During the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018, there were no dividends declared.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities and Use of Proceeds

Except as previously reported by the Company on its current reports on Form 8-K, we did not sell any securities during the period covered by this Annual Report that were not registered under the Securities Act.

48


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table below sets forth our selected consolidated historical financial data for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018. The selected consolidated historical financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which is included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

The selected consolidated financial information and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report (dollar amounts in thousands, expect for per share data).

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

Investment income:

 

 

 

 

Total investment income

 

$

3,174

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

Net expenses (including excise tax expense)

 

 

1,887

 

Net investment income

 

 

1,287

 

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(3,650

)

Net realized gain (loss)

 

 

(581

)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

Per share data

 

 

 

 

Net investment income per share (basic and diluted)

 

$

0.17

 

Earnings (loss) per share (basic and diluted)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,228

 

Investments at fair value

 

 

545,325

 

Total assets

 

 

574,743

 

Total debt

 

 

185,000

 

Total liabilities

 

 

338,378

 

Total net assets

 

 

236,365

 

Net asset value per share

 

$

24.57

 

 

49


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The discussion and analysis contained in this section refers to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to those described in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K “Risk Factors.”  Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by such forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  The period ended December 31, 2018 represents the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018.  

Overview and Investment Framework

The Company is a newly formed Delaware statutory trust structured as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for U. S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. We are managed by our Adviser. The Administrator will provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.  

Under normal market conditions, we expect to invest at least 80% of our total assets (net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes) in secured debt investments (including investments that are secured by equity interests). We anticipate that our portfolio will be composed primarily of first lien senior secured and unitranche loans (including first out/last out loans) , generally with total investment sizes less than $300 million, which criteria may change from time to time. To a lesser extent, we may also invest in second lien, third lien, unsecured or subordinated loans, generally with total investment sizes less than $100 million, which criteria may change from time to time, and other debt and equity securities. We do not expect to focus on investments in issuers that are distressed or in need of rescue financing.

We commenced our loan origination and investment activities contemporaneously with the Initial Drawdown on November 20, 2018.  The proceeds from the Initial Drawdown and availability under our credit facilities provided us with the necessary seed capital to commence operations.  See “—Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowings .” We have entered into Warehousing Transactions that provide for the purchase of certain investments in connection with our commencement of operations. See “—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—Warehousing Transactions .”  We anticipate raising additional equity capital for investment purposes through additional closings under the Private Offering.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Investments

We focus primarily on loans and securities, including syndicated loans, of private U.S. companies, specifically small and middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of $50 million to $2.5 billion, at the time of investment. Specifically, we expect to target companies with $25 million to $75 million of EBITDA. In many market environments, we believe such a focus offers an opportunity for superior risk-adjusted returns.

Our level of investment activity (both the number of investments and the size of each investment) can and will vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment, trading prices of loans and other securities and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

Revenues

We generate revenues in the form of interest income from the debt securities we hold and dividends and capital appreciation on either direct equity investments or equity interests obtained in connection with originating loans, such as options, warrants or conversion rights.  Our debt investments typically have a term of five to eight years and bear interest at floating rates on the basis of a benchmark such as LIBOR. In some instances, we receive payments on our debt investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we may receive repayments of some of our debt investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments fluctuates significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity also reflects the proceeds of sales of securities. In some cases, our investments may provide for deferred interest payments or PIK interest. The principal amount of loans and any accrued but unpaid interest generally become due at the maturity date.

50


In addition, we generate revenue in the form of commitment, loan origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, and possibly consulting fees.

Expenses

Except as specifically provided below, all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses, of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including, but not limited to (a) investment advisory fees, including management fees and incentive fees, to the Adviser, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; (b) our allocable portion of compensation, overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for us; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Blackstone or any of its affiliates; and (c) all other expenses of our operations and transactions.

With respect to (i) above, if actual organization and offering costs incurred exceed 0.10% of our total Capital Commitments, the Adviser or its affiliates will bear the excess costs.  To the extent our Capital Commitments later increase, the Adviser or its affiliates may be reimbursed for past payments of excess organization and offering costs made on our behalf provided that the total organization and offering costs borne by the us do not exceed 0.10% of total Capital Commitments and provided further that the Adviser or its affiliates may not be reimbursed for payment of excess organization and offering expenses that were incurred more than three years prior to the proposed reimbursement.  Any sales load, platform fees, servicing fees or similar fees or expenses charged directly to an investor in our Private Offering by a placement agent or similar party will not be considered organization or offering expenses of the Company for purposes of our cap on organization and offering expenses.

From time to time, the Adviser, the Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse the Adviser, Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, the Adviser or the Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses. In this regard, the Administrator has waived the right to be reimbursed for rent and related occupancy costs. However, the Administrator may seek reimbursement for such costs in future periods. All of the foregoing expenses will ultimately be borne by our Shareholders, subject to the cap on organization and offering expenses described above.

Costs and expenses of the Administrator and the Adviser that are eligible for reimbursement by us will be reasonably allocated to the Company on the basis of time spent, assets under management, usage rates, proportionate holdings, a combination thereof or other reasonable methods determined by the Administrator in accordance with policies adopted by the Board.

On December 12, 2018, we entered into an Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser.  The Expense Support Agreement provides that, at such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may pay certain Expense Payments of the Company, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense of ours. Such Expense Payment will be made in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after a written commitment from the Adviser to pay such expense, and/or by an offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates. Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined in the Expense Support Agreement) exceed Excess Operating Funds, we shall pay Reimbursement Payments to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by us to the Adviser. The Expense Support Agreement provides additional restrictions on the amount of each Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter. The Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, so that such Reimbursement Payment may be reimbursable in a future calendar quarter.

Hedging

We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to our business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Portfolio and Investment Activity

From the beginning of our investment activities in November 2018 until December 31, 2018, we acquired $616.9 million aggregate principal amount of investments (including $54.7 million of unfunded commitments), $393.4 million of which were directly originated loans and anchor orders in syndicated loans and $223.5 million of which were broadly syndicated loans (including, in each case, investments made through warehousing arrangements).  

51


As of December 31, 2018, based on fair value, our portfolio consisted of 98.84% first lien debt investments and 1.16% second lien debt investments. As of December 31, 2018, our weighted average total yield of debt and income producing securities at fair value was 8.76%, and our weighted average total yield of debt and income producing securities at amortized cost was 8.70%. As of December 31, 2018 we had investments in 61 portfolio companies with an aggregate fair value of $545.3 million.

Our investment activity for the period ended December 31, 2018 is presented below (information presented herein is at amortized cost unless otherwise indicated) (dollar amounts in thousands).

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

Total investments, beginning of period

 

$

 

New investments purchased

 

 

549,058

 

Net accretion of discount on investments

 

 

127

 

Investments sold or repaid

 

 

(432

)

Total investments, end of period

 

$

548,753

 

Amount of investments funded at principal

 

 

 

 

First lien debt investments

 

$

555,449

 

Second lien debt investments

 

 

6,381

 

Total

 

$

561,830

 

Proceeds from investments sold or repaid:

 

 

 

 

First lien debt investments

 

$

(432)

 

Second lien debt investments

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(432)

 

Number of portfolio companies

 

 

61

 

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at

   amortized cost(1)

 

 

8.70

%

Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at

   fair value(1)

 

 

8.76

%

Percentage of debt investments bearing a floating rate

 

 

100

%

Percentage of debt investments bearing a fixed rate

 

 

0

%

 

(1)

Computed as (a) the annual stated interest rate or yield plus the annual accretion of discounts or less the annual amortization of premiums, as applicable, on accruing debt included in such securities, divided by (b) total first lien and second lien debt at fair value included in such securities. Actual yields earned over the life of each investment could differ materially from the yields presented above.

As of December 31, 2018, our investments consisted of the following (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

% of Total

Investments at

Fair Value

 

First lien debt

 

$

542,395

 

 

$

538,983

 

 

 

98.84

%

Second lien debt

 

 

6,358

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

1.16

%

Total

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

Active management of our investments is performed by the team responsible for making the initial investment. The Adviser believes that actively managing an investment allows the Investment Team to identify problems early and work with companies to develop constructive solutions when necessary. The Adviser will monitor our portfolio with a focus toward anticipating negative credit events. In seeking to maintain portfolio company performance and help to ensure a successful exit, the Adviser will work closely with, as applicable, the lead equity sponsor, loan syndicator, portfolio company management, consultants, advisers and other security holders to discuss financial position, compliance with covenants, financial requirements and execution of the company’s business plan. In addition, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, we may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Typically, GSO will receive financial reports detailing operating performance, sales volumes, margins, cash flows, financial position and other key operating metrics typically on a quarterly basis from portfolio companies. GSO will use this data, combined with due diligence gained through contact with the company’s customers, suppliers, competitors, market research and other methods, to conduct an ongoing, rigorous assessment of the company’s operating performance and prospects.

52


Results of Operations

Comparative financial statements are not presented as we had yet to be capitalized and had neither incurred expenses nor generated revenues for the year ago period. We were initially capitalized on September 14, 2018 and commenced our operations on November 20, 2018. The following table represents the operating results for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018 (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Total investment income

 

$

3,174

 

Net expenses

 

 

(1,835

)

Net investment income before excise tax

 

 

1,339

 

Excise tax expense

 

 

(52

)

Net investment income

 

 

1,287

 

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(3,650

)

Net realized gain (loss)

 

 

(581

)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

 

Investment Income

Investment income for the period ended December 31, 2018, was as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Interest income

 

$

3,174

 

Total investment income

 

$

3,174

 

 

For the period ended December 31, 2018, total investment income was driven by our deployment of capital and increased invested balance of investments.  The size of our investment portfolio increased to $545.3 million at fair value at December 31, 2018 and all investments were income producing senior secured debt investments.  There are no loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2018.

Expenses

Expenses for the period ended December 31, 2018 were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

$

1,351

 

Management fees

 

 

 

 

309

 

Professional fees

 

 

 

 

212

 

Board of Trustees' fees

 

 

 

 

177

 

Administrative service fees

 

 

 

 

362

 

Other general and administrative

 

 

 

 

333

 

Organization costs

 

 

 

 

670

 

Amortization of offering costs

 

 

 

 

117

 

Excise tax expense

 

 

 

 

52

 

Total expenses (including excise tax expense)

 

 

 

 

3,583

 

Expense support

 

 

 

 

(1,696

)

Net expenses (including excise tax expense)

 

 

 

$

1,887

 

 

For the period ended December 31, 2018, net expenses were primarily comprised of interest expense of $1.4 million, management fees of $0.3 million, administrative service fees of $0.4 million, organization costs of $0.7 million, and other expenses of $0.8 million; offset by expense support by the Adviser of $1.7 million.  

53


Interest expense for the period ended December 31, 2018 was driven by $162.0 million of average borrowings (at an average effective interest rate was 4.95%) under our credit facilities re lated to borrowing for investments. Management fees for the period ended December 31, 2018 were driven by our deployment of capital.  For the period ended December 31, 2018, there were no incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income an d no accrued capital gains incentive fees based on our cumulative net realized and unrealized depreciation as of period end. The accrual for any capital gains incentive fee under U.S. GAAP in a given period may result in an additional expense if such cumul ative amount is greater than in the prior period or a reduction of previously recorded expense if such cumulative amount is less than in the prior period. If such cumulative amount is negative, then there is no accrual.

Organization costs and offering costs, include expenses incurred in our initial formation and our Private Offering. Professional fees include legal, rating agencies, audit, tax, valuation, technology and other professional fees incurred related to the management of us. Administrative service fees represent fees paid to the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our executive officers, their respective staff and other non-investment professionals that perform duties for us. Other general and administrative expenses include insurance, filing, research, subscriptions and other costs. Expense support consists of expense payments for our expenses that the Adviser has committed to pay which are subject to reimbursement to the Adviser at a future date.  

The Adviser may elect to make Expense Payments on our behalf, subject to future Reimbursement Payments pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement described above in “— Key Components of Our Results of Operations—Expenses .”

Income Taxes, Including Excise Taxes

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and we intend to operate in a manner so as to continue to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs. To qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we must, among other things, distribute to our Shareholders in each taxable year generally at least 90% of the sum of our investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code (without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), and net tax-exempt income for that taxable year. To maintain our tax treatment as a RIC, we, among other things, intend to make the requisite distributions to our Shareholders, which generally relieve us from corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may carry forward taxable income (including net capital gains, if any) in excess of current year dividend distributions from the current tax year into the next tax year and pay a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on such taxable income, as required. To the extent that we determine that our estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year dividend distributions from such income, we will accrue excise tax on estimated excess taxable income.

For the period ended December 31, 2018, we incurred $0.05 million of U.S. federal excise tax.

Net Realized Gain (Loss) and Net Unrealized Gain (Loss)

We fair value our portfolio investments and forward purchase obligation quarterly and any changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains or losses.  During the period ended December 31, 2018, we had a net realized loss of $0.6 million relating to our acquisition of the Syndicated Warehouse (discussed below).  Net unrealized gains (losses) on our investment portfolio were comprised of the following (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Period Ended

December 31,

2018

 

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

 

$

(3,428

)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on forward purchase obligation

 

 

(222

)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments

 

$

(3,650

)

 

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We generate cash from the net proceeds from the drawdown of Capital Commitments, proceeds from net borrowings on our credit facilities and income earned on our debt investments. The primary uses of our cash and cash equivalents are for (i) originating loans and purchases of senior secured debt investments, (ii) funding the costs of our operations (including fees paid to our Adviser and expense reimbursements paid to our Administrator), (iii) debt service, repayment and other financing costs of any borrowings and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our Shares.

As of December 31, 2018, we had three revolving credit facilities outstanding, as described in “— Borrowings ” below. We may from time to time enter into additional credit facilities, increase the size of our existing credit facilities or issue debt securities. Any such incurrence or issuance would be subject to prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual and regulatory restrictions and other factors. In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to incur borrowings, issue debt securities or issue preferred stock, if immediately after the borrowing or issuance, the ratio of total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness) to total indebtedness plus preferred stock, is at least 150%. As of December 31, 2018, we had an aggregate amount of $185.0 million of senior securities outstanding and our asset coverage ratio was 227.8%. The independent members of our Board and our sole initial shareholder

54


app roved our asset coverage limit of 150% pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act effective September 25, 2018. As of such date, our initial shareholder was the only holder of our Shares and it waived the right to receive repurchase offers pursuant to Se ction 61(a)(2)(D)(ii) of the 1940 Act. We seek to carefully consider our unfunded commitments for the purpose of planning our ongoing financial leverage. Further, we maintain sufficient borrowing capacity within the 150% asset coverage limitation to cover any outstanding unfunded commitments we are required to fund.

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2018, taken together with our $715.0 million of available capacity under our credit facilities (subject to borrowing base availability) and our $712.9 million of uncalled Capital Commitments is expected to be sufficient for our investing activities and to conduct our operations in the near term.

As of December 31, 2018, we had $6.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. During the period ended December 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $349.8 million, primarily as a result of funding portfolio investments of $428.1 million, the purchase of the equity interests in the Syndicated Warehouse (discussed below), net of cash of $24.0 million; partially offset by a decrease in receivables for investments sold of $12.0 million and an increase in payables for investments purchased of $86.8 million.  Lastly, cash provided by financing activities was $356.0 million during the period, which was the result of proceeds from the issuance of Shares of $239.3 million, net borrowings on our credit facilities of $120.0 million, partially offset by deferred financing costs paid of $2.6 million.  

Equity

The following table summarizes the total Shares issued and proceeds received related to our initial capitalization and capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the Subscription Agreements for the period ended December 31, 2018 (dollar amounts in thousands except for share data, unless otherwise noted):

 

Common Share Issuance Date

 

Number of

Common

Shares Issued

 

 

Aggregate

Offering Price

 

September 14, 2018

 

 

60

 

 

$

2

 

November 20, 2018

 

 

5,671,181

 

 

 

141,780

 

December 13, 2018

 

 

3,950,078

 

 

 

97,527

 

Total

 

 

9,621,319

 

 

$

239,309

 

 

During the period ended December 31, 2018, we entered into Subscription Agreements with a number of investors, including affiliates of our Adviser, providing for the private placement of our Shares. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to fund drawdowns to purchase our Shares up to the amount of their respective capital commitment on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a drawdown notice to our investors. As of December 31, 2018, we had received Capital Commitments totaling $952.2 million, of which $15.0 million was from an affiliate of the Adviser.

Borrowings

Subscription Facility

On November 6, 2018, we entered into a revolving credit facility (the “ Subscription Facility ”) with Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, the sole lead arranger, the letter of credit issuer and a lender, and the other lenders from time to time party thereto.

The maximum commitment amount of the Subscription Facility is $200 million, subject to availability under the borrowing base, which is based on the undrawn capital commitments of our investors, and restrictions imposed on borrowings under the 1940 Act.  The maximum commitment amount of the Subscription Facility may be increased to $400 million through the exercise by us of an uncommitted accordion feature through which existing and new lenders may, at their option, agree to provide additional financing.  We are permitted to borrow under the Subscription Facility for any purpose permitted under its constituent documents.

Borrowings under the Subscription Facility bear interest, at our election at the time of drawdown, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of LIBOR rate loans, an adjusted LIBOR rate for the applicable interest period plus 2.00% or (ii) in the case of reference rate loans, the greatest of (A) the prime rate plus 1.00%, (B) the federal funds rate plus 1.50%, and (C) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 2.00%. Loans may be converted from one rate to another at any time at our election, subject to certain conditions. We will pay an unused commitment fee equal to (x) 0.30% per annum when the outstanding principal obligations are less than 50% of the maximum commitment and (y) 0.25% per annum when the outstanding principal obligations are greater than or equal to 50% of the maximum commitment.  

The Subscription Facility will mature upon the earliest of: (i) November 6, 2019 (the “ Stated Maturity Date ”); (ii) the date upon which the administrative agent declares the obligations under the Subscription Facility due and payable after the occurrence of an event of default; (iii) 30 days prior to the termination of our constituent documents; (iv) 30 days prior to the date on which our ability to call capital contributions for the purpose of repaying the obligations under the Subscription Facility is terminated; and (v) the date we terminate the lender commitments pursuant to the Subscription Facility. The Stated Maturity Date may be extended, at our option, for two additional terms not longer than 364 days each, subject to customary conditions, including (x) the consent of the administrative agent and the extending lenders and (y) payment of an extension fee.

55


The Subscription Facility is secured by a pledge of our right, title, and interest in and to the undrawn capital commitments of our investors. The Subscription Facility includes customary affirmative and negative covenants and consent rights granted to the lenders, as wel l as usual and customary events of default for revolving credit facilities of this nature.

JPM SPV Facility

On November 16, 2018, Jackson Hole Funding LLC (“ Jackson Hole Funding ”), our wholly-owned subsidiary that holds primarily originated loan investments, entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “ JPM SPV Facility ”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“ JPM ”). JPM serves as administrative agent, Citibank, N.A., serves as collateral agent and securities intermediary, Virtus Group, LP serves as collateral administrator and we serve as portfolio manager under the JPM SPV Facility.

Advances under the JPM SPV Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR in effect, plus the applicable margin of 2.50% per annum. Jackson Hole Funding will also pay a commitment fee of 0.60% per annum (or 0.375% per annum until the date that is nine months from the date the JPM SPV Facility was entered into), commencing 60 days after the Closing Date, on the average daily unused amount of the financing commitments until the third anniversary of the JPM SPV Facility.  

The initial principal amount of the JPM SPV Facility is $300 million. The JPM SPV Facility has an accordion feature, subject to the satisfaction of various conditions, which could bring total commitments under the JPM SPV Facility to up to $600 million. Proceeds from borrowings under the JPM SPV Facility may be used to fund portfolio investments by Jackson Hole Funding and to make advances under delayed draw term loans where Jackson Hole Funding is a lender. The period during which Jackson Hole Funding may make borrowings under the JPM SPV Facility expires on November 16, 2021 and the JPM SPV Facility is scheduled to mature on May 16, 2023 (“ Maturity Date ”).

Jackson Hole Funding’s obligations to the lenders under the JPM SPV Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in Jackson Hole Funding’s portfolio of investments and cash. The obligations of Jackson Hole Funding under the JPM SPV Facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the JPM SPV Facility is limited to the value of its investment in Jackson Hole Funding.  

In connection with the JPM SPV Facility, Jackson Hole Funding has made certain customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The JPM SPV Facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including if a change of control of Jackson Hole Funding occurs or if the we are no longer the portfolio manager of Jackson Hole Funding. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, JPM may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the JPM SPV Facility immediately due and payable.

The occurrence of an event of default (as described above) or a market value event (as defined in the JPM SPV Facility) triggers a requirement that Jackson Hole Funding obtain the consent of JPM prior to entering into any sale or disposition with respect to portfolio assets, and the occurrence of a market value event triggers the right of JPM to direct Jackson Hole Funding to enter into sales or dispositions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case in JPM’s sole discretion.

BNP SPV Facility

On December 21, 2018, Breckenridge Funding LLC (“ Breckenridge Funding ”), our wholly-owned subsidiary that holds primarily syndicated loan investments, entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “ BNP SPV Facility ”) with BNP Paribas (“ BNP ”). BNP serves as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association serves as collateral agent and we serve as servicer under the BNP SPV Facility.

Advances under the BNP SPV Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR in effect, plus an applicable margin of 1.50% (or 1.25% prior to the first payment date on June 20, 2019) to 2.15% per annum depending on the nature of the advances being requested under the facility. Breckenridge Funding will also pay a commitment fee of 0.70% per annum if the unused facility amount is greater than 50% or 0.35% per annum if the unused facility amount is less than or equal to 50% and greater than 25%, commencing six months after the closing date of the BNP SPV Facility, on the average daily unused amount of the financing commitments until the third anniversary of the BNP SPV Facility.

The maximum commitment amount of the BNP SPV Facility is $400 million. Proceeds from borrowings under the BNP SPV Facility may be used to fund portfolio investments by Breckenridge Funding and to make advances under delayed draw and revolving loans where Breckenridge Funding is a lender. The period during which Breckenridge Funding may make borrowings under the BNP SPV Facility expires on December 21, 2021 (or such later date as may be agreed by Breckenridge Funding, BNP, as administrative agent, and the lenders under the BNP SPV Facility) and the BNP SPV Facility is scheduled to mature on December 21, 2023.

56


Breckenridge Funding’s obligations to the lenders under the BNP SPV Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in all of Breckenridge Funding’s portfolio of investments and cash. The obligations o f Breckenridge Funding under the BNP SPV Facility are non-recourse to us, and our exposure under the BNP SPV Facility is limited to the value of its investment in Breckenridge Funding.

In connection with the BNP SPV Facility, Breckenridge Funding has made certain customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The BNP SPV Facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including if a change of control of Breckenridge Funding occurs or if we are no longer the servicer of Breckenridge Funding. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, BNP may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the BNP SPV Facility immediately due and payable. The occurrence of an event of default (as described above) suspends the ability of Breckenridge Funding to acquire or sell additional assets.

At December 31, 2018, our outstanding debt obligations were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Aggregate

Principal

Committed

 

 

Outstanding

Principal

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Unused

Portion (1)

 

 

Amount

Available (2)

 

Subscription Facility

 

$

200,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

200,000

 

 

$

174,032

 

JPM SPV Facility

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

22,966

 

BNP SPV Facility

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

335,000

 

 

 

5,183

 

Total

 

$

900,000

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

715,000

 

 

$

202,181

 

 

(1)

The unused portion is the amount upon which commitment fees, if any, are based.

(2)

The amount available reflects any limitations related to each respective credit facility’s borrowing base.

For the  period ended December 31, 2018, the weighted average interest rate on all borrowings outstanding was 4.95%, and the average principal debt outstanding was $162.0 million.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Portfolio Company Commitments

Our investment portfolio may contain debt investments which are in the form of lines of credit or delayed draw commitments, which require us to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with underlying loan agreements.  As of December 31, 2018 we had five delayed draw terms loans with an aggregate of $54.7 million of unfunded commitments.  

Warehousing Transactions

We entered into two Warehousing Transactions whereby we agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from  parties unaffiliated with the Adviser. Such Warehousing Transactions were designed to assist us in deploying capital upon receipt of drawdown proceeds. The Middle Market Warehouse relates primarily to originated or anchor investments in middle market loans.  The Syndicated Warehouse related primarily to broadly syndicated loans prior to the acquisition of the equity interests of the Syndicated Warehouse by us and merger of the Syndicated Warehouse with our wholly-owned subsidiary, as described below. See—“ Item 1A .— Risk Factors — Risks Related to an Investment in the Shares — Risks related to the Warehousing Transactions.

Middle Market Warehouse

On September 10, 2018, we entered into a Warehousing Transaction for primarily middle market loans with a  warehouse provider unaffiliated with the Adviser.  The warehouse investments for the Middle Market Warehouse are ultimately selected by the warehouse provider, in its sole discretion, for an account which it solely controls.  Recommendations for such investments are made on a non-discretionary basis by an affiliate of the Adviser, but only if the Adviser has determined the investment is desirable for us.  We are party to a forward purchase agreement (included as an exhibit to the Form 10 Registration Statement) pursuant to which we agree to purchase certain assets held in the Middle Market Warehouse at a purchase price based on the cost of the asset to the warehouse provider plus amounts of unpaid interest, original issue discount and structuring fees accrued to the warehouse provider during the time the warehouse provider owned the asset.  

Under the Middle Market Warehouse, we have until the maturity date of September 10, 2019, which is one year from the commencement date of the warehouse, to purchase the assets in the warehouse.  Additionally, the obligation to purchase assets from the warehouse provider is contingent on us raising sufficient funds to purchase such assets.  The obligation to purchase such assets is also contingent on the assets meeting certain criteria and further the obligation to purchase such assets may be satisfied by another party (including an affiliate of the Company).

As of December 31, 2018, there was $30 million of debt investments in aggregate principal amount in the Middle Market Warehouse, all of which we were obligated to purchase at a future date under forward purchase agreements.  

57


Since we have a contractual obligation to acquire all qualifying assets in the Middle Market Warehouse through a forward purchase agreement, th e mark-to-market gain/loss of all investments is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. We do not, however, have any direct interest in the underlying assets nor do we have the power to control the activities most significant to the economic performance of the Middle Market Warehouse, and therefore, such assets are not included in our consolidated financial statements. This gain/loss amount is calculated as the difference between (1) the current purchase price we would be obligated to pay to p urchase each asset under the forward purchase agreement and (2) the current fair value as determined by our valuation policy. As of December 31, 2018, we had a total unrealized loss of $0.2 million relating to this forward purchase obligation.

During the period ended December 31, 2018, we purchased debt investments from the Middle Market Warehouse in the aggregate principal amount of $200.1 million (excluding unfunded delayed draw positions of $54.7 million), at a purchase price of $196.1 million.

Syndicated Warehouse

On August 21, 2018, we entered into a Warehousing Transaction with a third party whereby we (or our designees) agreed, subject to certain contingencies, to purchase the equity interests of a warehouse vehicle from such third party at a price equal to the initial capital contribution made by the third party equity holder plus accrued but unpaid interest on the underlying assets in the warehouse vehicle remaining after the payment of all other obligations outstanding under the credit agreement of the Syndicated Warehouse vehicle other than principal on the loan made under such credit agreement. The warehouse investments for the Syndicated Warehouse vehicle were selected by an affiliate of the Adviser as the collateral manager of the Syndicated Warehouse. Neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates received any additional compensation from us in connection with serving as collateral manager of the warehouse vehicle.

We exercised our rights to acquire the equity interests of the Syndicated Warehouse on December 11, 2018 for a total purchase price of $24.9 million, at which time the assets and liabilities of the warehouse started to be included in our consolidated financial statements.  For the period ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a loss $0.6 million, which represented the excess of total consideration paid for the equity interests over the fair value of the net assets of the Syndicated Warehouse we assumed on the date of acquisition.  

On December 28, 2018, we caused a certificate of merger to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State to merge the Syndicated Warehouse, a Cayman Islands exempted company, into Breckenridge Funding, a Delaware limited liability company at which time all the assets and liabilities of the Syndicated Warehouse became owned by Breckenridge Funding. Breckenridge Funding is, and at the time of the merger with the Syndicated Warehouse was, our wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiary.  The Syndicated Warehouse and Breckenridge Funding were established in connection with non-recourse credit facilities provided by BNP as lender on August 21, 2018 and December 21, 2018, respectively. In connection with the merger, we caused the credit facility at the Syndicated Warehouse to be paid off and terminated.  

Other Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, we may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of its business. At December 31, 2018, management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.

Contractual Obligations

A summary of our contractual payment obligations under our credit facilities and our forward purchase obligation as of December 31, 2018, is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

3-5 years

 

 

After 5 years

 

Subscription Facility

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

JPM SPV Facility

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

BNP SPV Facility

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

Forward purchase obligation

 

 

29,786

 

 

 

29,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

214,786

 

 

$

29,786

 

 

$

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

 

 

Related-Party Transactions

We have entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the following:

 

the Investment Advisory Agreement; and

 

the Administration Agreement; and

 

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.

58


In addition to the aforementioned agreements, we, our Adviser and certain of ou r Adviser’s affiliates have been granted exemptive relief by the SEC to co-invest with other funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as re gulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. See “ Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 3. Agreements and Related Party Transactions.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets, and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ.  Our critical accounting policies should be read in connection with our risk factors described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

Fair Value Measurements

The Company is required to report its investments for which current market values are not readily available at fair value. The Company values its investments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ ASC 820 ”), which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date.  ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs.  Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. See “ Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 5 . Fair Value Measurements .”

Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. The Company utilizes mid-market pricing (i.e. mid-point of average bid and ask prices) to value these investments.  These market quotations are obtained from independent pricing services, if available; otherwise from at least two principal market makers or primary market dealers.  To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. The Adviser does not adjust the prices unless it has a reason to believe market quotations are not reflective of the fair value of an investment. Examples of events that would cause market quotations to not reflect fair value could include cases when a security trades infrequently or not at all, causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale, or in the event of a “fire sale” by a distressed seller.  All price overrides require approval from the Company’s Board.

Where prices or inputs are not available or, in the judgment of the Board, not reliable, valuation techniques based on the facts and circumstances of the particular investment will be utilized.  Securities that are not publicly traded or for which market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee of the Board (the “ Audit Committee ”) and independent valuation firms engaged on the recommendation of the Adviser and at the direction of the Board. These valuation approaches involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the investments or market and the investments’ complexity.

The Company’s Board undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter in connection with determining the fair value of the Company’s investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

The valuation process begins with each investment being initially valued by the Adviser’s valuation team in conjunction with the Adviser’s investment professionals responsible for each portfolio investment;

 

Separately, independent valuation firms engaged by the Board prepare valuations of the all the Company’s investments over a de minimis threshold.  The independent valuation firms provide a final range of values on such investments to the Board and the Adviser.  The independent valuation firms also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations;

 

The independent valuation firms’ ranges are compared to the Adviser’s valuations to ensure the Adviser’s valuations are reasonable;

 

Preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with the GSO Valuation Committee, and the Valuation Committee’s conclusions reached are presented to the Audit Committee;

 

The Audit Committee reviews the assessments of the Adviser and the independent valuation firms and recommends values for each investment to the Board; and

 

The Board discusses the valuation recommendations of the Audit Committee and determines the fair value of each investment in the portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Audit Committee, the Valuation Committee and, where applicable, the independent valuation firm.

59


As part of the valuation process, the Board, takes into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of its investments, many of which are loans, including  and in combination, as relevant, of: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business (v)a comparison of the p ortfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and (vi) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external eve nt such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity or debt sale occurs, the Board considers whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation.

We conduct this valuation process on a quarterly basis.

We apply ASC 820, as amended, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP and required disclosures of fair value measurements. ASC 820 determines fair value to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.  Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market (which may be a hypothetical market) that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact.  In accordance with ASC 820, we consider its principal market to be the market that has the greatest volume and level of activity. ASC 820 specifies a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used in determination of fair value.  In accordance with ASC 820, these levels are summarized below:

 

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access.

 

Level 2 – Valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3 – Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, we apply the valuation policy approved by our Board that is consistent with ASC 820.  Consistent with the valuation policy, we evaluate the source of the inputs, including any markets in which our investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value. When an investment is valued based on prices provided by reputable dealers or pricing services (that is, broker quotes),  we subject those prices to various criteria in making the determination as to whether a particular investment would qualify for treatment as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment. For example, we, or the independent valuation firm(s), review pricing support provided by dealers or pricing services in order to determine if observable market information is being used, versus unobservable inputs.

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected herein.

Interest and Dividend Income Recognition

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis and includes the accretion of discounts and amortizations of premiums.  Discounts from and premiums to par value on debt investments purchased are accreted/amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective interest method.  The amortized cost of debt investments represents the original cost, including loan origination fees and upfront fees received that are deemed to be an adjustment to yield, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, if any.  Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income in the current period.

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected in full.  Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Additionally, any original issue discount and market discount are no longer accreted to interest income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status.  Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid current and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. Management may make exceptions to this treatment and determine to not place a loan on non-accrual status if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

Dividend income on preferred equity securities is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly-traded portfolio companies.

60


Fee income (such as structuring, consent, waiver, amendment, syndication fees as well as fees for managerial assistance rendered by the Company) is recognized as income when earned or the services are rendered.

Distributions

To the extent that the Company has taxable income available, the Company intends to make quarterly distributions to its Shareholders.  Distributions to Shareholders are recorded on the record date. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our tax treatment as a RIC, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant from time to time.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which it will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board on behalf of its Shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board and the Company declares, a cash dividend or other distribution, then the Company’s Shareholders who have not opted out of its dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution.  Distributions on fractional Shares will be credited to each participating Shareholder’s account to three decimal places.  A participating Shareholder will receive an amount of Shares equal to the amount of the distribution on that participant’s Shares divided by the most recent quarter-end NAV per Share that is available on the date such distribution was paid (unless the Board determines to use the NAV per Share as of another time).  Shareholders who receive distributions in the form of Shares will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions; however, since their cash distributions will be reinvested, those Shareholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes.  The Company intends to use newly issued Shares to implement the plan.  Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan will not reduce outstanding Capital Commitments.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The Company also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code for the taxable year ended December 31, 2018. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its Shareholders as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Company would represent obligations of the Company’s investors and would not be reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its Shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” for that year (without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses and (ii) its net tax-exempt income.

In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Company is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed.

61


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitat ive Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are subject to financial market risks, including valuation risk and interest rate risk.

Valuation Risk

We have invested, and plan to continue to invest, primarily in illiquid debt and equity securities of private companies. Most of our investments will not have a readily available market price, and we value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, our Audit Committee and independent third-party valuation firms engaged at the direction of the Board, and in accordance with our valuation policy. There is no single standard for determining fair value. As a result, determining fair value requires that judgment be applied to the specific facts and circumstances of each portfolio investment while employing a consistently applied valuation process for the types of investments we make. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we may realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. We intend to fund portions of our investments with borrowings, and at such time, our net investment income will be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. Accordingly, we cannot assure Shareholders that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

As of December 31, 2018, 100% of our investments based on fair value in our portfolio were at floating rates. Based on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, the following table shows the annualized impact on net income of hypothetical base rate changes in interest rates (considering interest rate floors and ceilings for floating rate instruments assuming no changes in our investment and borrowing structure) (dollar amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Interest

Income

 

 

Interest

Expense

 

 

Net

Income

 

Up 300 basis points

 

$

16,855

 

 

$

(5,550

)

 

$

11,305

 

Up 200 basis points

 

 

11,237

 

 

 

(3,700

)

 

 

7,537

 

Up 100 basis points

 

 

5,618

 

 

 

(1,850

)

 

 

3,768

 

Down 100 basis points

 

 

(5,618

)

 

 

1,850

 

 

 

(3,768

)

Down 200 basis points

 

 

(10,169

)

 

 

3,700

 

 

 

(6,469

)


62


 

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

64

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2018

 

65

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018

 

66

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018

 

67

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018

 

68

 

 

 

Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of December 31, 2018

 

69

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

72

 

63


Report of Independent Regist ered Public Accounting Firm

To the shareholders and the Board of Trustees of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Highlights

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the "Company"), including the consolidated schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and changes in net assets for the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018, the financial highlights for the period then ended, and the related notes. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations, changes in net assets, cash flows, and the financial highlights for the period then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements and financial highlights based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and financial highlights. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2018, by correspondence with the custodian, loan agents, and borrowers. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

New York, New York

March 18, 2019

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

64


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Investments at fair value

 

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (amortized cost of $548,753)

 

$

545,325

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

6,228

 

Interest receivable from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments

 

 

2,212

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

2,270

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

591

 

Receivable for investments (Note 7)

 

 

17,746

 

Other assets

 

 

371

 

Total assets

 

$

574,743

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

Debt

 

$

185,000

 

Payable for investments purchased

 

 

149,513

 

Due to affiliates

 

 

1,761

 

Management fees payable

 

 

309

 

Forward purchase liability at fair value (cost: $0) (Note 7)

 

 

222

 

Interest payable

 

 

918

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

655

 

Total liabilities

 

 

338,378

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Common shares, $0.001 par value (unlimited shares authorized; 9,621,319 shares issued and outstanding)

 

$

10

 

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

239,247

 

Distributable earnings (loss)

 

 

(2,892

)

Total net assets

 

 

236,365

 

Total liabilities and net assets

 

$

574,743

 

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE

 

$

24.57

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

For the period from

 

 

 

November 20, 2018

(commencement

of operations) to

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Investment income:

 

 

 

 

From non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

3,174

 

Total investment income

 

 

3,174

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,351

 

Management fees

 

 

309

 

Professional fees

 

 

212

 

Board of Trustees' fees

 

 

177

 

Administrative service fees (Note 3)

 

 

362

 

Other general and administrative

 

 

333

 

Organization costs

 

 

670

 

Amortization of offering costs

 

 

117

 

Total expenses

 

 

3,531

 

Expense support (Note 3)

 

 

(1,696

)

Net expenses

 

 

1,835

 

Net investment income before excise tax

 

 

1,339

 

Excise tax expense

 

 

52

 

Net investment income after excise tax

 

 

1,287

 

Realized and unrealized gain (loss):

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from:

 

 

 

 

Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments

 

 

(3,428

)

Forward purchase obligation  (Note 7)

 

 

(222

)

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(3,650

)

Realized gain (loss):

 

 

 

 

Derivative (Note 5)

 

 

(581

)

Net realized gain (loss)

 

 

(581

)

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

 

 

(4,231

)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

Net investment income per share (basic and diluted)

 

$

0.17

 

Earnings (loss) per share (basic and diluted)

 

$

(0.39

)

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

 

 

7,458,181

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets

(in thousands)

 

 

 

For the period from

 

 

 

November 20, 2018

(commencement of

operations) to

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Operations:

 

 

 

 

Net investment income

 

$

1,287

 

Net realized gain (loss)

 

 

(581

)

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(3,650

)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

 

(2,944

)

Capital share transactions:

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares

 

 

239,309

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital share transactions

 

 

239,309

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets

 

 

236,365

 

Net Assets, beginning of period

 

 

 

Net Assets, end of period

 

$

236,365

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

For the period from

 

 

 

November 20, 2018

(commencement of

operations) to

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash

   provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments

 

 

3,428

 

Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on forward purchase obligation

 

 

222

 

Net realized (gain) loss on derivative

 

 

581

 

Net accretion of discount and amortization of premium

 

 

(127

)

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

327

 

Amortization of offering costs

 

 

117

 

Payment in connection with settlement of derivative, net of cash received

 

 

(24,015

)

Purchases of investments

 

 

(428,071

)

Proceeds from sale of investments and principal repayments

 

 

432

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Interest receivable

 

 

(1,608

)

Receivable for investments

 

 

11,994

 

Other assets

 

 

(371

)

Payable for investments purchased

 

 

86,754

 

Management fee payable

 

 

309

 

Due to affiliates

 

 

1,761

 

Interest payable

 

 

779

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

655

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(349,777

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on credit facilities

 

 

238,650

 

Repayments on credit facilities

 

 

(118,650

)

Deferred financing costs paid

 

 

(2,597

)

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

 

 

239,309

 

Offering costs paid

 

 

(707

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

356,005

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

6,228

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

6,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental information and non-cash activities:

 

 

 

 

Interest paid during the period

 

$

105

 

Investments received in purchase of Syndicated Warehouse (Note 7)

 

$

120,988

 

Debt assumed in purchase of Syndicated Warehouse (Note 7)

 

$

(65,000

)

Other net operating assets and liabilities assumed in purchase of Syndicated

   Warehouse (Note 7)

 

$

(31,635

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

68


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2018

(in thousands)

 

Investments—non-controlled/non-affiliated (1)(5)

 

Reference Rate

and Spread

 

Interest Rate  (2)

 

 

Maturity

Date

 

Par

Amount

 

 

Cost (3)

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Percentage

of Net Assets

 

First Lien Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aerospace and Defense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

StandardAero Aviation Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.27%

 

 

7/7/2022

 

$

6,977

 

 

$

6,924

 

 

$

6,913

 

 

 

2.92

%

Building Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American Bath Group, LLC (4)

 

L + 4.25%

 

7.05%

 

 

9/30/2023

 

 

4,987

 

 

 

4,888

 

 

 

4,838

 

 

 

2.05

 

Latham Pool Products, Inc. (4)

 

L + 6.00%

 

8.80%

 

 

6/13/2025

 

 

44,618

 

 

 

42,833

 

 

 

43,502

 

 

 

18.40

 

Ply Gem Midco, Inc.

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.18%

 

 

4/12/2025

 

 

3,491

 

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

3,194

 

 

 

1.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,096

 

 

 

51,087

 

 

 

51,534

 

 

 

21.80

 

Capital Markets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advisor Group, Inc.

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.27%

 

 

8/15/2025

 

 

998

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

0.42

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (4)(6)

 

L + 2.75%

 

5.55%

 

 

2/12/2025

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,496

 

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

0.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,498

 

 

 

2,490

 

 

 

2,470

 

 

 

1.05

 

Chemicals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alchemy US Holdco 1, LLC (4)(6)

 

L + 5.50%

 

8.17%

 

 

10/10/2025

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

3,990

 

 

 

3,990

 

 

 

1.69

 

Polymer Additives, Inc. (4)

 

L + 6.00%

 

8.52%

 

 

7/31/2025

 

 

15,053

 

 

 

14,530

 

 

 

13,924

 

 

 

5.89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,053

 

 

 

18,520

 

 

 

17,914

 

 

 

7.58

 

Commercial Services & Supplies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allied Universal Holdco LLC

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.14%

 

 

7/28/2022

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

2,850

 

 

 

2,847

 

 

 

1.20

 

Allied Universal Holdco LLC

 

L + 4.25%

 

6.77%

 

 

7/28/2022

 

 

7,000

 

 

 

6,798

 

 

 

6,703

 

 

 

2.84

 

LegalZoom, Inc. (4)

 

L + 4.50%

 

7.00%

 

 

11/20/2024

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

4,472

 

 

 

4,433

 

 

 

1.88

 

Revspring, Inc. (4)

 

L + 4.25%

 

7.05%

 

 

10/11/2025

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

2,993

 

 

 

2,993

 

 

 

1.27

 

TKC Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.28%

 

 

2/1/2023

 

 

4,987

 

 

 

4,851

 

 

 

4,760

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,479

 

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

21,736

 

 

 

9.20

 

Construction & Engineering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IEA Energy Services LLC (4)

 

L + 6.25%

 

9.05%

 

 

9/25/2024

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

11,559

 

 

 

11,610

 

 

 

4.91

 

Containers & Packaging

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trident TPI Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 3.25%

 

5.77%

 

 

10/17/2024

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

1,961

 

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

0.79

 

Distributors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tailwind Colony Holding Corporation (4)(7)

 

L + 7.50%

 

10.28%

 

 

11/13/2024

 

 

25,835

 

 

 

25,514

 

 

 

25,318

 

 

 

10.71

 

Diversified Consumer Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

American Residential Services, LLC

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.52%

 

 

6/30/2022

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

1,981

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

0.83

 

Prime Security Services Borrower, LLC

 

L + 2.75%

 

5.27%

 

 

5/2/2022

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

1,458

 

 

 

1,427

 

 

 

0.60

 

Weight Watchers International, Inc. (6)

 

L + 4.75%

 

7.56%

 

 

11/29/2024

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

7,466

 

 

 

7,434

 

 

 

3.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,982

 

 

 

10,905

 

 

 

10,811

 

 

 

4.57

 

Diversified Financial Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PI US MergerCo, Inc.  (6)

 

L + 3.50%

 

6.02%

 

 

12/20/2024

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

1,948

 

 

 

1,934

 

 

 

0.82

 

York Risk Services Holding Corp

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.27%

 

 

10/1/2021

 

 

5,984

 

 

 

5,703

 

 

 

5,612

 

 

 

2.37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,974

 

 

 

7,651

 

 

 

7,546

 

 

 

3.19

 

Diversified Telecommunication Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securus Technologies Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 4.50%

 

7.02%

 

 

11/1/2024

 

 

4,987

 

 

 

4,825

 

 

 

4,813

 

 

 

2.04

 

Energy Equipment & Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tetra Technologies, Inc. (4)(6)(7)

 

L + 6.25%

 

8.72%

 

 

9/10/2025

 

 

21,818

 

 

 

21,685

 

 

 

21,600

 

 

 

9.14

 

Health Care Equipment & Supplies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lifescan Global Corporation

 

L + 6.00%

 

8.40%

 

 

10/1/2024

 

 

41,974

 

 

 

40,223

 

 

 

39,770

 

 

 

16.83

 

Health Care Providers & Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMGH Holding Corp

 

L + 3.25%

 

5.68%

 

 

4/28/2022

 

 

6,982

 

 

 

6,606

 

 

 

6,548

 

 

 

2.77

 

AMGH Holding Corp

 

L + 4.25%

 

6.75%

 

 

3/14/2025

 

 

6,226

 

 

 

5,904

 

 

 

5,817

 

 

 

2.46

 

Envision Healthcare Corporation

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.27%

 

 

10/10/2025

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

3,760

 

 

 

3,739

 

 

 

1.58

 

Epoch Acquisition, Inc. (4)(7)

 

L + 6.75%

 

9.13%

 

 

10/4/2024

 

 

22,500

 

 

 

22,221

 

 

 

22,050

 

 

 

9.33

 

The GI Alliance Management, LLC (4)(7)

 

L + 6.25%

 

8.81%

 

 

11/2/2024

 

 

37,436

 

 

 

36,711

 

 

 

36,427

 

 

 

15.41

 

Onex TSG Intermediate Corp. (6)

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.52%

 

 

7/31/2022

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

963

 

 

 

0.41

 

Orion B Holdings, LLC (4)

 

L + 5.75%

 

8.21%

 

 

11/16/2025

 

 

13,628

 

 

 

13,459

 

 

 

13,356

 

 

 

5.65

 

Prospect Medical Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 5.50%

 

7.94%

 

 

2/22/2024

 

 

1,995

 

 

 

1,983

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

0.84

 

Regionalcare Hospital Partners Holding, Inc.

 

L + 4.50%

 

7.13%

 

 

11/16/2025

 

 

5,040

 

 

 

4,845

 

 

 

4,796

 

 

 

2.03

 

U.S Renal Care, Inc.

 

L + 4.25%

 

7.05%

 

 

12/30/2022

 

 

2,420

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

2,311

 

 

 

0.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,227

 

 

 

98,814

 

 

 

97,983

 

 

 

41.46

 

Health Care Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Precyse Acquisition Corporation

 

L + 4.50%

 

7.02%

 

 

10/20/2022

 

 

2,992

 

 

 

2,963

 

 

 

2,869

 

 

 

1.21

 

Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Casablanca US Holdings Inc.(4)(6)

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.53%

 

 

3/29/2024

 

 

995

 

 

 

958

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

0.40

 

Hotel Acquisition Company LLC (4)(8)

 

L + 6.00%

 

8.52%

 

 

12/9/2024

 

 

93,000

 

 

 

91,665

 

 

 

91,650

 

 

 

38.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,995

 

 

 

92,623

 

 

 

92,595

 

 

 

39.17

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Achilles Acquisition LLC

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.56%

 

 

10/8/2025

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

0.42

 

69


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

December 31, 2018

(in thousands)

 

Investments—non-controlled/non-affiliated (1)(5)

 

Reference Rate

and Spread

 

Interest Rate  (2)

 

 

Maturity

Date

 

Par

Amount

 

 

Cost (3)

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Percentage

of Net Assets

 

First Lien Debt (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IT Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tierpoint, LLC

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.27%

 

 

5/6/2024

 

 

8,972

 

 

 

8,470

 

 

 

8,411

 

 

 

3.56

 

WEB.COM Group Inc.

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.17%

 

 

10/10/2025

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

3,934

 

 

 

3,860

 

 

 

1.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,972

 

 

 

12,404

 

 

 

12,271

 

 

 

5.19

 

Machinery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Apex Tool Group LLC

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.25%

 

 

2/1/2022

 

 

4,968

 

 

 

4,819

 

 

 

4,802

 

 

 

2.03

 

Media

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Champ Acquisition Corporation

 

L + 5.50%

 

8.13%

 

 

12/12/2025

 

 

14,925

 

 

 

14,328

 

 

 

14,562

 

 

 

6.16

 

Entravision Communications Corporation (4)(6)

 

L + 2.75%

 

5.27%

 

 

11/29/2024

 

 

1,241

 

 

 

1,218

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,166

 

 

 

15,546

 

 

 

15,722

 

 

 

6.65

 

Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Traverse Midstream Partners LLC

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.60%

 

 

9/27/2024

 

 

1,995

 

 

 

1,980

 

 

 

1,920

 

 

 

0.81

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GI Revelation Acquisition LLC

 

L + 5.00%

 

7.52%

 

 

4/16/2025

 

 

7,264

 

 

 

7,165

 

 

 

7,164

 

 

 

3.03

 

Real Estate Management & Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forest City Enterprises, L.P.

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.38%

 

 

12/7/2025

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

4,991

 

 

 

4,896

 

 

 

2.07

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banff Merger Sub Inc.

 

L + 4.25%

 

7.05%

 

 

10/2/2025

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

1,451

 

 

 

0.61

 

Brave Parent Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.52%

 

 

4/18/2025

 

 

4,988

 

 

 

4,952

 

 

 

4,838

 

 

 

2.05

 

Imperva, Inc. (4)

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.52%

 

 

11/7/2025

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

3,975

 

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

1.67

 

Ivanti Software, Inc.

 

L + 4.25%

 

6.76%

 

 

1/20/2024

 

 

4,984

 

 

 

4,917

 

 

 

4,860

 

 

 

2.06

 

LD Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 5.88%

 

8.49%

 

 

12/9/2022

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

1.14

 

Quest Software US Holdings Inc. (6)

 

L + 4.25%

 

6.78%

 

 

5/18/2025

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

4,471

 

 

 

4,365

 

 

 

1.85

 

Rocket Software, Inc.

 

L + 4.25%

 

6.77%

 

 

11/28/2025

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

5,952

 

 

 

5,898

 

 

 

2.50

 

Vero Parent, Inc.

 

L + 4.50%

 

7.02%

 

 

8/16/2024

 

 

2,494

 

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

2,471

 

 

 

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,446

 

 

 

31,007

 

 

 

30,533

 

 

 

12.93

 

Specialty Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bass Pro Group, LLC

 

L + 5.00%

 

7.52%

 

 

9/25/2024

 

 

5,407

 

 

 

5,350

 

 

 

5,197

 

 

 

2.20

 

EG Group Limited (6)

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.81%

 

 

2/7/2025

 

 

3,985

 

 

 

3,914

 

 

 

3,850

 

 

 

1.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,392

 

 

 

9,264

 

 

 

9,047

 

 

 

3.83

 

Trading Companies & Distributors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DiversiTech Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 3.00%

 

5.80%

 

 

6/3/2024

 

 

995

 

 

 

965

 

 

 

946

 

 

 

0.40

 

The Hillman Group Inc.

 

L + 4.00%

 

6.80%

 

 

5/31/2025

 

 

997

 

 

 

963

 

 

 

950

 

 

 

0.40

 

LBM Borrower, LLC

 

L + 3.75%

 

6.25%

 

 

8/19/2022

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

7,505

 

 

 

7,490

 

 

 

3.17

 

The Cook & Boardman Group, LLC (4)

 

L + 5.75%

 

8.54%

 

 

10/17/2025

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

2,494

 

 

 

2,481

 

 

 

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,492

 

 

 

11,927

 

 

 

11,867

 

 

 

5.02

 

Transportation Infrastructure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spireon, Inc. (4)(7)

 

L + 6.50%

 

9.00%

 

 

10/4/2024

 

 

22,875

 

 

 

22,591

 

 

 

22,418

 

 

 

9.48

 

Total First Lien Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

555,449

 

 

$

542,395

 

 

$

538,983

 

 

 

228.03

%

Second Lien Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Services & Supplies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TKC Holdings, Inc.

 

L + 8.00%

 

10.53%

 

 

2/1/2024

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

0.42

%

IT Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEB.COM Group, Inc.

 

L + 7.75%

 

10.17%

 

 

10/9/2026

 

 

1,881

 

 

 

1,867

 

 

 

1,867

 

 

 

0.79

 

Software

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Imperva, Inc.

 

L + 7.75%

 

10.27%

 

 

1/11/2027

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,506

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

0.63

 

Rocket Software, Inc.

 

L + 8.25%

 

10.77%

 

 

11/27/2027

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

1,988

 

 

 

1,988

 

 

 

0.84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

3,494

 

 

 

3,488

 

 

 

1.47

 

Total Second Lien Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,381

 

 

 

6,358

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

2.68

%

Total Investment Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

561,830

 

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

230.71

%

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State Street Institutional U.S. Government Money

   Market Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,000

 

 

$

2,000

 

 

 

0.85

%

Other Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

4,228

 

 

 

1.79

 

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,228

 

 

$

6,228

 

 

 

2.64

%

Total Portfolio Investments, Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

554,981

 

 

$

551,553

 

 

 

233.35

%

 

 

(1)

Unless otherwise indicated, issuers of debt and equity investments held by the Company (which such term “Company” shall include the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries for purposes of this Consolidated Schedule of Investments) and are denominated in dollars. Debt investments are income producing unless otherwise indicated. Certain portfolio company investments are subject to contractual restrictions on sales. Under the 1940 Act, the Company would be deemed to “control” a portfolio company if the Company owned more than 25% of its outstanding voting securities and/or held the power to exercise control over the management or policies of the portfolio company. As of December 31, 2018, the Company does not “control” any of these portfolio companies. Under the 1940 Act, the Company would be deemed an “affiliated person” of a portfolio company if the Company owns 5% or more of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities. As of December 31, 2018, the Company is not an “affiliated person” of any of its portfolio companies.

(2)

Variable rate loans to the portfolio companies bear interest at a rate that is determined by reference to either LIBOR (“L”) or an alternate base rate (commonly based on the Federal Funds Rate (“F”) or the U.S. Prime Rate (“P”)), which generally resets quarterly. For each loan, the Company has indicated the reference rate used and provided

70


the spread and the interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the reference rates for our variable rate loans were the 30-day L at 2.50%, the 90-day L at 2.81% and the 180-day L at 2.88% and P at 5.50%. Variable rate loans typically include interest rate floor feature, which is generally 1.00%.

(3)

The cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of discounts and premiums, as applicable, on debt investments using the effective interest method.

(4)

These investments were valued using unobservable inputs and are considered Level 3 investments. Fair value was determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board (see Note 3 and Note 5), pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy.

(5)

Each of the Company’s investments is pledged as collateral, under one or more of its credit facilities. A single investment may be divided into parts that are individually pledged as collateral to separate credit facilities.  

(6)

The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2018, non-qualifying assets represented 11.3% of total assets as calculated in accordance with regulatory requirements.

(7)

Position or portion thereof is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion, although the investment may be subject to unused commitment fees. Negative cost and fair value results from unamortized fees, which are capitalized to the investment cost. The unfunded loan commitment may be subject to a commitment termination date that may expire prior to the maturity date stated. See below for more information on the Company’s unfunded commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment

 

Unfunded

 

 

Fair

 

Investments—non-controlled/non-affiliated

 

Commitment Type

 

Expiration Date

 

Commitment

 

 

Value

 

First Lien Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Epoch Acquisition, Inc.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan

 

10/4/2024

 

$

7,500

 

 

$

 

Spireon, Inc.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan

 

10/5/2024

 

 

6,375

 

 

 

 

Tailwind Colony Holding Corporation

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan

 

10/31/2024

 

 

6,540

 

 

 

 

Tetra Technologies, Inc.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan

 

9/10/2025

 

 

8,182

 

 

 

 

The GI Alliance Management, LLC

 

Delayed Draw Term Loan

 

11/2/2024

 

 

26,053

 

 

 

(260

)

Total First Lien Debt Unfunded Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,650

 

 

 

(260

)

Forward purchase obligation (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,786

 

 

 

(222

)

Total Unfunded Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

$

84,436

 

 

$

(482

)

 

(8)

This investment is also held in the Middle Market Warehouse as of December 31, 2018. Refer to Note 7.

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

71


Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Note 1. Organization

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “ Company ”), is a Delaware statutory trust formed on March 26, 2018, and structured as an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company.  On October 26, 2018, the Company elected to be regulated as a business development company (“ BDC ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).  In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intends to continue to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“ RIC ”), as defined under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). 

The Company’s investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, long-term capital appreciation.  The Company seeks to achieve its investment objective primarily through originated loans and other securities, including syndicated loans, of private U.S. companies, specifically small and middle market companies, typically in the form of first lien senior secured and unitranche loans (including first out/last out loans) , and to a lesser extent, second lien, third lien, unsecured and  subordinated loans and other debt and equity securities.

The Company is externally managed by GSO Asset Management LLC (the “ Adviser ”), a subsidiary of GSO Capital Partners LP.  GSO Capital Partners LP (the “ Administrator ” and, collectively with its affiliates in the credit-focused business of The Blackstone Group L.P., “ GSO ,” which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes Harvest Fund Advisors LLC and Blackstone Insurance Solutions) provides certain administrative and other services necessary for the Company to operate pursuant to an administration agreement (the “ Administration Agreement ”).  GSO is part of the credit-focused platform of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone ”) and is the primary part of its credit reporting segment. 

The Company is conducting a private offering (the “ Private Offering ”) of its common shares of beneficial interest (“ Shares ”) to accredited investors, as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”) in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. At each closing of the Private Offering, each investor makes a capital commitment (“ Capital Commitment ”) to purchase Shares of the beneficial interest of the Company pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company.  Investors are required to fund drawdowns to purchase the Company’s Shares up to the amount of their Capital Commitments on as as-needed basis each time the Company delivers a notice to investors. 

On October 31, 2018, the Company completed its initial closing of capital commitments (the “ Initial Closing ”) and commenced its loan origination and investment activities on November 20, 2018, the date of receipt of the initial drawdown from investors in the Private Offering.

On October 19, 2018, the Company formed two wholly- owned subsidiaries, BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC (“ Jackson Hole Funding ”) and BGSL Breckenridge Funding LLC (“ Breckenridge Funding ” and collectively with Jackson Hole Funding the “ SPVs ”) both Delaware limited liability companies. These SPVs are consolidated in these consolidated financial statements commencing from each SPV’s date of commencement of operations within the entity on November 20, 2018 and December 28, 2018 respectively. 

The period ended December 31, 2018 represents the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations), which was the initial drawdown from investors in Private Offering (the “ Initial Drawdown Date ”) to December 31, 2018.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“ U.S. GAAP ”).  As an investment company, the Company applies the accounting and reporting guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ ASC ”) Topic 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies (“ ASC 946 ”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“ FASB ”). U.S. GAAP for an investment company requires investments to be recorded at fair value.  The carrying value for all other assets and liabilities approximates their fair value.

The annual consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for annual financial information and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Article 6 of Regulation S-X.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements for the periods presented have been included. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

72


Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Such amounts could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material.  Assumptions and estimates regarding the valuation of investments involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity and these assumptions and estimates may be significant to the consolidated financial statements.  

Consolidation

As provided under ASC 946, the Company will not consolidate its investment in a company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company.  Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and highly liquid investments, such as money market funds, with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents are held with financial institutions and, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit.

Investments

Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses are measured by the difference between the net proceeds received (excluding prepayment fees, if any) and the amortized cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. The net change in unrealized gains or losses primarily reflects the change in investment values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses with respect to investments realized during the period.

The Company is required to report its investments for which current market values are not readily available at fair value. The Company values its investments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ ASC 820 ”), which defines fair value as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date.  ASC 820 prioritizes the use of observable market prices derived from such prices over entity-specific inputs.  Due to the inherent uncertainties of valuation, certain estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these investments existed, and these differences could be material. See “– Note 5. Fair Value Measurement.

Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. The Company utilizes mid-market pricing (i.e. mid-point of average bid and ask prices) to value these investments. These market quotations are obtained from independent pricing services, if available; otherwise from at least two principal market makers or primary market dealers.  To assess the continuing appropriateness of pricing sources and methodologies, the Adviser regularly performs price verification procedures and issues challenges as necessary to independent pricing services or brokers, and any differences are reviewed in accordance with the valuation procedures. The Adviser does not adjust the prices unless it has a reason to believe market quotations are not reflective of the fair value of an investment.  Examples of events that would cause market quotations to not reflect fair value could include cases when a security trades infrequently or not at all, causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale, or in the event of a “fire sale” by a distressed seller.  All price overrides require approval from the Company’s Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”).  

Where prices or inputs are not available or, in the judgment of the Board, not reliable, valuation techniques based on the facts and circumstances of the particular investment will be utilized.  Securities that are not publicly traded or for which market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, based on, among other things, the input of the Adviser, the Audit Committee of the Board (the “ Audit Committee ”) and independent valuation firms engaged on the recommendation of the Adviser and at the direction of the Board.  These valuation approaches involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the investments or market and the investments’ complexity.

The Company’s Board undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter in connection with determining the fair value of the Company’s investments for which market quotations are not readily available, or are available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of an investment, which includes, among other procedures, the following:

 

The valuation process begins with each investment being initially valued by the Adviser’s valuation team in conjunction with the Adviser’s investment professionals responsible for each portfolio investment;

 

Separately, independent valuation firms engaged by the Board prepare valuations of the all the Company’s investments over a de minimis threshold.  The independent valuation firms provide a final range of values on such investments to the Board and the Adviser.  The independent valuation firms also provide analyses to support their valuation methodology and calculations;

 

The independent valuation firms’ ranges are compared to the Adviser’s valuations to ensure the Adviser’s valuations are reasonable;

73


 

Preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with the GSO Valuation Committee, and the Valuation Committee’s conclusions reached are presented to the Audit Committee;

 

The Audit Committee reviews the assessments of the Adviser and the independent valuation firms and recommends values for each investment to the Board; and

 

The Board discusses the valuation recommendations of the Audit Committee and determines the fair value of each investment in the portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Audit Committee, the Valuation Committee and, where applicable, the independent valuation firms.

As part of the valuation process, the Board takes into account relevant factors in determining the fair value of its investments, many of which are loans, including and in combination, as relevant, of: (i) the estimated enterprise value of a portfolio company, (ii) the nature and realizable value of any collateral, (iii) the portfolio company’s ability to make payments based on its earnings and cash flow, (iv) the markets in which the portfolio company does business, (v) a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to any similar publicly traded securities, and (vi) overall changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity or debt sale occurs, the Board considers whether the pricing indicated by the external event corroborates its valuation. See “ —Note 5. Fair Value Measurement .”

The Board has and will continue to engage independent valuation firms to provide assistance regarding the determination of the fair value of the Company’s portfolio securities for which market quotations are not readily available or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair value of the investment each quarter, and the Board may reasonably rely on that assistance. However, the Board is responsible for the ultimate valuation of the portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process.

Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities at fair value in its consolidated financial statements. Derivative contracts entered into by the Company are not designated as hedging instruments, and as a result the Company presents changes in fair value through current period gains or losses.

In the normal course of business, the Company has commitments and risks resulting from its investment transactions, which may include those involving derivative instruments. Derivative instruments are measured in terms of the notional contract amount and derive their value based upon one or more underlying instruments. While the notional amount gives some indication of the Company’s derivative activity, it generally is not exchanged, but is only used as the basis on which interest and other payments are exchanged. Derivative instruments are subject to various risks similar to non-derivative instruments including market, credit, liquidity, and operational risks. The Company manages these risks on an aggregate basis as part of its risk management process.

Forward Purchase Agreement

The Company is party to a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which the Company may agree to purchase certain assets held in the Middle Market Warehouse (defined in Note 7) at a purchase price based on the cost of the asset to the warehouse provider plus amounts of unpaid interest, original issue discount and structuring fees accrued to the warehouse provider during the time the warehouse provider owned the asset.  

Forward purchase agreements are recognized at fair value through current period gains or losses on the date on which the contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. All forward purchase agreements are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is negative.  A forward purchase agreement is derecognized when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income

Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis and includes the accretion of discounts and amortizations of premiums.  Discounts from and premiums to par value on debt investments purchased are accreted/amortized into interest income over the life of the respective security using the effective interest method.  The amortized cost of debt investments represents the original cost, including loan origination fees and upfront fees received that are deemed to be an adjustment to yield, adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, if any.  Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income in the current period.  

74


PIK Inc ome

The Company may have loans in its portfolio that contain payment-in-kind (“ PIK ”) provisions.  PIK represents interest that is accrued and recorded as interest income at the contractual rates, increases the loan principal on the respective capitalization dates, and is generally due at maturity.  Such income is included in interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  If at any point the Company believes PIK is not expected to be realized, the investment generating PIK will be placed on non-accrual status.  When a PIK investment is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued, uncapitalized interest is generally reversed through interest income.  To maintain the Company’s status as a RIC, this non-cash source of income must be paid out to shareholders in the form of dividends, even though the Company has not yet collected cash.  

Dividend Income

Dividend income on preferred equity securities is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are payable by the portfolio company and are expected to be collected. Dividend income on common equity securities is recorded on the record date for private portfolio companies or on the ex-dividend date for publicly-traded portfolio companies.  

Fee Income

The Company may receive various fees in the ordinary course of business such as structuring, consent, waiver, amendment, syndication fees as well as fees for managerial assistance rendered by the Company to the portfolio companies.  Such fees are recognized as income when earned or the services are rendered.  

Non-Accrual Income

Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected in full.  Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Additionally, any original issue discount and market discount are no longer accreted to interest income as of the date the loan is placed on non-accrual status.  Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid current and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. Management may make exceptions to this treatment and determine to not place a loan on non-accrual status if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. As of December 31, 2018 and for the period then ended, no loans in the portfolio were on non-accrual status.

Organization Expenses and Offering Expenses

Costs associated with the organization of the Company are expensed as incurred, subject to the limitations discussed below. These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs of organizing the Company.

Costs associated with the offering of the Company’s Shares will be capitalized as “deferred offering costs” on the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities and amortized over a twelve-month period from incurrence, subject to the limitation below.  These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs incurred in connection with the Company’s continuous Private Offering of its Shares.  

The Company will not bear more than an amount equal to 0.10% of the aggregate Capital Commitments of the Company for organization and offering expenses in connection with the offering of Shares. If actual organization and offering costs incurred exceed 0.10% of the Company’s total Capital Commitments, the Adviser or its affiliate will bear the excess costs.  To the extent the Company’s Capital Commitments later increase, the Adviser or its affiliates may be reimbursed for past payments of excess organization and offering costs made on the Company’s behalf provided that the total organization and offering costs borne by the Company do not exceed 0.10% of total Capital Commitments and provided further that the Adviser of its affiliates may not be reimbursed for payment of excess organization and offering expenses that were incurred more than three years prior to the proposed reimbursement. For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company accrued organization and offering costs of $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Issuance Costs

Deferred financing and debt issuance costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings.  These expenses are deferred and amortized into interest expense over the life of the related debt instrument using the straight-line method. Deferred financing costs related to revolving credit facilities are presented separately as an asset on the Company’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities.  Debt issuance costs related to any issuance of installment debt or notes are presented net against the outstanding debt balance of the related security.

75


Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act.  The Company also intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code for the taxable year ended December 31, 2018.  So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its shareholders (“ Shareholders ”) as dividends. Rather, any tax liability related to income earned and distributed by the Company would represent obligations of the Company’s investors and would not be reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its consolidated financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

To qualify for and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its Shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” for that year (without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses and (ii) its net tax-exempt income.

In addition, based on the excise tax distribution requirements, the Company is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner in each taxable year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in prior years. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed. For the period ended December 31 2018, the Company accrued excise tax of $0.05 million.

Distributions

To the extent that the Company has taxable income available, the Company intends to make quarterly distributions to its Shareholders.  Distributions to Shareholders are recorded on the record date.  All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of our tax treatment as a RIC, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant from time to time.  

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which it will reinvest all cash dividends declared by the Board on behalf of its Shareholders who do not elect to receive their dividends in cash as provided below. As a result, if the Board and the Company declares, a cash dividend or other distribution, then the Company’s Shareholders who have not opted out of its dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares as described below, rather than receiving the cash dividend or other distribution.  Distributions on fractional Shares will be credited to each participating Shareholder’s account to three decimal places.  A participating Shareholder will receive an amount of Shares equal to the amount of the distribution on that participant’s Shares divided by the most recent quarter-end net asset value (“ NAV ”) per Share that is available on the date such distribution was paid (unless the Board determines to use the NAV per Share as of another time).  Shareholders who receive distributions in the form of Shares will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions; however, since their cash distributions will be reinvested, those Shareholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes.  The Company intends to use newly issued Shares to implement the plan.  Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan will not reduce outstanding Capital Commitments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which changes the fair value disclosure requirements. The new guidance includes new, eliminated and modified fair value disclosures. Among other requirements, the guidance requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of the significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements and the way it is calculated. The guidance also eliminated the following disclosures: (i) amount and reason for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, (ii) policy for timing of transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy and (iii) valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurement. The guidance is effective for all entities for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the guidance. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the SEC adopted amendments to certain disclosure requirements intended to eliminate redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated, or superseded, in light of other SEC disclosure requirements, US GAAP requirements, or changes in the information environment in its Disclosure Update and Simplification release (the “DUS Release”). In part, the DUS Release requires an investment company to present distributable earnings in total, rather than showing the three components of distributable earnings. The compliance date for the DUS Release was for all filings on or after November 5, 2018. The Company has adopted the DUS Release on November 5, 2018, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

76


Note 3. Agreements and Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory Agreement

On October 1, 2018, the Company entered into an investment advisory agreement with the Adviser (the “ Investment Advisory Agreemen t”), pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Adviser is responsible for originating prospective investments, conducting research and due diligence investigations on potential investments, analyzing investment opportunities, negotiating and structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring its investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis.  

The Company will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by the Shareholders. No base management or incentive fees will be paid to the Adviser until the commencement of investment activities.    

Base Management Fee

The management fee is payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate of (i) prior to a quotation or listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Company’s Shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof (“ Exchange Listing ”), 0.75%, and (ii) following an Exchange Listing, 1.0%, in each case of the average value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For purposes of the Investment Advisory Agreement, gross assets means the Company’s total assets determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP, excluding undrawn commitments but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts. For the first calendar quarter in which the Company has operations, gross assets will be measured as the average of gross assets at the Initial Drawdown Date and at the end of such first calendar quarter. If an Exchange Listing occurs on a date other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the management fee shall be calculated for such calendar quarter at a weighted rate calculated based on the fee rates applicable before and after the Exchange Listing based on the number of days in such calendar quarter before and after the Exchange Listing.

During the period ended December 31, 2018, base management fees were $0.3 million, all of which was unpaid as of December 31, 2018.

Incentive Fees

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part, an income based incentive fee, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  Pre-incentive fee net investment income means, as the context requires, either the dollar value of, or percentage rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediate preceding quarter from, interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses accrued for the quarter (including the management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense or fees on any credit facilities or outstanding debt and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee.  Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities)), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.  Pre-incentive fee net investment income excludes any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The Company pays its Adviser an income based fee with respect to the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:  

 

No income based incentive fee if the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, does not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.5%;

 

100% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than or equal to 1.76% (7.06% annualized) prior to an Exchange Listing, or 1.82% (7.27% annualized) following an Exchange Listing, of the value of the Company’s net assets.  This “catch-up” portion is meant to provide the Adviser with approximately 15% prior to an Exchange Listing, or 17.5% following an Exchange Listing, of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if the “catch up” is achieved.  

 

15% prior to an Exchange Listing, or 17.5% following an Exchange Listing, of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the “catch-up” provision.

77


These calculations are pro-rated for any period o f less than three months and adjusted for any Share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. If an Exchange Listing occurs on a date other than the first day of a calendar quarter, the income based incentive fee with respect to the Company’s p re-incentive fee net investment income shall be calculated for such calendar quarter at a weighted rate calculated based on the fee rates applicable before and after the Exchange Listing based on the number of days in such calendar quarter before and after the Exchange Listing.

The second part of the incentive fee, a capital gains incentive fee, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year in an amount equal to 15% prior to an Exchange Listing, or 17.5% following an Exchange Listing, of realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The Company will accrue, but will not pay, a capital gains incentive fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a capital gains incentive fee would be owed to the Adviser if the Company were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain.  

As of December 31, 2018 and for the period then ended, the Company did not accrue any income based incentive fee or capital gains incentive fee since there were cumulative net unrealized and realized losses as of such date.

Administration Agreement

On October 1, 2018, the Company entered into an Administration Agreement with GSO.  Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator provides, or oversees the performance of, administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of the Company’s other service providers), preparing reports to Shareholders and reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), preparing materials and coordinating meetings of the Company’s Board, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. The Administrator may also offer to provide, on the Company’s behalf, managerial assistance to the Company’s portfolio companies. The initial term of the agreement is two years from October 1, 2018 and, unless terminated earlier, the Administration Agreement will renew automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board or by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Company’s independent trustees.  

For providing these services, the Company will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and allocable portion of overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations under the Administration Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) the Company’s chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs; (ii) investor relations, legal, information technology, operations and other non-investment professionals at the Administrator that perform duties for the Company; and (iii) any internal audit group personnel of Blackstone or any of its affiliates. The Administrator has elected to forego any reimbursement for rent and other occupancy costs for the period ended December 31, 2018.

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $0.4 million in fees under the Administration Agreement, which were recorded in administrative service fees in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2018, $0.4 million was unpaid and included in due to affiliate in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities.  

Sub-Administration and Custody Agreement

On October 1, 2018, the Administrator entered into a sub-administration agreement (the “ Sub-Administration Agreement ”) with State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “ Sub-Administrator ”) under which the Sub-Administrator provides various accounting and administrative services to the Company.  The Sub-Administrator also serves as the Company’s custodian (the “ Custodian ”).  The initial term of the Sub-Administration Agreement is two years from the effective date and after expiration of the initial term and the Sub-Administration Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year periods, unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered prior to 120 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or renewal term.  

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company incurred expenses for services provided by the Sub-Administrator and the Custodian of $0.06 million in the aggregate, which were recorded in other general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Statement of Operations.  

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement

On December 12, 2018, the Company entered into an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “ Expense Support Agreement ”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may elect to pay certain expenses of the Company on the Company’s behalf (each, an “ Expense Payment ”). Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay shall be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.

Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (the amount of such

78


excess bein g hereinafter referred to as “ Excess Operating Funds ”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company shall be referred to herein as a “ Reimbursement Payment .” Available Operating Funds means the sum of (i) the Company’s net investment company taxabl e income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) the Company’s net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distribut ions paid to the Company on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).

No Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall be made if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company on record dates in the applicable calendar quarter of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company on record dates in the calendar quarter in which the Expense Payment was committed to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar quarter, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable quarter.

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the amount of expense support payments provided by the Adviser was $1.7 million. For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not repay expense support to the Adviser. The Company may or may not reimburse remaining expense support in the future.

Board of Trustees

The Company’s Board currently consists of seven members, four of whom are independent trustees. The Board has established an Audit Committee of the Board and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “ Nominating Committee ”) of the Board and may establish additional committees in the future.

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $0.2 million in fees and expenses associated with its independent trustees on the board, Audit Committee and Nominating Committee. As of December 31, 2018, $0.2 million was unpaid and included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

Note 4. Investments

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

% of Total

Investments at

Fair Value

 

First lien debt

 

$

542,395

 

 

$

538,983

 

 

 

98.84

%

Second lien debt

 

 

6,358

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

1.16

%

Total

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

79


The industry composition of investments at fair value as of December 31, 2018 was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

% of Total

Investments

at Fair Value

 

Aerospace & Defense

 

 

1.27

%

Building Products

 

 

9.46

%

Capital Markets

 

 

0.45

%

Chemicals

 

 

3.29

%

Commercial Services & Supplies

 

 

4.17

%

Construction & Engineering

 

 

2.13

%

Containers & Packaging

 

 

0.34

%

Distributors

 

 

4.64

%

Diversified Consumer Services

 

 

1.98

%

Diversified Financial Services

 

 

1.38

%

Diversified Telecommunication Services

 

 

0.88

%

Energy Equipment & Services

 

 

3.96

%

Health Care Equipment & Supplies

 

 

7.29

%

Health Care Providers & Services

 

 

17.97

%

Health Care Technology

 

 

0.53

%

Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure

 

 

16.98

%

Insurance

 

 

0.18

%

IT Services

 

 

2.59

%

Machinery

 

 

0.88

%

Media

 

 

2.88

%

Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels

 

 

0.35

%

Professional Services

 

 

1.31

%

Real Estate Management & Development

 

 

0.90

%

Software

 

 

6.24

%

Specialty Retail

 

 

1.66

%

Trading Companies & Distributors

 

 

2.18

%

Transportation Infrastructure

 

 

4.11

%

Total

 

 

100.00

%

 

The geographic composition of investments at cost and fair value as of December 31, 2018 was as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

% of Total

Investments at

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value

as % of Net

Assets

 

United States

 

$

542,891

 

 

$

539,541

 

 

 

98.94

%

 

 

228.26

%

United Kingdom

 

 

5,862

 

 

 

5,784

 

 

 

1.06

%

 

 

2.45

%

Total

 

$

548,753

 

 

$

545,325

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

230.71

%

 

Note 5. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the applicable measurement date.  

The fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodology used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The levels used for classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in these securities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical instruments as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments included in Level 1 include unrestricted securities, including equities and derivatives, listed in active markets.

80


 

Level 2:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which ar e either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. The types of financial instruments in this category include less liquid and restricted securities listed in active markets, securities traded in other than active markets, government and agency securities and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on observable inputs.

 

Level 3:  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to overall fair value measurement. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Financial instruments that are included in this category include debt and equity investments in privately held entities, collateralized loan obligations (“ CLOs ”) and certain over-the-counter derivatives where the fair value is based on unobservable inputs.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. The Adviser’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.  Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurs.

In addition to using the above inputs in investment valuations, the Company applies the valuation policy approved by its Board that is consistent with ASC 820.  Consistent with the valuation policy, the Company evaluates the source of the inputs, including any markets in which its investments are trading (or any markets in which securities with similar attributes are trading), in determining fair value. When an investment is valued based on prices provided by reputable dealers or pricing services (that is, broker quotes), the Company subjects those prices to various criteria in making the determination as to whether a particular investment would qualify for treatment as a Level 2 or Level 3 investment.

In the absence of independent, reliable market quotes, an enterprise value analysis is typically performed to determine the value of equity investments, control debt investments and non-control debt investments that are credit-impaired, and to determine if debt investments are credit impaired.  Enterprise value (“ EV ”) means the entire value of the portfolio company to a market participant, including the sum of the values of debt and equity securities used to capitalize the enterprise at a point in time.  When an investment is valued using an EV analysis, the EV of a portfolio company is first determined and allocated over the portfolio company’s securities in order of their preference relative to one another (i.e. “waterfall” allocation).  

If debt investments are credit-impaired, which occurs when there is insufficient coverage under the EV analysis through the respective investment’s position in the capital structure, the Adviser uses the enterprise value “waterfall” approach or a recovery method (if a liquidation or restructuring is deemed likely) to determine fair value.  For debt investments that are not determined to be credit-impaired, the Adviser uses a market interest rate yield analysis (discussed below) to determine fair value.

The Adviser will generally utilize approaches including the market approach, the income approach or both approaches, as appropriate, when calculating EV.  The primary method for determining EV for non-control investments, and control investments without reliable projections, uses a multiple analysis whereby appropriate multiples are applied to the portfolio company’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“ EBITDA ”) or another key financial metric (e.g. such as revenues, cash flows or net income) (“ Performance Multiple ”).  Performance Multiples are typically determined based upon a review of publicly traded comparable companies and market comparable transactions, if any.  The second method for determining EV (and primary method for control investments with reliable projections) uses a discounted cash flow analysis whereby future expected cash flows and the anticipated terminal value of the portfolio company are discounted to determine a present value using estimated discount rates.  The income approach is generally used when the Adviser has visibility into the long term projected cash flows of a portfolio company, which is more common with control investments.  

Subsequently, for non-control debt investments that are not credit-impaired, and where there is an absence of available market quotations, fair value is determined using a yield analysis. To determine fair value using a yield analysis, the expected cash flows are projected based on the contractual terms of the debt security and discounted back to the measurement date based on a market yield.  A market yield is determined based upon an assessment of current and expected market yields for similar investments and risk profiles.  The Company considers the current contractual interest rate, the maturity and other terms of the investment relative to risk of the company and the specific investment. A key determinant of risk, among other things, is the leverage through the investment relative to the enterprise value of the portfolio company. As debt investments held by the Company are substantially illiquid with no active transaction market, the Company depends on primary market data, including newly funded transactions, as well as secondary market data with respect to high yield debt instruments and syndicated loans, as inputs in determining the appropriate market yield, as applicable.  The fair value of loans with call protection is generally capped at par plus applicable prepayment premium in effect at the measurement date.  

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy of investments as of December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

First lien debt

 

$

 

 

$

210,858

 

 

$

328,125

 

 

$

538,983

 

Second lien debt

 

 

 

 

 

6,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,342

 

Total Investments

 

 

 

 

 

217,200

 

 

 

328,125

 

 

 

545,325

 

Forward purchase obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(222

)

Total

 

$

 

 

$

217,200

 

 

$

327,903

 

 

$

545,103

 

 

81


The following table presents changes in the fair value of financial instruments for which Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value as of and for the p eriod ended December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

First Lien Debt

 

 

Forward Purchase

Obligation

 

 

Total

 

Fair value, beginning of period

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Purchases of investments

 

 

329,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

329,443

 

Proceeds from principal repayments and sales of investments

 

 

(256

)

 

 

 

 

 

(256

)

Accretion of discount/amortization of premium

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(1,125

)

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(1,347

)

Fair value, end of period

 

 

328,125

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

327,903

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) included in

   earnings related to investments still held as of December 31,

   2018 included in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

   on the Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

 

(1,125

)

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(1,347

)

 

The following table presents quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as of December 31, 2018. The table is not intended to be all-inclusive but instead captures the significant unobservable inputs relevant to the Company’s determination of fair value.

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Valuation

Technique

 

Unobservable

Input

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Weighted

Average

 

Investments in first lien debt

 

$

232,818

 

 

Yield analysis

 

Discount rate

 

 

8.84

%

 

 

9.90

%

 

 

9.34

%

 

 

 

95,307

 

 

Broker quotations

 

Broker quoted price

 

 

92.50

 

 

 

99.75

 

 

 

96.91

 

 

 

 

328,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward purchase obligation (1)

 

 

(222

)

 

Yield analysis

 

Discount rate

 

 

9.13

%

 

 

9.13

%

 

 

9.13

%

Total

 

$

327,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The forward purchase obligation is valued as the excess of the (a) agreed upon purchase price under the Forward Purchase Agreement over the (b) fair value of the underlying investment, which is calculated in a similar manner to the Company’s debt investments. Refer to Note 7 for additional information.

The significant unobservable input used in the yield analysis is the discount rate based on comparable market yields. The significant unobservable input used for broker quotations are the broker quoted prices which may include quotes from brokers, dealers and pricing services as indicated by comparable investments.  Significant increases in discount rates would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. Significant decreases in broker quoted prices would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement.  

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that the Company may ultimately realize. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded securities. If the Company was required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize significantly less than the value at which the Company has recorded it.  In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected in the valuations currently assigned.

Derivative Instruments

Under the Syndicated Warehouse (See “ —Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies ”), the Company had the right, but not the obligation, to purchase equity interests of a warehouse vehicle from a third party at an agreed upon price.  In this regard, the Company exercised its right to acquire such equity interests on December 11, 2018, at which time the assets and liabilities of the warehouse were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The notional amount of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on December 11, 2018 were $152.3 million and $127.9 million, respectively.  The Company determined that this contractual right met the definition of a derivative, and as a result, recorded a loss at the time the Company acquired the equity interests in the warehouse in the amount of $0.6 million, which was recorded in realized loss on derivatives in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

82


Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, other than investments at fair value, approximate fair value. These financials instruments are categorized as Level 3 within the hierarchy.

Note 6. Borrowings

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limitations, the Company is allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 150% after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s asset coverage was 227.8%.

Subscription Facility

On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility (the “Subscription Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, the sole lead arranger, the letter of credit issuer and a lender, and the other lenders from time to time party thereto.

The maximum commitment amount of the Subscription Facility is $200 million, subject to availability under the borrowing base, which is based on the undrawn capital commitments of the Shareholders, and restrictions imposed on borrowings under the 1940 Act.  The maximum commitment amount of the Subscription Facility may be increased to $400 million through the exercise by the Company of an uncommitted accordion feature through which existing and new lenders may, at their option, agree to provide additional financing.  The Company is permitted to borrow under the Subscription Facility for any purpose permitted under its constituent documents.

Borrowings under the Subscription Facility bear interest, at the Company’s election at the time of drawdown, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of LIBOR rate loans, an adjusted LIBOR rate for the applicable interest period plus 2.00% or (ii) in the case of reference rate loans, the greatest of (A) the prime rate plus 1.00%, (B) the federal funds rate plus 1.50%, and (C) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 2.00%. Loans may be converted from one rate to another at any time at the Company’s election, subject to certain conditions. The Company will pay an unused commitment fee equal to (x) 0.30% per annum when the outstanding principal obligations are less than 50% of the maximum commitment and (y) 0.25% per annum when the outstanding principal obligations are greater than or equal to 50% of the maximum commitment.  

The Subscription Facility will mature upon the earliest of: (i) November 6, 2019 (the “Stated Maturity Date”); (ii) the date upon which the administrative agent declares the obligations under the Subscription Facility due and payable after the occurrence of an event of default; (iii) 30 days prior to the termination of the Company’s constituent documents; (iv) 30 days prior to the date on which the Company’s ability to call capital contributions for the purpose of repaying the obligations under the Subscription Facility is terminated; and (v) the date the Company terminates the lender commitments pursuant to the Subscription Facility. The Stated Maturity Date may be extended, at the Company’s option, for two additional terms not longer than 364 days each, subject to customary conditions, including (x) the consent of the administrative agent and the extending lenders and (y) payment of an extension fee.

The Subscription Facility is secured by a pledge of the Company’s right, title, and interest in and to the undrawn capital commitments of the Company’s investors. The Subscription Facility includes customary affirmative and negative covenants and consent rights granted to the lenders, as well as usual and customary events of default for revolving credit facilities of this nature.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of the Subscription Facility.

JPM SPV Facility

On November 16, 2018, Jackson Hole Funding LLC (“ Jackson Hole Funding ”), the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary that holds primarily originated loan investments, entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “JPM SPV Facility”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPM”). JPM serves as administrative agent, Citibank, N.A., serves as collateral agent and securities intermediary, Virtus Group, LP serves as collateral administrator and the Company serves as portfolio manager under the JPM SPV Facility.

Advances under the JPM SPV Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR in effect, plus the applicable margin of 2.50% per annum. Jackson Hole Funding will also pay a commitment fee of 0.60% per annum (or 0.375% per annum until the date that is nine months from the date the JPM SPV Facility was entered into), commencing 60 days after the Closing Date, on the average daily unused amount of the financing commitments until the third anniversary of the JPM SPV Facility.  

The initial principal amount of the JPM SPV Facility is $300 million. The JPM SPV Facility has an accordion feature, subject to the satisfaction of various conditions, which could bring total commitments under the JPM SPV Facility to up to $600 million. Proceeds from borrowings under the JPM SPV Facility may be used to fund portfolio investments by Jackson Hole Funding and to make advances under delayed draw term loans where Jackson Hole Funding is a lender. The period during which Jackson Hole Funding may make borrowings under the JPM SPV Facility expires on November 16, 2021 and the JPM SPV Facility is scheduled to mature on May 16, 2023 (“Maturity Date”).

83


Jackson Hole Funding’s obligations to the lenders under the JPM SPV Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in Jackson Hole Funding’s portfolio of investments and cash. The obligations of Jackson Hole Funding under the JPM SPV Facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the JPM SPV Facility is limi ted to the value of its investment in Jackson Hole Funding.  

In connection with the JPM SPV Facility, Jackson Hole Funding has made certain customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The JPM SPV Facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including if a change of control of Jackson Hole Funding occurs or if the Company is no longer the portfolio manager of Jackson Hole Funding. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, JPM may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the JPM SPV Facility immediately due and payable.

The occurrence of an event of default (as described above) or a market value event (as defined in the JPM SPV Facility) triggers a requirement that Jackson Hole Funding obtain the consent of JPM prior to entering into any sale or disposition with respect to portfolio assets, and the occurrence of a market value event triggers the right of JPM to direct Jackson Hole Funding to enter into sales or dispositions with respect to any portfolio assets, in each case in JPM’s sole discretion.

As of Dece mber 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of the JPM SPV Facility.

BNP SPV Facility

On December 21, 2018, Breckenridge Funding LLC (“ Breckenridge Funding ”), the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary that holds primarily syndicated loan investments, entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (as amended from time to time, the “BNP SPV Facility”) with BNP Paribas (“BNP”). BNP serves as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association serves as collateral agent and the Company serves as servicer under the BNP SPV Facility.

Advances under the BNP SPV Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the three-month LIBOR in effect, plus an applicable margin of 1.50% (or 1.25% prior to the first payment date on June 20, 2019) to 2.15% per annum depending on the nature of the advances being requested under the facility. Breckenridge Funding will also pay a commitment fee of 0.70% per annum if the unused facility amount is greater than 50% or 0.35% per annum if the unused facility amount is less than or equal to 50% and greater than 25%, commencing six months after the closing date of the BNP SPV Facility, on the average daily unused amount of the financing commitments until the third anniversary of the BNP SPV Facility.

The maximum commitment amount of the BNP SPV Facility is $400 million. Proceeds from borrowings under the BNP SPV Facility may be used to fund portfolio investments by Breckenridge Funding and to make advances under delayed draw and revolving loans where Breckenridge Funding is a lender. The period during which Breckenridge Funding may make borrowings under the BNP SPV Facility expires on December 21, 2021 (or such later date as may be agreed by Breckenridge Funding, BNP, as administrative agent, and the lenders under the BNP SPV Facility) and the BNP SPV Facility is scheduled to mature on December 21, 2023.

Breckenridge Funding’s obligations to the lenders under the BNP SPV Facility are secured by a first priority security interest in all of Breckenridge Funding’s portfolio of investments and cash. The obligations of Breckenridge Funding under the BNP SPV Facility are non-recourse to the Company, and the Company’s exposure under the BNP SPV Facility is limited to the value of its investment in Breckenridge Funding.

In connection with the BNP SPV Facility, Breckenridge Funding has made certain customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar facilities. The BNP SPV Facility contains customary events of default for similar financing transactions, including if a change of control of Breckenridge Funding occurs or if the Company is no longer the servicer of Breckenridge Funding. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an event of default, BNP may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the BNP SPV Facility immediately due and payable. The occurrence of an event of default (as described above) suspends the ability of Breckenridge Funding to acquire or sell additional assets.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and other requirements of the BNP SPV Facility.

84


At December 31, 2018, the Company’s outstanding debt obligations were as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Aggregate

Principal

Committed

 

 

Outstanding

Principal

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Unused

Portion (1)

 

 

Amount

Available (2)

 

Subscription Facility

 

$

200,000

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

200,000

 

 

$

174,032

 

JPM SPV Facility

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

22,966

 

BNP SPV Facility

 

 

400,000

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

65,000

 

 

 

335,000

 

 

 

5,183

 

Total

 

$

900,000

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

185,000

 

 

$

715,000

 

 

$

202,181

 

 

(1)

The unused portion is the amount upon which commitment fees, if any, are based.

(2)

The amount available reflects any limitations related to each respective credit facility’s borrowing base.

As of December 31, 2018, $0.8 million, of interest expense and $0.1 million of unused commitment fees was included in interest payable. For the  period ended December 31, 2018, the weighted average interest rate on all borrowings outstanding was 4.95%, and the average principal debt outstanding was $162.0 million.

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the components of interest expense were as follows:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Borrowing interest expense

 

$

935

 

Facility unused fees

 

 

89

 

Amortization of financing costs

 

 

327

 

Total Interest Expense

 

$

1,351

 

Cash paid for interest expense

 

$

105

 

 

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

Portfolio Company Commitments

The Company’s investment portfolio may contain debt investments which are in the form of lines of credit or delayed draw commitments, which require us to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with underlying loan agreements.  As of December 31, 2018 we had five delayed draw terms loans with an aggregate of $54.7 million of unfunded commitments.  

Warehousing Transactions

The Company entered into two warehousing transactions whereby the Company agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase certain assets from  parties unaffiliated with the Adviser. Such warehousing transactions were designed to assist the Company in deploying capital upon receipt of drawdown proceeds. One of these warehousing transactions relates primarily to originated or anchor investments in middle market loans (the “ Middle Market Warehouse ”).  The other warehouse related primarily to broadly syndicated loans (the “ Syndicated Warehouse ” and, together with the Middle Market Warehouse, the “ Warehousing Transactions ”) prior to the acquisition of the equity interests of the Syndicated Warehouse by the Company and merger of the Syndicated Warehouse with the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, as described below.

Middle Market Warehouse

On September 10, 2018, the Company entered into a Warehousing Transaction for primarily middle market loans with a warehouse provider unaffiliated with the Adviser. The warehouse investments for the Middle Market Warehouse are ultimately selected by the warehouse provider, in its sole discretion, for an account which it solely controls.  Recommendations for such investments are made on a non-discretionary basis by an affiliate of the Adviser, but only if the Adviser has determined the investment is desirable for the Company.  The Company is a party to a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which the Company agrees to purchase certain assets held in the Middle Market Warehouse at a purchase price based on the cost of the asset to the warehouse provider plus amounts of unpaid interest, original issue discount and structuring fees accrued to the warehouse provider during the time the warehouse provider owned the asset.  

85


Under the Middle Market Warehouse, the Company has until the maturity date of September 10, 2019, which is one year from the commencement date of the warehouse, to purchase the assets in the warehouse.  Additionally, the obligation to purchase assets from the warehouse provider is contingent on the Com pany raising sufficient funds to purchase such assets.  The obligation to purchase such assets was also contingent on the assets meeting certain criteria and further the obligation to purchase such assets may be satisfied by another party (including an aff iliate of the Company).

As of December 31, 2018, there was $30 million in aggregate principal amount in the Middle Market Warehouse, all of which the Company was obligated to purchase at a future date under forward purchase agreements.  

Since the Company has a contractual obligation to acquire all qualifying assets in the Middle Market Warehouse through a forward purchase agreement, the mark-to-market gain/loss of all investments is recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not, however, have any direct interest in the underlying assets nor does it have the power to control the activities most significant to the economic performance of the Middle Market Warehouse, and therefore, such assets are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This gain/loss amount is calculated as the difference between (1) the current purchase price the Company would be obligated to pay to purchase each asset under the forward purchase agreement and (2) the current fair value as determined by the Company’s valuation policy. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had a total unrealized loss of $0.2 million relating to this forward purchase obligation.

During the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company purchased debt investments from the Middle Market Warehouse in the aggregate principal amount of $2 00.1 million (excluding unfunded delayed draw positions of $54.7 million), at a purchase price of $196.1 million.

Syndicated Warehouse

On August 21, 2018, the Company entered into a Warehousing Transaction with a third party whereby the Company (or the Company’s designees) agreed, subject to certain contingencies, to purchase the equity interests of a warehouse vehicle from such third party at a price equal to the initial capital contribution made by the third party equity holder plus accrued but unpaid interest on the underlying assets in the warehouse vehicle remaining after the payment of all other obligations outstanding under the credit agreement of the Syndicated Warehouse vehicle other than principal on the loan made under such credit agreement. The warehouse investments for the Syndicated Warehouse vehicle were selected by an affiliate of the Adviser as the collateral manager of the Syndicated Warehouse. Neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates received any additional compensation from the Company in connection with serving as collateral manager of the warehouse vehicle.

The Company exercised their rights to acquire the equity interests of the Syndicated Warehouse on December 11, 2018, at which time the assets and liabilities of the warehouse started to be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for a total purchase price of $24.9 million.  For the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a loss $0.6 million, which represented the excess of total consideration paid for the equity interests over the fair value of the net assets of the Syndicated Warehouse we assumed on the date of acquisition.  

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the Syndicated Warehouse as of the acquisition date:

 

 

 

December 11, 2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Investments at fair value

 

$

120,988

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

919

 

Interest receivable

 

 

604

 

Receivable for investments sold

 

 

29,740

 

Total assets

 

$

152,251

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

Debt

 

$

65,000

 

Payable for investments purchased

 

 

62,758

 

Interest payable

 

 

140

 

Total liabilities

 

 

127,898

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 

Total net assets

 

 

24,353

 

Total liabilities and net assets

 

$

152,251

 

 

86


On December 28, 2018, the Company caused a certificate of merger to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State to merge the Syndicated Warehouse, a Cayman Islands exempted company, into Breckenridge Funding, a Delaware limited liability company at which time all the assets and liabilities of the Syndicated Warehouse became owned by Breckenridge Funding.  Breckenridge is, and at the time of the merger the Syndicated Warehouse was, a wholly-owned bankruptcy remote subsidiary of the Company.  The Syndicated Warehouse and Breckenridge were established in connection with non-recourse credit facilities provided by BNP Paribas as lender on August 21, 2018 and December 21, 2018, respectively. In connection with the merger, the Company caused the credit facility a t the Syndicated Warehouse to be paid off and terminated.  

Other Commitments and Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become a party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of its business. At December 31, 2018, management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.

Note 8. Net Assets

Subscriptions and Drawdowns

In connection with its formation, the Company has the authority to issue an unlimited number of Shares at $0.001 per Share par value.  On September 14, 2018, an affiliate of the Adviser purchased 60 Shares at $25.00 per Share.  

During the period ended December 31, 2018, the Company entered into subscription agreements (the “ Subscription Agreements ”) with investors providing for the private placement of the Company’s Shares. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to fund drawdowns to purchase the Company’s Shares up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitment on an as-needed basis each time the Company delivers a drawdown notice to its investors. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had received Capital Commitments totaling $952.2 million ($712.9 million remaining undrawn), of which $15.0 million ($6.9 million remaining undrawn) are from affiliates of the Adviser.

The following table summarizes the total Shares issued and proceeds received related to the Company’s initial capitalization and capital drawdowns delivered pursuant to the Subscription Agreements for the period ended December 31, 2018:

 

Common Share Issuance Date

 

Number of

Common

Shares Issued

 

 

Aggregate

Offering Price

 

September 14, 2018

 

 

60

 

 

$

2

 

November 20, 2018

 

 

5,671,181

 

 

 

141,780

 

December 13, 2018

 

 

3,950,078

 

 

 

97,527

 

Total

 

 

9,621,319

 

 

$

239,309

 

 

Distributions and Dividend Reinvestment

During the period ended December 31, 2018, no distributions had been declared or paid by the Company.

With respect to distributions, the Company has adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for Shareholders. As a result, in the event of a declared dash distribution or other distribution, each Shareholder that has not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividends or distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares rather than receiving cash distributions. Shareholders who receive distributions in the form of Shares will be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions.

Note 9. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted)

 

 

7,458,181

 

Earnings (loss) per common share (basic and diluted)

 

$

(0.39

)

 

87


Note 10. Income Taxes

Taxable income differs from net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations primarily due to: (1) unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, as gains and losses are generally not included in taxable income until they are realized; (2) income or loss recognition on exited investments; and (3) U.S federal excise taxes.

The Company makes certain adjustments to the classification of net assets as a result of permanent book-to-tax differences, which include differences in the book and tax basis of certain assets and liabilities, and nondeductible federal taxes or losses among other items. To the extent these differences are permanent, they are charged or credited to additional paid in capital, undistributed net investment income or undistributed net realized gains on investments, as appropriate.  For the fiscal period ended December 31, 2018, permanent differences were as follows:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Undistributed net investment income (loss)

 

$

43

 

Accumulated net realized gain (loss)

 

 

9

 

Paid In Capital

 

 

(52

)

 

During the period ended December 31, 2018, permanent differences were principally related to $0.05 million attributable to U.S. federal excise taxes.

The following reconciles the increase in net assets resulting from operations for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2018 to taxable income at December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

$

(2,944

)

Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation

 

 

3,650

 

Realized losses for books not included in taxable income

 

 

581

 

Nondeductible excise taxes

 

 

52

 

Taxable/Distributable Income

 

$

1,339

 

The cost and unrealized gain (loss) of the Company’s investments, as calculated on a tax basis, at December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Gross unrealized appreciation

 

$

953

 

Gross unrealized depreciation

 

 

(4,962

)

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

 

 

(4,009

)

 

 

 

 

 

Tax cost of investments

 

$

549,334

 

 

88


Note 11. Financial Highlights

The following are the financial highlights for the period ended December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

For the period ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

 

$

25.00

 

Net investment income (1)

 

 

0.17

 

Net unrealized and realized gain (loss) (2)

 

 

(0.47

)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

 

 

(0.30

)

Issuance of common shares (3)

 

 

(0.13

)

Total increase (decrease) in net assets

 

 

(0.43

)

Net asset value, end of period

 

$

24.57

 

Shares outstanding, end of period

 

 

9,621,319

 

Total return based on NAV (4)

 

 

(1.72

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net expenses to average net assets (5)

 

 

8.89

%

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (5)

 

 

6.07

%

Portfolio turnover rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Data

 

 

 

 

Net assets, end of period

 

 

236,365

 

Total capital commitments, end of period

 

 

952,234

 

Ratios of total contributed capital to total committed capital, end of period

 

 

25.13

%

Asset coverage ratio

 

 

227.8

%

 

(1)

The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the period.

(2)

For the period ended December 31, 2018, the amount shown does not correspond with the aggregate amount for the period as it includes the effect of the timing of capital transactions.

(3)

Increase (decrease) is due to the offering price of subscriptions during the period. All issuances were at then current NAV as determined by the Board.

(4)

Total return is calculated as the change in NAV per share during the period, plus distributions per share (if any), divided by the beginning NAV per share.

(5)

Amounts are annualized except for organizational costs and expense support amounts relating to organizational costs.  The ratio of total operating expenses to average net assets was 14.09% on an annualized basis, excluding the effect of expense support by the Adviser which represented 5.20% of average net assets  

Note 12. Subsequent Events

The Company’s management evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance of the consolidated financial statements.  There have been no subsequent events that occurred during such period that would require disclosure in, or would be required to be recognized in, the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018, except as discussed below.

On January 9, 2019, the Company issued a capital call notice to call $142.0 million of capital commitments. Proceeds from the capital call were received and the related issuance of 5,666,095 shares occurred on January 24, 2019.

On January 22, 2019, the Board declared a distribution of $0.1239 per share, which is payable on May 15, 2019 to shareholders of record as of January 23, 2019.

On February 28, 2019, the Board declared a distribution of $0.3536 per share, which is payable on May 15, 2019 to shareholders of record as of March 27, 2019.

On March 8, 2019, the Company entered into Subscription Agreements with additional investors totaling $438.9 million of capital commitments in the aggregate.

On March 14, 2019, the Company issued a capital call notice to call $247.6 million of capital commitments. Proceeds from the capital call are expected to be received and the related issuance of approximately 9,761,529 shares are expected to occur on March 28, 2019.

 

 

 

89


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accou ntants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

There are not and have not been any disagreements between the Company and its accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

In accordance with Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) of the 1934 Act, we, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the 1934 Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K and determined that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC.

(b) Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

90


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Management

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board.  The responsibilities of the Board include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly and non-quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities.  Our Board consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Company or of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by the Board.  These individuals are referred to as independent trustees.  Our Board elects the Company’s executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board.

Board of Trustees and Executive Officers

Trustees

Information regarding the Board is as follows:

 

Name

Year of Birth

Position

Trustee Since

Interested Trustee:

 

 

 

Bennett Goodman

1957

Chairman of the Board, Trustee

2018

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

1963

Trustee

2018

Brad Marshall

1972

Trustee

2018

Independent Trustees:

 

 

 

Robert Bass

1949

Trustee

2018

Tracy Collins

1963

Trustee

2018

Robert Harteveldt

1962

Trustee

2018

Thomas Joyce

1955

Trustee

2018

 

The address for each of our trustees is c/o GSO Asset Management LLC, 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10154.

Executive Officers

 

Name

Year of Birth

Position

Brad Marshall

1972

Chief Executive Officer

Stephan Kuppenheimer

1970

Chief Financial Officer

Robert W. Busch

1982

Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

Beth Chartoff

1969

Public Relations Officer

Marisa J. Beeney

1970

Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal

 

 

Officer and Secretary

 

Biographical Information

Trustees

Our trustees have been divided into two groups—interested trustees and independent trustees. An interested trustee is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Interested Trustees

Bennett J. Goodman , Founder, Senior Managing Director, Member of Blackstone’s Management Committee .  Mr. Goodman is Chairman of the Board of the Company, a Co-Founder of GSO, Senior Managing Director of Blackstone and sits on the investment committees for GSO’s performing credit funds, stressed/distressed funds and energy funds. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of Blackstone and sits on the firm’s Management Committee. Since joining Blackstone in 2008, Mr. Goodman  focuses on the management of GSO.  Before co-founding GSO in 2005, Mr. Goodman was the Managing Partner of the Alternative Capital Division of Credit Suisse. Mr. Goodman joined Credit Suisse in November 2000 when they acquired Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (“ DLJ ”) where he was Global Head of Leveraged Finance. Mr. Goodman joined DLJ in February of 1988 as the founder of the High Yield Capital Markets Group. Prior to joining DLJ, Mr. Goodman worked in the high yield business at Drexel Burnham Lambert from 1984 to 1988. Mr. Goodman graduated from Lafayette College and the Harvard Business School. He currently sits on the board of Lincoln Center and the Central Park Conservancy. He received Institutional Investor’s 2012 Money Manager of The Year Award and the 2004 Lifetime Achievement Award from Euromoney Magazine for his career achievements in the global capital markets.

91


Daniel H. Smith, Jr. , Senior Managing Director of Blackstone and Head of Customized Credit Strategies .   Mr. Smith is a Trustee of the Company, a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone and is Head of Customized Credit Strategies unit, which includes various commingled credit funds, permanent capital vehicles, CLOs, closed-end funds and leveraged and unlever aged separately managed accounts (SMAs). Additional responsibilities include serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the closed-end investment companies managed by the unit. Mr. Smith joined GSO from the Royal Bank of Canada in July 2005 where h e was a Managing Partner and Co-Head of RBC Capital Market’s Alternative Investments Unit. Mr. Smith joined RBC in 2001 from Indosuez Capital, a division of Crédit Agricole Indosuez, where he was a Co-Head and Managing Director overseeing the firm’s debt i nvestments business and merchant banking activities. Prior to Indosuez Capital, Mr. Smith was a Principal at Frye-Louis Capital Management in Chicago. He began his career in investment management in 1987 at Van Kampen American Capital (f/k/a Van Kampen Mer ritt), a mutual fund company in Chicago where he held a variety of positions including Co-Head of the firm’s high-yield investment group and head of the firm’s equity fund complex.  Mr. Smith received a B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the University of Southern California and a Masters in Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

Brad Marshall , Senior Managing Director. Mr. Marshall is a Trustee and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. He is a senior portfolio manager in GSO’s Performing Credit Group and oversees GSO’s Direct Lending effort.  Mr. Marshall is a member of GSO’s Performing Credit Investment Committee.  Before joining GSO in 2005, Mr. Marshall worked in various roles at RBC, including fixed income research and business development within RBC’s private equity funds effort. Prior to RBC, Mr. Marshall helped develop a private equity funds business for TAL Global, a Canadian asset management division of CIBC, and prior to that, he co-founded a microchip verification software company where he served as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Marshall received an M.B.A. from McGill University in Montreal and a B.A. (Honors) in Economics from Queen’s University in Kingston, Canada.

Independent Trustees

Robert Bass . Mr. Bass has served on the board of Groupon, Inc. since June 2012. He served as a Vice Chairman of Deloitte & Touche LLP from 2006 through June 2012, and was a partner in Deloitte from 1982 through June 2012, where he specialized in e-commerce, mergers and acquisitions, SEC filings and related issues. At Deloitte, Mr. Bass was responsible for all services provided to Forstmann Little and its portfolio companies and was the advisory partner for Blackstone, DIRECTV, 24 Hour Fitness, McKesson, IMG and CSC. In addition, he has been an advisory partner for RR Donnelley, Automatic Data Processing, Community Health Systems, and Avis Budget. Mr. Bass served on the board of directors of Sims Metal Management (ASX: SGM.AX) and as a member of the risk and audit committee from September 2013 to January 1, 2019, including as Chairman of the risk and audit committee since November 2014, the board of directors and as a member of the audit committee of Apex Tool Group, LLC since December 2014, including as Chairman of the audit committee since April 2015, the board of directors and as Chairman of the audit committee of New Page Corporation from January 2013 (emergence from chapter XI) to January 2015 (sale of the company), and the board of directors and as Chairman of the audit committee of Redfin Corporation (NASDAQ: RDFN) since October 2016. Mr. Bass is a certified public accountant licensed in New York and Connecticut. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Connecticut State Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Bass brings to the Board a wealth of experience and knowledge of public company financial reporting and accounting, including with respect to companies in the e-commerce sector, and his experience at the highest levels of a Big Four accounting firm is an invaluable resource to the Board in its oversight of the Company’s SEC filings, all of which make him well qualified to serve on our Board.

Tracy Collins . Ms. Collins is an independent finance professional and most recently served as CEO to SmartFinance LLC (2013-2017), a Fintech startup purchased by MidFirst Bank in December of 2017. During her career in financial services, Ms. Collins worked as a Senior Managing Director (Partner) and Head of Asset-Backed Securities Research at Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. for six years and prior to that as a Managing Director (Partner) and Head of Asset-Backed Securities and Structured Products at Credit Suisse (formerly known as Credit Suisse First Boston) for nine years. During her tenure as a structured product specialist, Ms. Collins was consistently recognized as a “First Team All American Research Analyst.” Ms. Collins served as an independent director for KKR Financial from August 2006 to May 2014. She graduated from the University of Texas at Austin in the Plan II Honors Program. Ms. Collins has held numerous management positions and her broad experiences in the financial services sector provide her with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make her well qualified to serve on our Board. Ms. Collins’ spouse is the founder, managing partner and co-CIO of Good Hill Partners LP (“ Good Hill ”).  Good Hill is a registered investment adviser that manages various types of collective investment vehicles and investment accounts. Affiliates of the Adviser (but not the Adviser) have invested on behalf of their clients in Good Hill managed vehicles or accounts since 2010, and the amount of such investment is material to Good Hill.

Robert Harteveldt. Mr. Harteveldt is the CEO of Trishield Capital Management (“ Trishield ”), a deep-value, event-driven hedge fund focused primarily on small and mid-cap domestic companies, investing in both credit and equity. Trishield was named the number one performing Event Driven Fund by BarclayHedge for the three years ending in 2014.  Mr. Harteveldt joined Trishield in 2013.  Prior to joining Trishield, Mr. Harteveldt worked at Jefferies LLC from 2008 to 2013.  At Jefferies, Mr. Harteveldt was Co-Head of Global Fixed Income, Global Head of Leveraged Finance Investment Banking and a member of the firm’s Executive Committee. Prior to joining Jefferies, Mr. Harteveldt worked at Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. from 1984 until 2008, where Mr. Harteveldt was Co-Head of Leveraged Finance Sales & Trading. Prior to moving into the Fixed Income Department at Bear Stearns, Mr. Harteveldt worked in its Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Finance Departments.  Mr. Harteveldt holds an A.B. in History from Dartmouth College, where he currently serves on the Board of Overseers for the Hood Museum of Art.  Mr. Harteveldt is a former Trustee of Choate Rosemary Hall and served on the Board of  Directors of the Boys and Girls Club of Greenwich.  Mr. Harteveldt has held numerous management positions and his broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well

92


qua lified to serve on our Board.  Mr. Harteveldt, directly or through one or more investment vehicles, is a limited partner in GSO Capital Solutions Fund II, L.P., Blackstone Real Estate Partners VII, LP and Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies III, L.P., f unds managed by affiliates of the Adviser.

Thomas Joyce . Mr. Joyce is a recognized leader in the financial services industry. He has over thirty five years of experience, both domestic and internationally. He was most recently Executive Chairman of Arxis Capital. Prior to Arxis, Mr. Joyce was Chairman and CEO of Knight Capital Group (“ Knight ”). He joined Knight in 2002 and retired in July 2013, taking the company from $400 million to $1.3 billion in revenues. From January through May of 2002, Mr. Joyce was Global Head of Trading for S.C. Bernstein & Co.  Before that, he held a variety of leadership roles in the Global Institutional Equity business at Merrill Lynch & Co, during his almost fifteen years there. He is a former member of the Boards of Special Olympics Connecticut; the Alfred E. Smith Foundation; and Salisbury School. He is one of the Police Commissioners of the Darien Police Department. Mr. Joyce received an AB in Economics from Harvard College. Mr. Joyce has held numerous management positions and his broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on our Board.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Trustees

Beth Chartoff , Senior Managing Director and Head of Investor Relations and Business Development . Ms. Chartoff is the Public Relations Officer of the Company and a Senior Managing Director and Head of Investor Relations and Business Development at GSO . Before joining GSO in 2005, Ms. Chartoff worked as a Director in Investment Banking at Banc of America Securities in the Financial Sponsors Group. Prior to working at Banc of America Securities, Ms. Chartoff was in the investment banking groups of Credit Suisse and DLJ. Ms. Chartoff worked on a variety of financing, M&A and restructuring transactions in the consumer & retail and media & telecommunications industries. Ms. Chartoff received a B.A. in Economics from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. She is Head of the Blackstone Women’s Initiative, focused on the recruitment, retention and advancement of women at the firm. In addition, Ms. Chartoff serves as a member of the Executive Committee of American Ballet Theatre’s Board of Governing Trustees.

Stephan Kuppenheimer, Managing Director . Mr. Kuppenheimer is the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and a Managing Director with GSO  responsible for capital markets, including the financing of GSO’s funds and investments as well as the syndication of certain portfolio holdings. Mr. Kuppenheimer is also a member of the investment committee for certain U.S. direct lending funds. Mr. Kuppenheimer joined GSO in 2015. Before joining GSO, he was a Senior Managing Director at Stifel Financial where he served as Head of Principal Investing and Head of Debt Capital Markets from 2010 to 2015. In addition, as part of his responsibilities at Stifel, Mr. Kuppenheimer served as a member of the board of directors of CM Finance Inc. a publicly listed BDC. Prior to Stifel, Mr. Kuppenheimer was founder and CEO of FSI Capital, an alternative asset management company focused on U.S. credit products. Previously, Mr. Kuppenheimer was head of CLOs, structured funds and new products for Merrill Lynch. Mr. Kuppenheimer received a J.D., with Distinction, from Emory University School of Law and a B.A. from Colgate University with Honors in Philosophy.

Marisa J. Beeney , Senior Managing Director, General Counsel of GSO. Ms. Beeney is the Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of the Company. Ms. Beeney has been with GSO since 2007. Prior to her role as General Counsel, Ms. Beeney worked on a variety of legal matters within GSO, overseeing certain legal and compliance issues and also focusing on the leverage facilities of the GSO funds, new business initiatives, fund structuring and related issues for fund investments. Ms. Beeney also serves as Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of certain GSO-advised registered closed-end funds. Before joining GSO, Ms. Beeney was an attorney at DLA Piper within the finance group. Prior to that time, she worked at Latham & Watkins primarily on project finance and development transactions, as well as other structured credit products. Ms. Beeney holds a B.S. in Engineering from Cornell University, and a J.D., magna cum laude, from Boston University.

Robert W. Busch, Senior Vice President. Mr. Busch is the Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer of the Company and a Senior Vice President with GSO. Mr. Busch joined GSO in 2018. Mr. Busch worked previously at Fifth Street Asset Management from 2012 to 2018, where he was Senior Vice President Finance and served as Controller of the firm’s two publicly traded business development companies and publicly traded alternative asset manager. Prior to that, Mr. Busch was an Audit Manager at Deloitte & Touche LLP serving clients in various industries including alternative asset management and real estate. Mr. Busch is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of New York and received a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from Boston University’s Questrom School of Business where he graduated cum laude.

Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Overall responsibility for our oversight rests with the Board.  We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis.  The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Declaration of Trust and applicable provisions of state and other laws. The Board meets in person at regularly scheduled quarterly meetings each year.  In addition, the Board may hold special in-person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings.  As described below, the Board has established a Nominating Committee, and an Audit Committee, and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.

93


The Board has appointed Bennett J. Goodman to serve in the role of Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other trustees generally between meetings.  The Chairman serves as a key point person for dealings between management and the trus tees.  The Chairman also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time.  The Board reviews matters related to its leadership structure annually.  The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is approp riate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.

Following an Exchange Listing, the Trustees may be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into classes, as determined by the Board, as nearly equal in size as is practicable.  

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

We are subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others.  Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Company and is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities.  Day-to-day risk management functions will be subsumed within the responsibilities of the Adviser and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), which will carry out our investment management and business affairs.  The Adviser and other service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each of the Adviser and other service providers has their own independent interest in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models.  The Board recognizes that it is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Company or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.  As part of its regular oversight of the Company, the Board interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, the Adviser, our chief compliance officer, our independent registered public accounting firm and counsel, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Company and applicable risk controls.  The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.

Corporate Governance

Committees

The Board has an Audit Committee and a Nominating Committee and may form additional committees in the future.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is composed of Robert Bass, Tracy Collins, Robert Harteveldt and Thomas Joyce, each of whom is not considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.  Robert Bass serves as Chair of the Audit Committee.  Our Board determined that Robert Bass is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the 1934 Act.  The Audit Committee members meet the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the 1934 Act.

In accordance with its written charter adopted by the Board, the Audit Committee (a) assists the Board’s oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; (b) prepares an Audit Committee report, if required by the SEC, to be included in our annual proxy statement, if any; (c) oversees the scope of the annual audit of our financial statements, the quality and objectivity of our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls; (d) determines the selection, appointment, retention and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; (e) pre-approves all audit and non-audit services provided to us and certain other persons by such independent registered public accounting firm; and (f) acts as a liaison between our independent registered public accounting firm and the Board.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating Committee is composed of Robert Bass, Tracy Collins, Robert Harteveldt and Thomas Joyce, each of whom is not considered an “interested person” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Thomas Joyce serves as Chair of the Nominating Committee.

In accordance with its written charter adopted by the Board, the Nominating Committee recommends to the Board persons to be nominated by the Board for election at the Company’s meetings of our Shareholders, special or annual, if any, or to fill any vacancy on the Board that may arise between Shareholder meetings.  The Nominating Committee also makes recommendations with regard to the tenure of the trustees and is responsible for overseeing an annual evaluation of the Board and its committee structure to determine whether the structure is operating effectively.  The Nominating Committee will consider for nomination to the Board candidates submitted by our Shareholders or from other sources it deems appropriate.

94


Compensation Committee

The Board does not currently intend to delegate any authority to a compensation committee because our executive officers will not receive any direct compensation from us.

Communications to the Board of Trustees

The independent trustees serving on our Board intend to meet in executive sessions at the conclusion of or preceding each regularly scheduled meeting of the Board, and additionally as needed, without the presence of any directors or other persons who are part of our management.

Shareholders and other interested parties may contact any member (or all members) of the Board by mail. To communicate with the Board, any individual trustees or any group or committee of trustees, correspondence should be addressed to the Board or any such individual trustees or group or committee of trustees by either name or title. The address for each of our trustees is c/o GSO Asset Management LLC, 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10154. Any communication to report potential issues regarding accounting, internal controls and other auditing matters will be directed to the Audit Committee. Appropriate Company personnel will review and sort through communications before forwarding them to the addressee(s).

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act requires our executive officers, members of our Board, and persons who own more than ten percent of our Shares to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC and furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To our knowledge, based solely on our review of the copies of such reports furnished to us, we believe that, with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, such persons complied with all such filing requirements, with the exception of the following late filings, in each case due to administrative oversight: a Form 4 report on November 6, 2018 by each of Mr. Joyce, Mr. Goodman and Blackstone BGSL Holdings LLC reflecting the purchase of Shares.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers will receive direct compensation from us.  We will reimburse the Administrator the allocable portion of the compensation paid by the Administrator (or its affiliates) to our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs as well as other administrative personnel (based on the percentage of time such individuals devote, on an estimated basis, to our business and affairs).  The members of the Investment Committee, through their financial interests in the Adviser, are entitled to a portion of the profits earned by the Adviser, which includes any fees payable to the Adviser under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, less expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement.  

Further, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from issuing equity incentive compensation, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock, to our officers, directors and employees.

95


Trustee Compensation

No compensation is paid to our trustees who are “interested persons,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.  We pay each independent trustee: (i) $75,000 ($100,000 after an Exchange Listing) per year (prorated for any partial year), (ii) $2,500 for each regular meeting of the Board attended, (iii) $1,000 for each committee meeting attended (in addition to regular meeting fees to the extent committees meet on regular meeting dates) and (iv) an additional fee of $7,500 ($10,000 after an Exchange Listing) per year for the chairman of the Audit Committee. We are also authorized to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of each independent trustee incurred by such trustee in connection with the fulfillment of his or her duties as an independent trustee.

 

 

 

Total Compensation from the Company for Fiscal Year 2018 (3)

 

 

Total Compensation from Fund Complex for Fiscal Year 2018

 

Interested Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bennett Goodman (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Daniel H. Smith, Jr. (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Brad Marshall (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Independent Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Bass (2)

 

$

46,524

 

 

$

46,524

 

Tracy Collins

 

$

43,386

 

 

$

43,386

 

Robert Harteveldt

 

$

43,386

 

 

$

43,386

 

Thomas Joyce

 

$

43,386

 

 

$

43,386

 

 

(1)

These are interested trustees and, as such, do not receive compensation from the Company or the Fund Complex for their services as trustees.

(2)

Includes compensation as chairman of Audit Committee.

(3)

The Company does not have a profit-sharing plan, and trustees do not receive any pension or retirement benefits from the Company.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table sets forth, as of March 18, 2019, the beneficial ownership of each current trustee, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding Shares, and the executive officers and trustees as a group. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 15,287,414 Shares outstanding as of March 18, 2019.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the Shares. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our Shares is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power and has the same address as the Company. Our trustees are divided into two groups—interested and independent. Interested trustees are “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and trustees is 345 Park Avenue, 31st floor, New York, New York 10154 .

 

 

 

Type of Ownership

 

Number of Shares Owned

 

 

Percentage

 

Interested Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bennett Goodman

 

Beneficial

 

325,717 (1)

 

 

2.13%

 

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Brad Marshall

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Independent Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Bass

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Tracy Collins

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Robert Harteveldt

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Thomas Joyce

 

Record/Beneficial

 

 

10,855

 

 

(2)

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Robert W. Busch

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Beth Chartoff

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

Marisa J. Beeney

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

All Trustees and Executive Officers as a Group (11 persons)

 

 

 

 

336,572

 

 

 

2.20%

 

Five-Percent Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Universities Superannuation Scheme

 

Record/Beneficial

 

 

1,914,639

 

 

12.52%

 

 

96


(1)

Reflects Shares held directly by Blackstone BGSL Holdings LLC.  GSO Capital Partners LP is the managing member of Blackstone BGSL Holdings LLC and indirectly controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P.  Bennett J. Goodman may be deemed to have shared voting power and/or investment power with respect to the s ecurities beneficially owned by GSO Capital Partners LP. Each of the foregoing entities (other than Blackstone BGSL Holdings LLC) and Mr. Goodman disclaims beneficial ownership of the Shares held directly by Blackstone BGSL Holdings LLC.

(2)

Amounts round to less than 1%

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Transactions with Related Persons

Investment Advisory Agreement; Administration Agreement

We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we pay the Adviser a management fee at an annual rate of (i) prior to an Exchange Listing, 0.75%, and (ii) following an Exchange Listing, 1.0%, in each case of the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and a two-part incentive fee based on (i) the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income returns exceed a certain “hurdle rate” and (ii) our capital gains. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse the Adviser and Administrator for certain expenses as they occur. See “ Item 1. Business—Investment Advisory Agreement, ” “ Item 1. Business—Administration Agreement, ” and “ Item 1. Business—Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. ” Each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement has been approved by the Board. Unless earlier terminated, each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first becomes effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent trustees, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

For the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018, management fees were $0.3 million and there were no incentive fees related to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income Returns or realized capital gains. For the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018, there were no accrued capital gains incentive fees based upon cumulative net realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation). The accrual for any capital gains incentive fee under U.S. GAAP in a given period may result in an additional expense if such cumulative amount is greater than in the prior period or a reduction of a previously recorded expense if such cumulative amount is less than in the prior period. If such cumulative amount is negative, then there is no accrual. As of December 31, 2018, $0.3 million was included in management fees payable in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities included in the Annual Report.

For the period from November 20, 2018 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $0.4 million in fees under the Administration Agreement, which were included in administrative service fees in the Consolidated Statement of Operations included in the Annual Report. As of December 31, 2018, $0.4 million was unpaid and included in due to affiliate in the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities included in the Annual Report.

Co-Investment Relief

We have in the past co-invested, and in the future may co-invest, with certain affiliates of the Adviser.  We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Pursuant to such order, the Board has established Board Criteria clearly defining co-investment opportunities in which the Company will have the opportunity to participate with one or more GSO BDCs and other public or private GSO funds that target similar assets. If an investment falls within the Board Criteria, GSO must offer an opportunity for the GSO BDCs to participate.  The GSO BDCs may determine to participate or not to participate, depending on whether GSO determines that the investment is appropriate for the GSO BDCs (e.g., based on investment strategy).  The co-investment is generally allocated to us, any other GSO BDCs and the other GSO funds that target similar assets pro rata based on available capital in the applicable asset class.  If the Adviser determines that such investment is not appropriate for us, the investment will not be allocated to us, but the Adviser will be required to report such investment and the rationale for its determination for us to not participate in the investment to the Board at the next quarterly board meeting.

Transactions with Promoters and Certain Control Persons

The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser and the Administration Agreement with the Administrator. The Adviser, for its services to us, will be entitled to receive management fees and incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. The Administrator, for its services to us, will be entitled to receive reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, we have indemnified the Adviser and the Administrator and certain of their affiliates. See “ Item 1. Business .”

97


Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Person s

The Board will conduct quarterly reviews of any potential related party transactions brought to its attention and, during these reviews, it will consider any conflicts of interest brought to its attention pursuant to the Company’s compliance policies and procedures. Each of the Company’s trustees and executive officers is subject to the Company’s Code of Ethics, which places restrictions on related party transactions, and is instructed and periodically reminded to inform the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer or her designee of any potential related party transactions. In addition, each such trustee and executive officer completes a questionnaire on an annual basis designed to elicit information about any potential related party transactions.

Trustee Independence

For information regarding the independence of our trustees, see “ Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .”

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser, GSO, Blackstone and their respective affiliates will be subject to certain conflicts of interest with respect to the services the Adviser and the Administrator provide to us. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of GSO, Blackstone and their respective affiliates, or collectively (the “ Firm ”), in other activities that may conflict with our activities. Shareholders should be aware that individual conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of our interest.

Broad and Wide-Ranging Activities .  The Firm engages in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of its business activities, the Firm will engage in activities where the interests of certain divisions of the Firm or the interests of its clients will conflict with the interests of the Shareholders in the Company. Other present and future activities of the Firm will give rise to additional conflicts of interest. In the event that a conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflict in a fair and equitable manner. Subject to applicable law, including the 1940 Act, and the Board’s oversight, the Adviser will have the power to resolve, or consent to the resolution of, conflicts of interest on behalf of the Company. Investors should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Company’s interests. In addition, the Adviser may in certain situations choose to consult with or obtain the consent of the Board with respect to any specific conflict of interest, including with respect to the approvals required under the 1940 Act, including Section 57(f), and the Advisers Act. The Company may enter into joint transactions or cross-trades with clients or affiliates of the Adviser to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and any applicable co-investment order from the SEC. Subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, the Company may invest in loans or other securities, the proceeds of which may refinance or otherwise repay debt or securities of companies whose debt is owned by other GSO funds.

The Firm’s Policies and Procedures.  Certain policies and procedures implemented by the Firm to mitigate potential conflicts of interest and address certain regulatory requirements and contractual restrictions will from time to time reduce the synergies across the Firm’s various businesses that the Company expects to draw on for purposes of pursuing attractive investment opportunities. Because the Firm has many different asset management and advisory businesses, it is subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest, greater regulatory oversight and more legal and contractual restrictions than that to which it would be subject if it had just one line of business. In addressing these conflicts and regulatory, legal and contractual requirements across its various businesses, the Firm has implemented certain policies and procedures (e.g., information walls) that reduce the positive synergies that the Company expects the Adviser to utilize for purposes of managing the Company’s investments. For example, the Firm will come into possession of material non-public information with respect to companies, including companies in which the Company has investments or is considering making investments. The information, which could be of benefit to the Company, is likely to be restricted to those other businesses and otherwise be unavailable to the Company. It is also possible that the Company could be restricted from trading despite the fact that the Company did not receive such information. Additionally, the Firm may restrict or otherwise limit the Company and/or its portfolio companies from entering into agreements with, or related to, companies that either are advisory clients of the Firm or in which any fund of the Firm has invested or has considered making an investment. The Firm will from time to time restrict or otherwise limit the ability of the Company and/or its portfolio companies to make investments in or otherwise engage in businesses or activities competitive with companies of other advisory clients of the Firm, either as a result of contractual restrictions or otherwise. Furthermore, there will be circumstances in which affiliates of the Firm (including Other Clients) may refrain from taking certain confidential information in order to avoid trading restrictions. Finally, the Firm has and will enter into one or more strategic relationships in certain regions or with respect to certain types of investments that, although possibly intended to provide greater opportunities for the Company, may require the Company to share such opportunities (to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and any applicable co-investment order from the SEC) or otherwise limit the amount of an opportunity the Company can otherwise take.

Performance Based Compensation and Management Fees The existence of the incentive fees payable to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to make more speculative investments on behalf of the Company than it would otherwise make in the absence of such performance-based compensation, or to time the sale of investments in a manner motivated by the personal interests of GSO and/or Blackstone personnel. However, the fact that the hurdle rate for the incentive fee based on income is calculated on an aggregate basis each quarter and that realized and unrealized losses are netted against realized gains for the incentive fee based on capital gains (see “ Item 1. Business—Investment Advisory Agreement ”) should tend to reduce these incentives.

In addition, the manner in which the Adviser’s entitlement to incentive fees on capital gains is determined may result in a conflict between its interests and the interests of Shareholders with respect to the sequence and timing of disposals of investments. For example, the

98


Adviser may be incentivized to realize capital gains prior to a year end if such gains, net of realized and unrealized losses, would result in an incentive fee on capital gains.

In addition, the fact that the management fee payable to the Adviser is calculated based on the Company’s gross assets (excluding undrawn Capital Commitments but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts or other leverage) may create an incentive for the Adviser to (i) seek to deploy the Capital Commitments in investments at an accelerated pace and/or (ii) use greater levels of leverage than it otherwise would have if management fees were based solely on each Shareholder’s Capital Commitment or on net assets.

Senior Advisors, Industry Experts and Operating Partners.  GSO may engage and retain strategic advisors, consultants, senior advisors, executive advisors, industry experts, operating partners, consultants, and other similar professionals (which may include former employees of Blackstone and/or GSO, as well as current employees of Blackstone’s and/or GSO’s portfolio companies) (“ Senior and Other Advisors ”) who are not employees or affiliates of GSO and who, from time to time, receive payments from, or allocations of a profits interest with respect to, portfolio companies (as well as from GSO or the Company). In such circumstances, such payments from, or allocations of a profits interest with respect to, portfolio companies and/or the Company may, subject to applicable law, be treated as Company expenses and will not, even if they have the effect of reducing any retainers or minimum amounts otherwise payable by GSO, be deemed paid to or received by GSO, and such amounts will not reduce the management fees or incentive fees payable.

To the extent permitted by applicable law and/or any applicable SEC-granted exemptive or no-action relief, these Senior and Other Advisors often have the right or may be offered the ability to (i) co-invest alongside the Company, including in the specific investments in which they are involved (and for which they may be entitled to receive performance-related incentive fees, which will reduce the Company’s returns), (ii) otherwise participate in equity plans for management of any such portfolio company or (iii) invest directly in the Company or in a vehicle controlled by the Company subject to reduced or waived management fees and/or incentive fees, including after the termination of their engagement by or other status with the Firm. Such co-investment and/or participation generally will result in the Company being allocated a smaller share of the applicable investment. Such co-investment and/or participation may vary by transaction and such participation may, depending on its structure, reduce the Company’s returns. Additionally, and notwithstanding the foregoing, these Senior and Other Advisors, as well as other Blackstone clients, may be (or have the preferred right to be) investors in GSO’s portfolio companies (which, in some cases, may involve agreements to pay performance fees to such persons in connection with the Company’s investment therein, which will reduce the Company’s returns) and/or Other Clients. Such Senior and Other Advisors, as well as other Blackstone clients, may also, subject to applicable law, have rights to co-invest with the Company on a side-by-side basis, which rights are generally offered on a no-fee/no-carried interest basis and generally result in the Company being allocated a smaller share of an investment than would otherwise be the case in the absence of such side-by-side participation.

The nature of the relationship with each of the Senior and Other Advisors and the amount of time devoted or required to be devoted by them varies considerably. In certain cases, they may provide the Adviser and/or GSO with industry-specific insights and feedback on investment themes, assist in transaction due diligence or make introductions to and provide reference checks on management teams. In other cases, they take on more extensive roles (and may be exclusive service providers to GSO) and serve as executives or directors on the boards of portfolio companies or contribute to the origination of new investment opportunities. In certain instances, GSO has formal arrangements with these Senior and Other Advisors (which may or may not be terminable upon notice by any party), and in other cases the relationships are more informal. They are either compensated (including pursuant to retainers and expense reimbursement, and, in any event, pursuant to negotiated arrangements that will not be confirmed as being comparable to the market rates for such services) by GSO, the Company (to the extent permitted by applicable law), and/or portfolio companies or otherwise uncompensated unless and until an engagement with a portfolio company develops. In certain cases, they have certain attributes of GSO “employees” (e.g., they may have dedicated offices at GSO, participate in general meetings and events for GSO personnel, work on GSO matters as their primary or sole business activity, service GSO exclusively, etc.) even though they are not considered GSO employees, affiliates or personnel under applicable law. There can be no assurance that any of the Senior and Other Advisors will continue to serve in such roles and/or continue their arrangements with GSO, the Company and/or any portfolio companies throughout the term of the Company.

Portfolio Company Relationships To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company’s portfolio companies are expected to be counterparties to or participants in agreements, transactions or other arrangements with portfolio companies of Other Clients that, although the Firm determines to be consistent with the requirements of such Other Clients’ offering and/or governing agreements, would not have otherwise been entered into but for the affiliation with GSO and/or the Firm, and that involve fees, commissions, servicing payments and/or discounts to GSO, any Firm affiliate (including personnel) or a portfolio company. For example, the Firm may cause, or offer the opportunity to, portfolio companies to enter into agreements regarding group procurement (such as the group purchasing organization), benefits management, purchase of insurance policies (which may be pooled across portfolio companies and discounted due to scale) from a third party or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a Firm affiliate, and other similar operational initiatives that may result in commissions or similar payments, including related to a portion of the savings achieved by the portfolio company. In each case, payments made to the Firm in connection therewith will not reduce the management or incentive fees payable to the Adviser. In connection with such relationships, the Adviser will make determinations of competitive market rates based on its consideration of a number of factors, which are generally expected to include benchmarking data and other methodologies determined by the Adviser to be appropriate under the circumstances. While GSO generally intends to obtain benchmarking data regarding the rates charged or quoted by third parties for similar services, relevant comparisons may not be available for a number of reasons, including, without limitation, as a result of a lack of a substantial market of providers or users of such services or the confidential and/or bespoke nature of such services. Therefore, such market comparisons may not result in precise market terms for comparable services. In addition, from time to time employees of the Firm serve as directors or advisory board members of certain portfolio companies or other entities.

99


For example, certain portfolio companies may enter into an employer health program arrangement or similar arrangements with Equity Healthcare LLC (“ Equity Healthcare ”), a Blackstone affiliate that negotiates with providers of standard administrative services and insurance carriers for health ben efit plans and other related services for cost discounts, quality of service monitoring, data services and clinical consulting. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms from p roviders that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. The payments made to Blackstone in connection with Equity Healthcare, group purchasing, insurance and benefits management will not reduce the management or incentive fees payable to the Adviser.

Additionally, the Firm or an affiliate thereof will from time to time hold equity or other investments in companies or businesses (even if they are not “affiliates” of the Firm) that provide services to or otherwise contract with portfolio companies. Blackstone and GSO have in the past entered (and can be expected in the future to enter) into relationships with companies in the information technology, corporate services and related industries whereby Blackstone acquires an equity or similar interest in such company. In connection with such relationships, Blackstone and/or GSO may also make referrals and/or introductions to portfolio companies (which may result in financial incentives (including additional equity ownership) and/or milestones benefitting Blackstone and/or GSO that are tied or related to participation by portfolio companies). The Company and the Shareholders will not share in any fees or economics accruing to Blackstone and/or GSO as a result of these relationships and/or participation by portfolio companies.

In addition, it is possible that certain portfolio companies of Other Clients or companies in which Other Clients have an interest will compete with the Company for one or more investment opportunities and/or engage in activities that may have adverse consequences on the Company and/or its portfolio companies.

In addition, a portfolio company of the Company may enter into agreements, transactions or other arrangements with another portfolio company of the Company or one or more portfolio companies of an Other Client (including the sale of assets between such portfolio companies) which may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest for the Adviser, the Company and/or their respective affiliates. Such agreements, transactions or other arrangements may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be entered into without the consent or direct involvement of the Company and/or such Other Client or the consent of the Board of the Company or such Other Client (and may arise in particular in circumstances where the Company and/or such Other Client has made a non-controlling investment in the underlying portfolio company). This is because, among other things, portfolio companies of the Company and portfolio companies of Other Clients may not be considered affiliates of the Adviser or the Company under applicable law. In any such case, the Company may not be involved in the negotiation process and the terms of any such agreement, transaction or other arrangement may not be as favorable to the Company as otherwise may be the case if the Company was involved.

Certain portfolio companies may have established or invested in, or may in the future establish or invest in, vehicles that are managed exclusively by the portfolio company (and not the Company or the Firm or any of its affiliates) and that invest in asset classes or industry sectors (such as cyber security) that fall within the Company’s investment strategy. Such vehicles, which may not be considered affiliates of the Firm and may not be subject to the Firm’s policies and procedures, may compete with the Company for investment opportunities. In addition, the Company may hold non-controlling interests in certain portfolio companies and, as a result, such portfolio companies could engage in activities outside of the Company’s control that may have adverse consequences on the Company and/or its other portfolio companies.

With respect to transactions or agreements with portfolio companies (including, for the avoidance of doubt, long-term incentive plans), at times if officers unrelated to the Firm have not yet been appointed to represent a portfolio company, the Firm may negotiate and execute agreements between the Firm and/or the Company on the one hand, and the portfolio company or its affiliates, on the other hand, without arm’s-length representation of the portfolio company, which could entail a conflict of interest in relation to efforts to enter into terms that are arm’s length. Among the measures the Firm may use to mitigate such conflicts are to involve outside counsel to review and advise on such agreements and provide insights into commercially reasonable terms.

Other Firm Businesses, Activities and Relationships.  As part of its regular business, Blackstone provides a broad range of investment banking, advisory and other services. In addition, from time to time, the Firm will provide services in the future beyond those currently provided. The Company will not receive any benefit from any fees relating to such services.

In the regular course of its capital markets, investment banking, real estate advisory and other businesses, Blackstone represents potential purchasers, sellers and other involved parties, including corporations, financial buyers, management, shareholders and institutions, with respect to transactions that could give rise to other transactions that are suitable for the Company. In such a case, a Blackstone advisory client would typically require Blackstone to act exclusively on its behalf. Such advisory client requests may preclude all Blackstone-affiliated clients, including the Company, from participating in related transactions that would otherwise be suitable. Blackstone will be under no obligation to decline any such engagements in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Company. In connection with its capital markets, investment banking, advisory, real estate and other businesses, Blackstone comes into possession of information that limits its ability to engage in potential transactions. The Company’s activities are expected to be constrained as a result of the inability of Blackstone personnel to use such information. For example, employees of Blackstone from time to time are prohibited by law or contract from sharing information with members of the Company’s investment team. Additionally, there are expected to be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with Blackstone affiliates (including clients) will be precluded from providing services related to the Company’s activities because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of Blackstone (e.g., trading may be restricted). Where Blackstone affiliates are engaged to find buyers or financing sources for potential sellers of assets, the seller may permit the

100


Company to act as a participant in such transactions (as a buyer or financing partner), which would raise certain conflicts of interest inherent in such a situation (including as to the negotiat ion of the purchase price).

The Firm has long-term relationships with a significant number of corporations and their senior management. In determining whether to invest in a particular transaction on behalf of the Company, the Adviser will consider those relationships and may decline to participate in a transaction as a result of one or more of such relationships. The Firm is under no obligation to decline any engagements or investments in order to make an investment opportunity available to the Company. The Company may be forced to sell or hold existing investments as a result of investment banking relationships or other relationships that the Firm may have or transactions or investments the Firm may make or have made. (See “ Other Blackstone and GSO Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities ” below and “ Portfolio Company Relationships ” above.) Subject to the 1940 Act and any applicable co-investment order issued by the SEC, the Company may also co-invest with clients of the Firm in particular investment opportunities, and the relationship with such clients could influence the decisions made by the Adviser with respect to such investments. There can be no assurance that all potentially suitable investment opportunities that come to the attention of the Firm will be made available to the Company.

The Company may invest in securities of the same issuers as Other Clients, other investment vehicles, accounts and clients of the Firm and the Adviser. To the extent that the Company holds interests that are different (or more senior or junior) than those held by such Other Clients, the Adviser may be presented with decisions involving circumstances where the interests of such Other Clients are in conflict with those of the Company. Furthermore, it is possible the Company’s interest may be subordinated or otherwise adversely affected by virtue of such Other Clients’ involvement and actions relating to its investment.

Blackstone will from time to time participate in underwriting or lending syndicates with respect to actual or potential portfolio companies, or may otherwise be involved in the public offering and/or private placement of debt or equity securities issued by, or loan proceeds borrowed by, such portfolio companies, or otherwise in arranging financing (including loans) for such portfolio companies or advise on such transactions. Such underwritings or engagements may be on a firm commitment basis or may be on an uncommitted “best efforts” basis. There may also be circumstances in which the Company commits to purchase any portion of such issuance from the portfolio company that a Blackstone broker-dealer intends to syndicate to third parties and, in connection therewith and as a result thereof, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, Blackstone may receive commissions or other compensation. In certain cases, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, a Blackstone broker-dealer will from time to time act as the managing underwriter or a member of the underwriting syndicate and purchase securities from the Company or such portfolio companies or advise on such transactions. Blackstone will also from time to time, on behalf of the Company or other parties to a transaction involving the Company, effect transactions, including transactions in the secondary markets where it will from time to time nonetheless have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Company and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions or other compensation from the Company and/or such other parties. Subject to applicable law, Blackstone will from time to time receive underwriting fees, discounts, placement commissions, lending arrangement and syndication fees (or, in each case, rebates of any such fees, whether in the form of purchase price discounts or otherwise, even in cases where Blackstone or an Other Client is purchasing debt) or other compensation with respect to the foregoing activities, none of which are required to be shared with the Company or GSO. In addition, the management fee with respect to a Shareholder generally will not be reduced by such amounts. Therefore, Blackstone will from time to time have a potential conflict of interest regarding the Company and the other parties to those transactions to the extent it receives commissions, discounts or other compensation from such other parties. The Board will approve any transactions, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act, in which a Blackstone broker-dealer acts as an underwriter, as broker for the Company, or as dealer, broker or advisor, on the other side of a transaction with the Company only where the Board believes in good faith that such transactions are appropriate for the Company and, by executing a Subscription Agreement for Shares in the Company, a Shareholder consents to all such transactions, along with the other transactions involving conflicts of interest described herein, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Where Blackstone serves as underwriter with respect to a portfolio company’s securities, the Company will from time to time be subject to a “lock-up” period following the offering under applicable regulations during which time the Company’s ability to sell any securities that it continues to hold is restricted. This may prejudice the Company’s ability to dispose of such securities at an opportune time. (See also “ Other Trading and Investing Activities ” below and “ Portfolio Company Relationships ” above.)

Firm employees, including employees of the Adviser, are generally permitted to invest in alternative investment funds, real estate funds, hedge funds or other investment vehicles, including potential competitors of the Company. The Company will not receive any benefit from any such investments.

On October 1, 2015, Blackstone spun off its financial and strategic advisory services, restructuring and reorganization advisory services, and its Park Hill fund placement businesses and combined these businesses with PJT Partners, an independent financial advisory firm founded by Paul J. Taubman. While the new combined business operates independently from Blackstone and is not an affiliate thereof, nevertheless conflicts may arise in connection with transactions between or involving the Company and the entities in which it invests on the one hand and the spun-off firm on the other. Specifically, given that the spun-off firm is not an affiliate of Blackstone, there may be fewer or no restrictions or limitations placed on transactions or relationships engaged in by the new advisory business as compared to the limitations or restrictions that might apply to transactions engaged in by an affiliate of Blackstone. It is expected that there will be substantial overlapping ownership between Blackstone and the spun-off firm for a considerable period of time going forward. Therefore, conflicts of interest in doing transactions involving the spun-off firm will still arise. The preexisting relationship between Blackstone and its former personnel involved in such financial and strategic advisory services, the overlapping ownership, co-investment and other continuing arrangements, may influence the Adviser in deciding to select or recommend such new company to perform such services for the Company (the cost of which will generally be

101


borne directly or indirectly by the Company). Nonetheless, the Adviser and its affiliates will be free to cause the Company and portfolio companies to transact with PJT Partners generally without restriction under the applicable governing documents notwithstanding such overlapping interests in, and relationships with, PJT Par tners. (See also “ Service Providers and Counterparties ” below.)

In addition, other present and future activities of the Firm and its affiliates (including GSO and the Adviser) will from time to time give rise to additional conflicts of interest relating to the Firm and its investment activities. In the event that any such conflict of interest arises, the Adviser will attempt to resolve such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner. Investors should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of the Company’s interests.

Other Blackstone and GSO Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities.  Certain inherent conflicts of interest arise from the fact that the Adviser, GSO and Blackstone provide investment management, advisory and sub-advisory services to the Company and Other Clients.

For purposes of this discussion and ease of reference, the following terms shall have the meanings as set forth below:

Other GSO Clients ” means, collectively, the investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that GSO may establish, advise or sub-advise from time to time and to which GSO provides investment management, advisory and sub-advisory services (other than the Company and any such funds and accounts in which the Company has an interest).

Blackstone Clients ” means, collectively, the investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts that Blackstone may establish, advise or sub-advise from time to time and to which Blackstone provides investment management, advisory and sub-advisory services (other than the Company, any such funds and accounts in which the Company has an interest and Other GSO Clients),  provided  that, for the avoidance of doubt, “Blackstone Clients” shall not include Blackstone in its role as principal of any account, including any accounts for which Blackstone or an affiliate thereof acts as an advisor.

Other Clients ” means, collectively, Other GSO Clients and Blackstone Clients.

The respective investment programs of the Company and the Other Clients may or may not be substantially similar. GSO and/or Blackstone may give advice to (and recommend securities for) Other Clients that may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, the Company, even though their investment objectives may be the same as or similar to those of the Company. While GSO will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in a fair and equitable manner, the portfolio strategies employed by GSO and Blackstone in managing their respective Other Clients could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the Adviser in managing the Company and may affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments in which the Company invests. Conversely, participation in specific investment opportunities may be appropriate, at times, for both the Company and Other Clients. In any event, it is the policy of GSO to allocate investment opportunities and sale opportunities on a basis deemed by GSO, in its sole discretion, to be fair and equitable over time.

Allocation Methodology Considerations . GSO will share any investment and sale opportunities with such Other Clients and the Company in accordance with the Advisers Act, and Firm-wide allocation policies, which generally provide for sharing pro rata based on targeted acquisition size or targeted sale size. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSO may also consider the following factors in making any allocation determinations, and such factors may result in a different allocation of investment and/or sale opportunities: (i) the risk-return and target return profile of the proposed investment relative to the Company’s and the Other Clients’ current risk profiles; (ii) the Company’s and/or the Other Clients’ investment guidelines, restrictions, terms and objectives, including whether such objectives are considered solely in light of the specific investment under consideration or in the context of the respective portfolios’ overall holdings; (iii) the need to re-size risk in the Company’s or the Other Clients’ portfolios (including the potential for the proposed investment to create an industry, sector or issuer imbalance in the Company’s and Other Clients’ portfolios, as applicable) and taking into account any existing non- pro rata  investment positions in the portfolio of the Company and Other Clients; (iv) liquidity considerations of the Company and the Other Clients, including during a ramp-up or wind-down of one or more of the Company or such Other Clients, proximity to the end of the Company’s or Other Clients’ specified term or investment period, any redemption/withdrawal requests, anticipated future contributions and available cash; (v) tax consequences; (vi) regulatory or contractual restrictions or consequences; (vii) avoiding a de minimis or odd lot allocation; (viii) availability and degree of leverage and any requirements or other terms of any existing leverage facilities; (ix) the Company’s or Other Clients’ investment focus on a classification attributable to an investment or issuer of an investment, including, without limitation, investment strategy, geography, industry or business sector; (x) the nature and extent of involvement in the transaction on the part of the respective teams of investment professionals dedicated to the Company or such Other Clients; (xi) the management of any actual or potential conflict of interest; (xii) with respect to investments that are made available to GSO by counterparties pursuant to negotiated trading platforms (e.g., ISDA contracts), the absence of such relationships which may not be available for the Company and all Other Clients; and (xiii) any other considerations deemed relevant by GSO in good faith.

Subject to the requirements of any applicable co-investment order issued by the SEC, GSO shall not have any obligation to present any investment opportunity to the Company if GSO determines in good faith that such opportunity should not be presented to the Company for any one or a combination of the reasons specified above, or if GSO is otherwise restricted from presenting such investment opportunity to the Company. Moreover, with respect to GSO’s ability to allocate investment opportunities, including where such opportunities are within the common objectives and guidelines of the Company and one or more Other Clients (which allocations are to be made on a basis that GSO believes in good faith to be fair and reasonable), GSO and Blackstone have established general guidelines for determining how such allocations are to be made, which, among other things, set forth priorities and presumptions regarding what constitutes “debt” investments, ranges of rates of returns for defining “core” or “core+” investments, presumptions regarding allocation for certain types of investments (e.g., distressed

102


investments) and other matters. The ap plication of those guidelines may result in the Company or Other Clients not participating (and/or not participating to the same extent) in certain investment opportunities in which they would have participated had the related allocations been determined w ithout regard to such guidelines and/or based only on the circumstances of those particular investments.

Orders may be combined for the Company and all other participating Other Clients, and if any order is not filled at the same price, they may be allocated on an average price basis. Similarly, if an order on behalf of more than one account cannot be fully executed under prevailing market conditions, securities may be allocated among the different accounts on a basis that GSO or its affiliates consider equitable.

Additionally, it can be expected that the Firm will, from time to time, enter into arrangements or strategic relationships with third parties, including other asset managers, financial firms or other businesses or companies, that, among other things, provide for referral or sharing of investment opportunities. While it is possible that the Company will, along with the Firm itself, benefit from the existence of those arrangements and/or relationships, it is also possible that investment opportunities that would otherwise be presented to or made by the Company would instead be referred (in whole or in part) to such third party. For example, a firm with which the Firm has entered into a strategic relationship may be afforded with “first-call” rights on a particular category of investment opportunities. (See “ Blackstone’s Relationship with Pátria ” below.)

Blackstone’s Relationship with Pátria . Blackstone owns 40% of the equity interests in Pátria Investmentimentos Ltd. (“ Pátria ”), a leading Brazilian alternative asset manager and advisory firm. Pátria’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of private equity funds, real estate funds, infrastructure funds and hedge funds (e.g., a multi-strategy fund and a long/short equity fund). Each of Blackstone’s and Pátria’s respective investment funds continues to pursue investment opportunities in accordance with their existing mandates. There may be instances where appropriate investment opportunities will be shared with (or allocated to) Pátria. Therefore, there may be opportunities available to Pátria that are not shared with the Company, and there may be opportunities available to the Company that are shared with one or more Pátria funds. GSO generally expects, with respect to certain types of investments in Brazil otherwise suitable for the Company, to permit such investments to be shared with and/or pursued by Pátria, which may be on a priority basis and may result in the Company not participating in any such investments or participating therein to a lesser extent. In addition, the Company may invest in companies or other entities in which Pátria sponsored investment funds have or are concurrently making a different investment (e.g., an equity investment vs. a debt investment) at the time of the Company’s investment, and investment funds that have been or may be formed by Pátria may invest in different securities of companies or other entities in which the Company has made an investment. In such situations, the Company and such other Pátria sponsored investment funds (and therefore Blackstone through its indirect minority interest in Pátria) may have conflicting interests (e.g., over the terms of their respective investments).

Other Affiliate Transactions and Investments in Different Levels of Capital Structure From time to time, the Company and the Other Clients may make investments at different levels of an issuer’s capital structure or otherwise in different classes of an issuer’s loans or securities, subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of loans or securities that may be held by such entities. To the extent the Company holds loans or securities that are different (including with respect to their relative seniority) than those held by an Other Client, the Adviser and its affiliates may be presented with decisions when the interests of the funds are in conflict. For example, conflicts could arise where the Company lends funds to a portfolio company while an Other Client invests in equity securities of such portfolio company. In this circumstance, for example, if such portfolio company were to go into bankruptcy, become insolvent or otherwise be unable to meet its payment obligations or comply with its debt covenants, conflicts of interest could arise between the holders of different types of loans or securities as to what actions the portfolio company should take. In addition, purchases or sales of loans or securities for the account of the Company (particularly marketable securities) will be bunched or aggregated with orders for Other Clients, including other funds. It is frequently not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities sold, and the various prices may be averaged, which may be disadvantageous to the Company. Further conflicts could arise after the Company and other affiliates have made their respective initial investments. For example, if additional financing is necessary as a result of financial or other difficulties, it may not be in the best interests of the Company to provide such additional financing. If the other affiliates were to lose their respective investments as a result of such difficulties, the ability of the Adviser to recommend actions in the best interests of the Company might be impaired. Any applicable co-investment order issued by the SEC may restrict the Company’s ability to participate in follow-on financings. GSO may in its discretion take steps to reduce the potential for adversity between the Company and the Other Clients, including causing the Company and/or such Other Clients to take certain actions that, in the absence of such conflict, it would not take. In addition, there may be circumstances where GSO agrees to implement certain procedures to ameliorate conflicts of interest that may involve a forbearance of rights relating to the Company or Other Clients, such as where GSO may cause Other Clients to decline to exercise certain control- and/or foreclosure-related rights with respect to a portfolio company.

In addition, conflicts may arise in determining the amount of an investment, if any, to be allocated among potential investors and the respective terms thereof. There can be no assurance that any conflict will be resolved in favor of the Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that in some cases, a decision by GSO to take any particular action could have the effect of benefiting an Other Client (and, incidentally, may also have the effect of benefiting GSO) and therefore may not have been in the best interests of, and may be adverse to, the Company. There can be no assurance that the return on the Company’s investment will be equivalent to or better than the returns obtained by the Other Clients participating in the transaction. The Shareholders will not receive any benefit from fees paid to any affiliate of the Adviser from a portfolio company in which an Other Client also has an interest to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Cross Transactions.  Situations may arise where certain assets held by the Company may be transferred to Other Clients and vice versa. Such transactions will be conducted in accordance with, and subject to, the Adviser’s contractual obligations to the Company and applicable law, including the 1940 Act.

103


Co-Investment Opportunities.  As a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Company is subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which likely will in certain circumstances limit the Company’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside the Other Clients. There can be no assurance that such regulatory restrictions will not adversely affect the Company’s ability to capit alize on attractive investment opportunities. However, subject to the 1940 Act and any applicable co-investment order issued by the SEC, the Company may co-invest with Other Clients (including co-investment or other vehicles in which the Firm or its person nel invest and that co-invest with such Other Clients) in investments that are suitable for the Company and one or more of such Other Clients. Even if the Company and any such Other Clients and/or co-investment or other vehicles invest in the same securiti es, conflicts of interest may still arise.

We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. Such order may restrict our ability to enter into follow-on investments or other transactions. Pursuant to such order, we may co-invest in a negotiated deal with certain affiliates of the Adviser or certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. We may also receive an allocation in such a deal alongside affiliates pursuant to other mechanisms to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Investments in Portfolio Companies alongside Other Clients.  From time to time, the Company will co-invest with Other Clients (including co-investment or other vehicles in which the Firm or its personnel invest and that co-invest with such Other Clients) in investments that are suitable for both the Company and such Other Clients, as permitted by applicable law and/or any applicable SEC-granted order. Even if the Company and any such Other Clients invest in the same loans or securities, conflicts of interest may still arise. For example, it is possible that as a result of legal, tax, regulatory, accounting or other considerations, the terms of such investment (and divestment thereof) (including with respect to price and timing) for the Company and such other funds and vehicles may not be the same. Additionally, the Company and such Other Clients and/or vehicles will generally have different investment periods and/or investment objectives (including return profiles) and GSO, as a result, may have conflicting goals with respect to the price and timing of disposition opportunities. As such, subject to applicable law and any applicable order issued by the SEC, the Company and/or such Other Clients may dispose of any such shared investment at different times and on different terms.

Activities of Principals and Employees . Certain of the principals and employees of the Adviser may be subject to a variety of conflicts of interest relating to their responsibilities to the Company and the management of the Company’s investment portfolio. Such individuals may serve in an advisory capacity to other managed accounts or investment vehicles. Such positions may create a conflict between the services and advice provided to such entities and the responsibilities owed to the Company. The other managed accounts and/or investment funds in which such individuals may become involved may have investment objectives that overlap with the Company. Furthermore, certain principals and employees of the Adviser may have a greater financial interest in the performance of such other funds or accounts than the performance of the Company. Such involvement may create conflicts of interest in making investments on behalf of the Company and such other funds and accounts. Such principals and employees will seek to limit any such conflicts in a manner that is in accordance with their fiduciary duties to the Company.

Debt Financings in connection with Acquisitions and Dispositions . To the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Company may from time to time provide financing (i) as part of a third-party purchaser’s bid for, or acquisition of, a portfolio entity or the underlying assets thereof owned by one or more Other Clients and/or (ii) in connection with a proposed acquisition or investment by one or more Other Clients or affiliates of a portfolio company and/or its underlying assets. This generally would include the circumstance where the Company is making commitments to provide financing at or prior to the time such third-party purchaser commits to purchase such investments or assets from one or more Other Clients. The Company may also make investments and provide debt financing with respect to portfolio companies in which Other Clients and/or affiliates hold or propose to acquire an interest, including when such investments or debt financing would result in the repayment of an Other Client’s existing investment. While the terms and conditions of any such arrangements will generally be at arms’ length terms negotiated on a case by case basis, the involvement of the Company and/or such Other Clients or affiliates may affect the terms of such transactions or arrangements and/or may otherwise influence the Adviser’s decisions with respect to the management of the Company and/or such Other Clients or the relevant portfolio company, which may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest and which could adversely impact the Company.

The Company may from time to time dispose of all or a portion of an investment where the Firm or one or more Other Clients is providing financing to repay debt issued to the Company. Such involvement may give rise to potential or actual conflicts of interest.

Service Providers and Counterparties . Certain advisors and other service providers, or their affiliates (including accountants, administrators, lenders, bankers, brokers, attorneys, consultants, and investment or commercial banking firms) to the Company, the Firm and/or portfolio companies also provide goods or services to, or have business, personal, financial or other relationships with, the Firm, its affiliates and portfolio companies. Such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates) may be investors in the Company, affiliates of the Adviser, sources of investment opportunities, co-investors, commercial counterparties and/or portfolio companies in which the Firm and/or the Company has an investment. Accordingly, payments by the Company and/or such entities may indirectly benefit the Company and/or its affiliates. For example, in 2013, funds controlled by Blackstone acquired Intertrust Group. From time to time, Intertrust Group, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may perform corporate and trust services on an arms-length basis for the Company, intermediate entities or portfolio companies. Such retention of Intertrust Group as a service provider may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest such as those described above.

104


Additionally, certain employees of GSO may have family members or relatives employed by such advisors and service providers (or their affiliates). These relationships may influence Blackstone, the Adviser and/or GSO in deciding whether to select or recommend such service providers to perform services for the Company or portfolio companies (the cost of which will gener ally be borne directly or indirectly by the Company or such portfolio companies, as applicable). Notwithstanding the foregoing, transactions relating to the Company that require the use of a service provider will generally be allocated to service providers on the basis of best execution, the evaluation of which includes, among other considerations, such service provider’s provision of certain investment-related services and research that the Adviser believes to be of benefit to the Company.

Because the Firm has many different businesses, including the Blackstone Capital Markets Group, which Blackstone investment teams and portfolio companies may engage to provide underwriting and capital market advisory services, it is subject to a number of actual and potential conflicts of interest, greater regulatory oversight and more legal and contractual restrictions than that to which it would be subject if it had just one line of business. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (“ BAP ”), an affiliate of the Firm, will serve as a placement agent for the Company in connection with placements to certain investors. In addition to BAP, service providers affiliated with the Firm, which, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may provide services to the Company at competitive market rate fees (subject to approval by the Board) with respect to certain investments, include, without limitation:

 

 

COE . The Blackstone Center of Excellence, located in Gurgaon, India (the “ COE ”) is a captive center of resources administered by Blackstone and ThoughtFocus Technologies LLC (“ ThoughtFocus ”), an independent firm in which Blackstone holds a minority position and participates as a member of the board. The COE is expected to perform services for certain funds that may have historically been performed by Blackstone personnel, such as funds’ administrative services, data collection and management services, and technology implementation and support services, which may be paid for by the funds that receive such services on a similar basis as a third party providing such services. Blackstone, through its interest in ThoughtFocus, receives an indirect benefit resulting from the funds’ payments for such services. These fees would not reduce management fees payable to the Adviser.

 

 

Entic . Entic Inc. (“ Entic ”) provides a cloud-based software that uses proprietary wireless sensors and advanced analytics to reduce energy consumption. Entic is anticipated to provide such services to certain of the assets of the Company’s portfolio companies in exchange for fees at competitive market rates. Blackstone, which holds a minority position in and participates as a member of the board of Entic, receives an indirect benefit resulting from payments for such services. These fees would not reduce the management fees payable to the Adviser. Part of Blackstone’s investment includes performance-based warrants giving Blackstone managed funds, including the Company, the ability to earn shares of stock based on usage of Entic. Please see the disclosure regarding referral arrangements under “ Portfolio Company Relationships ” above for additional information.

 

 

Equity Healthcare . Equity Healthcare is a Blackstone affiliate that negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts, quality of service monitoring, data services and clinical consulting. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, which include unaffiliated third parties, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms from providers that are believed to be more favorable than those that the portfolio companies could obtain on an individual basis. Any fees received by Equity Healthcare in connection with services provided to investments would not reduce the management fee payable to the Adviser.

 

 

Intertrust Group . In 2013, certain Blackstone private equity funds acquired Intertrust Group. From time to time, Intertrust Group may perform corporate and trust services on an arms-length basis for the Company or its portfolio companies.

 

 

Optiv . Optiv is a portfolio company held by certain Blackstone private equity funds that provides a full slate of information security services and solutions and may provide goods and services for the Company and its portfolio companies.

 

 

BTIG . In December 2016, certain funds made a strategic minority investment in BTIG. BTIG is a global financial services firm that provides institutional trading, investment banking, research and related brokerage services and may provide goods and services for the Company, Other Clients or any of their portfolio companies and the Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Program.

 

 

Refinitiv . In October 2018, a consortium led by Blackstone acquired a 55% equity stake of Refinitiv, formerly the Financial & Risk division of Thomson Reuters, which includes the Evaluated Pricing Service (formerly known as Thomson Reuters Pricing Service). From time to time, Refinitiv is expected to provide valuation and other services to the Company on an arms-length basis.

 

 

Advisors and service providers, or their affiliates, often charge different rates, including below-market or no fee, or have different arrangements for different types of services. With respect to service providers, for example, the fee for a given type of work may vary depending on the complexity of the matter as well as the expertise required and demands placed on the service provider. Therefore, to the extent the types of services used by the Company and/or portfolio companies differ from those used by GSO and its affiliates, GSO or its affiliates (including personnel) may pay different amounts or rates than those paid by the Company and/or portfolio companies. However, GSO and its affiliates have a longstanding practice of not entering into any arrangements with advisors or service providers that could provide for lower rates or discounts than those available to the Company, Other Clients and/or portfolio companies for the same services. Furthermore, advisors and service providers may provide services exclusively to the Firm and its affiliates, including the Company, Other Clients and their portfolio companies, although such advisors and service providers would not be considered employees of Blackstone or GSO. Similarly, Blackstone, GSO, each of their respective affiliates, the Company, the Other Clients and/or their portfolio companies may enter into agreements or other arrangements with vendors and other similar counterparties (whether such counterparties are affiliated or unaffiliated with

105


the Firm) from time to time whereby such counterparty may charge lower rates (or no fee) and/or provide discounts or rebates for such counterparty’s products and/or services depending on certain factors, including without limitation, volume of transactions entered into with such coun terparty by the Firm, its affiliates, the Company, the Other Clients and their portfolio companies in the aggregate.

In addition, certain advisors and service providers (including law firms) may temporarily provide their personnel to GSO and/or the Firm, the Company, Other Clients or their portfolio companies pursuant to various arrangements including at cost or at no cost. While often the Company, Other Clients and their portfolio companies are the beneficiaries of these types of arrangements, GSO and/or the Firm are from time to time the beneficiaries of these arrangements as well, including in circumstances where the advisor or service provider also provides services to the Company in the ordinary course. Such personnel may provide services in respect of multiple matters, including in respect of matters related to GSO and/or the Firm, their affiliates and/or portfolio companies and any costs of such personnel may be allocated accordingly.

Blackstone Europe.  Blackstone may incorporate or otherwise organize, and one or more of its affiliates have incorporated or otherwise organized, one or more Luxembourg-based or Ireland-based entities (and in the future may organize other non-U.S. entities) that are the master holding companies or other structures through which GSO clients may principally invest into European investments (any such structure, “ Blackstone Europe ”) and which may be utilized by GSO. Blackstone Europe is expected to provide one or more of the following key service functions to the Company and/or to the European-domiciled entities that are part of the investments of GSO’s clients and may also be owned, directly or indirectly, by Other Clients or their affiliates. The key service functions expected to be provided by Blackstone Europe and its employees are: (i) domiciliation, (ii) account management, (iii) administration, (iv) accounting, (v) tax, regulatory and organizational compliance, (vi) transaction support services, and (vii) local office space, though other services may also be provided. If approved by the Board, Blackstone Europe is expected to receive fees for such services at no greater than market rates deemed competitive by the Firm. The Firm will endeavor to allocate fees and expenses associated with Blackstone Europe fairly and equitably, which allocation is expected to involve certain subjective assumptions based on actual data pertaining to the services provided. The Adviser believes that this method will result in a fair and equitable allocation of expenses. Any such expenses attributable directly or indirectly to the Company, including, without limitation, the Company’s allocable portion of overhead expenses (including, for example, the salary and compensation of personnel of Blackstone Europe) and costs associated with the leasing of office space, will be treated as a Company expense and will not be subject to management fee offset or otherwise be shared with the Company or the Shareholders.

Company and Organizational Expenses The Company will pay and bear all expenses related to its operations. The amount of these Company expenses will be substantial and will reduce the actual returns realized by Shareholders on their investment in the Company (and may, in certain circumstances, reduce the amount of capital available to be deployed by the Company in investments). Company expenses include recurring and regular items, as well as extraordinary expenses for which it may be hard to budget or forecast. As a result, the amount of Company expenses ultimately called or called at any one time may exceed expectations. As described further herein, in the Investment Advisory Agreement and in the Administration Agreement, Company expenses encompass a broad swath of expenses and include all expenses of operating the Company and its related entities, including, for example, any entities used to acquire, hold, or dispose of any one or more investment(s) or otherwise facilitating the Company’s investment activities. Although the costs and expenses of forming and organizing the Company are separately categorized and subject to a limit, as described further herein, ongoing Company expenses to be borne by the Shareholders and not classified as organizational expenses include costs that relate to organizational matters, such as allocable overhead costs of the Administrator, travel and related expenses of the Adviser, legal, audit and filing fees and investor-related services and other similar costs and costs and expenses of administering side letters entered into with Shareholders (including the process of distributing and implementing applicable elections pursuant to any “most favored nations” clauses in side letters), to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. See “ Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations—Expenses ” for a description of the Company’s expenses.

In addition, the Company will bear any expenses incurred in connection with due diligence visits by the Adviser to third-party service providers (including fund administrators) or by the Adviser or any Shareholder to any portfolio companies, as well as visits by the Adviser to any Shareholder. Subject to any limitations set forth herein, costs, expenses and charges specifically attributed or allocated by the Adviser and its affiliates to the Company may exceed what would be paid to an unaffiliated third party for substantially similar services.

GSO and its personnel can also be expected to receive certain intangible and/or other benefits, rebates and/or discounts and/or perquisites arising or resulting from their activities on behalf of the Company, which will generally not be subject to management fee offset or otherwise shared with the Company, investors and/or portfolio companies. For example, airline travel or hotel stays incurred as Company expenses may result in “miles” or “points” or credit in loyalty/status programs, and such benefits and/or amounts will, whether or not  de minimis  or difficult to value, inure exclusively to GSO and/or such personnel (and not the Company and/or portfolio companies) even though the cost of the underlying service is borne by the Company and/or portfolio companies. The Adviser, its personnel, and other related persons also receive discounts on products and services provided by portfolio companies and/or customers or suppliers of such portfolio companies. Such other benefits or fees may give rise to conflicts of interest in connection with the Company’s investment activities, and while the Adviser will seek to resolve any such conflicts in a fair and equitable manner, there is no assurance that any such conflicts will be resolved in favor of the Company. (See also “ Service Providers and Counterparties ” and “ Portfolio Company Relationships ” above.)

To the extent not part of managerial assistance, certain Firm personnel may be seconded to one or more portfolio companies and provide finance and other services to such portfolio companies and the cost of such services will be borne by the portfolio companies. To the extent the Firm receives any fees or expense reimbursement from the portfolio companies with respect to such personnel, such fees or expense reimbursement will not reduce the management fee payable by the Company.

106


From time to time, the Adviser will be required to decide whether costs and expenses are to be borne by the C ompany, on the one hand, or the Adviser or the Administrator, on the other, and/or whether certain costs and expenses should be allocated between or among the Company, on the one hand, and Other Clients and/or co-investors, on the other hand. Certain expen ses may be suitable for only the Company or particular funds participating in specific investments and may be allocated to and borne only by such funds. Certain expenses may be suitable for only the Company or a participating Other Client and borne only by such fund, or, as is more often the case, expenses may be allocated  pro rata  among each participating Other Client and the Company even if the expenses relate only to particular vehicle(s) and/or investor(s) therein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the expenses of any alternative investment vehicles of any affiliated funds). With respect to expenses incurred in connection with transactions that are not consummated (“ Broken Deal Expenses ”), the Company and the Other Clients (as applicable) will gener ally be required to bear their respective  pro rata  portions of Broken Deal Expenses in accordance with the amount they were expected to invest in the unconsummated deal. The Adviser will make all such allocation judgments in its fair and reasonable discret ion, notwithstanding its interest in the outcome, and may make corrective allocations should, based on periodic reviews, it determine that such corrections are necessary or advisable. There can be no assurance that a different manner of allocation would no t result in the Company and/or an Other Client bearing less (or more) expenses. Subject to seeking to maintain compliance with the requirements for distributions of a RIC, the Company is not required to make any specific amount of distributions and the Adv iser may withhold on a  pro rata  basis from any distributions amounts necessary to create, in its discretion, appropriate reserves for expenses, obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, including, without limitation, partnership expenses and or ganizational expenses. Travel and entertainment expenses in connection with a trip taken by employees of the Adviser for purposes of multiple matters will generally be allocated to each such matter in a manner determined by the Adviser to be fair and reaso nable and then the resulting expenses will be allocated to the Company, Other Clients and/or the Adviser as otherwise set forth herein.

Allocation of Personnel .  The Adviser and its members, officers and employees will devote as much of their time to the activities of the Company as they deem necessary and appropriate. By the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Firm is not restricted from forming additional investment funds, from entering into other investment advisory relationships or from engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Company and/or may involve substantial time and resources of the Adviser. These activities could be viewed as creating a conflict of interest in that the time and effort of the members of the Adviser and its officers and employees will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Company, but will be allocated between the business of the Company and the management of the monies of such other advisees of the Adviser.

Portfolio Company Data . The Firm receives various kinds of portfolio company/entity data and information (including from portfolio companies and/or entities of the Company), such as data and information relating to business operations, trends, budgets, customers and other metrics (this data is sometimes referred to as “big data”). As a result, the Firm may be better able to anticipate macroeconomic and other trends, and otherwise develop investment themes, as a result of information learned from a portfolio company and/or entity. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Firm has entered into information sharing and use arrangements with portfolio companies and/or entities.

The Firm believes that access to this information furthers the interests of the Shareholders by providing opportunities for operational improvements across portfolio companies and/or entities and in connection with the Company’s investment management activities. However, the Firm utilizes such information outside of the Company’s activities in a manner that may provide a material benefit to the Firm and/or its affiliates without compensating or otherwise benefiting the Company.

Furthermore, while trading securities of the portfolio company and/or entity to which the information specifically relates may be legally restricted, for example, due to the Firm’s possession of material non-public information of that portfolio company and/or entity, such information may generally otherwise be used to enhance the Firm’s ability to trade in securities of unaffiliated issuers for the benefit of the Firm and/or an Other Client. For example, the Firm’s ability to trade in securities of an issuer relating to a specific industry may be enhanced by information of a portfolio company and/or entity in the same or related industry, subject to applicable law. Such trading may provide a material benefit to the Firm without compensating or otherwise benefiting the Company.

The sharing and use of “big data” information presents potential conflicts of interest and the Shareholders acknowledge and agree that any corresponding/resulting benefits received by the Firm will not reduce the management fee offset provisions or otherwise be shared with the Shareholders. As a result, the Adviser has an incentive to pursue investments in companies and/or entities based on their data and information and/or to utilize such information in a manner that benefits the Firm.

Material, Non-Public Information.  GSO may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, GSO would be restricted from buying, originating or selling securities, derivatives or loans of the issuer on behalf of the Company until such time as the information becomes public or is no longer deemed material such that it would preclude the Company from participating in an investment. Disclosure of such information to the Adviser’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the Company will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Company may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Company may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of GSO that might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Company. In addition, GSO, in an effort to avoid buying or selling restrictions on behalf of the Company or Other GSO Clients, may choose to forego an opportunity to receive (or elect not to receive) information that other market participants or counterparties, including those with the same positions in the issuer as the Company, are eligible to receive or have received, even if possession of such information would otherwise be advantageous to the Company.

107


In addition, affiliates of GSO within Blackstone may come into possession of material non-public information with respect to an issuer. Should this occur, GSO may be restricted from buying, originating or selling securities, loans of, or derivatives with respect to, the issuer on behalf of the Company if the Firm deemed such restriction appropriate. Disclosure of such informa tion to the Adviser’s personnel responsible for the affairs of the Company will be on a need-to-know basis only, and the Company may not be free to act upon any such information. Therefore, the Company may not have access to material non-public information in the possession of the Firm that might be relevant to an investment decision to be made by the Company. Accordingly, the Company may not be able to initiate a transaction that it otherwise might have initiated and may not be able to sell an investment t hat it otherwise might have sold.

Valuation Matters .  The fair value of all investments or of property received in exchange for any investments will be determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation policies and procedures approved by, and subject to the oversight of, the Board. Accordingly, the carrying value of an investment may not reflect the price at which the investment could be sold in the market, and the difference between carrying value and the ultimate sales price could be material. The valuation of such investments will be determined by the Board in accordance with procedures set forth in the Company’s valuation policies. In addition, securities that GSO believes are fundamentally undervalued or overvalued may not ultimately be valued in the capital markets at prices and/or within the time frame GSO anticipates. In particular, purchasing securities at prices that GSO believes to be distressed or below fair value is no guarantee that the price of such securities will not decline even further. There is no guarantee that the fair value as determined pursuant to the Company’s valuation policies will represent the value that will be realized by the Company on the eventual disposition of the investment or that would, in fact, be realized upon an immediate disposition of the investment.

Other Trading and Investing Activities.  Certain Other Clients may invest in securities of publicly-traded companies that are actual or potential portfolio companies. The trading activities of those vehicles may differ from or be inconsistent with activities that are undertaken for the account of the Company in such securities or related securities. In addition, the Company might not pursue an investment in a portfolio company as a result of such trading activities by Other Clients.

Line of Credit Disclosure . Calculations of gross internal rates of return (“ IRRs ”) and net IRRs in respect of certain investment and performance data included and/or referred to in materials distributed to Shareholders are based on the payment date of capital contributions received from limited partners. This treatment applies in instances where a fund utilizes borrowings under a fund’s subscription-based credit facility or asset-backed facility (or other facility) in lieu of capital contributions or in advance of receiving capital contributions from limited partners to repay any such borrowings and related interest expense. Use of a subscription-based credit facility or asset-backed facility (or other leverage) with respect to investments will result in a higher reported IRR (on an investment level and/or a fund level) than if the facility had not been utilized and instead the applicable limited partners’ capital had been contributed at the inception of an investment and may present conflicts of interest as a result of certain factors. Use of leverage arrangements with respect to investments may make reaching the hurdle amount easier and accelerate or increase the incentive fees payable to the Adviser, providing the Adviser with an economic incentive to fund investments through borrowings in lieu of capital contributions. Moreover, the costs and expenses of any such borrowings will be borne by the Company, which would be expected to diminish net cash on cash returns.

The Adviser maintains substantial flexibility in choosing when and how the Company’s subscription-based credit facilities or asset-backed facilities (or other facilities), if any, are used. The Adviser may adopt from time to time policies or guidelines relating to the use of such credit facilities. Such policies or guidelines may include using the credit facilities to systematically defer calling capital from Shareholders (such as seeking to call capital only once a year). In addition to using such facilities to defer capital calls, the Adviser may elect to use long-term fund-level financing for investments made by the Company including (i) for investments that have a longer lead time to generate cash flow or to acquire assets, (ii) for platform investments that require capital to fund operating expenses prior to developing sufficient scale to self-fund or generate enterprise value, (iii) for investments where cash is retained in the business to fund activity that results in incremental returns for the investment, (iv) to make margin payments as necessary under currency hedging arrangements, (v) to fund management fees and/or fund expenses otherwise payable by the Company, (vi) for investments in portfolio companies with revenues in a foreign currency and (vii) when the Adviser otherwise determines that it is in the best interests of the Company.

No Independent Advice.  The terms of the agreements and arrangements under which the Company is established and will be operated have been or will be established by the Adviser and are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations or representations of the Shareholders by separate counsel. Prospective investors should therefore seek their own legal, tax and financial advice before making an investment in the Company.

Diverse Shareholder Group .  The Shareholders may have conflicting investment, tax and other interests with respect to their investments in the Company and with respect to the interests of investors in other investment vehicles managed or advised by the Adviser and GSO that may participate in the same investments as the Company. The conflicting interests of individual Shareholders with respect to other Shareholders and relative to investors in other investment vehicles would generally relate to or arise from, among other things, the nature of investments made by the Company and such other partnerships, the structuring or the acquisition of investments and the timing of disposition of investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the decisions made by the Adviser or GSO, including with respect to the nature or structuring of investments that may be more beneficial for one investor than for another investor, especially with respect to investors’ individual tax situations. In addition, the Company may make investments that may have a negative impact on related investments made by the Shareholders in separate transactions. In selecting and structuring investments appropriate for the Company, the Adviser or GSO will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and the Shareholders (and those of investors in other investment vehicles managed or advised by the Adviser or GSO) as a whole, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any Shareholder individually. In

108


addition, the Adviser may elect to exclu de certain Shareholders from capital calls for legal or regulatory reasons applicable to any such investment, in which case non-excluded Shareholders shall be responsible for a greater proportionate share of such capital calls.

In addition, certain Shareholders also may be investors in Other Clients, including co-investment vehicles that may invest alongside the Company in one or more investments, consistent with applicable law and/or any applicable SEC-granted order. Shareholders also may include affiliates of the Firm, such as Other Clients, charities or foundations associated with Firm personnel and/or current or former Firm employees, the Firm’s senior advisors and/or operating partners and any affiliates, funds or persons may also invest through the side-by-side co-investment vehicles. It is also possible that the Company or its portfolio companies will be a counterparty (such counterparties dealt with on an arm’s-length basis) or participant in agreements, transactions or other arrangements with a Shareholder or an affiliate of a Shareholder. Such transactions may include agreements to pay performance fees to operating partners in connection with the Company’s investment therein, which will reduce the Company’s returns. Such Shareholders described in the previous sentences may therefore have different information about the Firm and the Company than Shareholders not similarly positioned. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise in dealing with any such Shareholders, and the Adviser and its affiliates may not be motivated to act solely in accordance with its interests relating to the Company. Similar information disparity may occur as a result of Shareholders monitoring their investments in vehicles such as the Company differently. For example, certain Shareholders may periodically request from the Adviser information regarding the Company, its investments and/or portfolio companies that is not otherwise set forth in (or has yet to be set forth) in the reporting and other information required to be delivered to all Shareholders. In such circumstances, the Adviser may provide such information to such Advisers, subject to applicable law and regulations. Unless required by applicable law, the Adviser will not be obligated to affirmatively provide such information to all Shareholders (although the Adviser will generally provide the same information upon request and treat Shareholders equally in that regard). As a result, certain Shareholders may have more information about the Company than other Shareholders, and, unless required by applicable law, the Adviser will have no duty to ensure all Shareholders seek, obtain or process the same information regarding the Company, its investments and/or portfolio companies.

Possible Future Activities.  The Firm may expand the range of services that it provides over time. Except as provided herein, the Firm will generally not be restricted in the scope of its business or in the performance of any such services (whether now offered or undertaken in the future) even if such activities could give rise to conflicts of interest, and whether or not such conflicts are described herein. The Firm has, and will continue to develop, relationships with a significant number of companies, financial sponsors and their senior managers, including relationships with clients who may hold or may have held investments similar to those intended to be made by the Company. These clients may themselves represent appropriate investment opportunities for the Company or may compete with the Company for investment opportunities.

Restrictions Arising under the Securities Laws The Firm’s activities (including, without limitation, the holding of securities positions or having one of its employees on the board of directors of a portfolio company) could result in securities law restrictions on transactions in securities held by the Company, affect the prices of such securities or the ability of such entities to purchase, retain or dispose of such Investments, or otherwise create conflicts of interest, any of which could have an adverse impact on the performance of the Company and thus the return to the Shareholders.

 

The 1940 Act may limit the Company’s ability to undertake certain transactions with or alongside its affiliates that are registered under the 1940 Act. As a result of these restrictions, the Company may be prohibited from executing “joint” transactions with the Company’s 1940 Act registered affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times) or buying investments from, or selling them to, Other Clients. These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to the Company.

We have received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits us, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions.

Additional Potential Conflicts The officers, directors, members, managers, and employees of the Adviser may trade in securities for their own accounts, subject to restrictions and reporting requirements as may be required by law or the Firm’s policies, or otherwise determined from time to time by the Adviser. In addition, certain Other Clients may be subject to the 1940 Act or other regulations that, due to the role of the Firm, could restrict the ability of the Company to buy investments from, to sell investments to or to invest in the same securities as, such Other Clients. Such regulations may have the effect of limiting the investment opportunities available to the Company.

Legal Representation Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (“ STB ”) will act as counsel to the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator in connection with the Private Offering of Shares with respect to U.S. legal matters. In connection with the Private Offering and ongoing advice to the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator, STB will not be representing Shareholders. No independent counsel has been retained to represent the Shareholders. STB may be removed by the Company or the Adviser at any time without the consent of, or notice to, the Shareholders. STB’s representation of the Adviser, the Administrator and the Company is limited to specific matters as to which it has been consulted by the Adviser. There may exist other matters that could have a bearing on the Company as to which STB has not been consulted. In addition, STB does not undertake on behalf of or for the benefit of the Shareholders to monitor the compliance of the Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and their affiliates with the investment program, investment strategies, investment restrictions, valuation procedures and other guidelines of the Company and any other governing documentation, nor does STB monitor on behalf of or for the benefit of the Shareholders compliance with applicable laws. STB has not investigated or verified the accuracy and completeness of information set forth in this annual report concerning the Adviser, the Administrator and their affiliates and personnel. In the course of advising the Adviser,

109


the Administrator and the Company, there are times when the interests of any particular Shareholder may differ from those of the Adviser, the A dministrator and the Company. STB does not represent any such Shareholder’s interests in resolving these issues.

The foregoing list of conflicts does not purport to be a complete enumeration or explanation of the actual and potential conflicts involved in an investment in the Company Prospective investors should read the Company’s offering documents and consult with their own advisors before deciding whether to invest in the Company In addition, as the Company’s investment program develops and changes over time, an investment in the Company may be subject to additional and different actual and potential conflicts Although the various conflicts discussed herein are generally described separately, prospective investors should consider the potential effects of the interplay of multiple conflicts.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Audit Fees

The aggregate audit fees billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP for the period ended December 31, 2018 are $50,000.

Fees included in the audit fees category are those associated with the seed and annual audit of the Company’s financial statements and services that are normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-Related Fees

No audit-related fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP for the period ended December 31, 2018.

Audit-related fees are for any services rendered to the Company that are reasonably related to the performance of the audits or reviews of the Company’s consolidated financial statements (but not reported as audit fees above). These services include attestation services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

No audit related fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP to the Adviser, or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Adviser, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the period ended December 31, 2018.

Tax Fees

No tax fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP for services rendered to the Company for professional tax services for the period ended December 31, 2018.

Fees included in the tax fees category comprise all services performed by professional staff in the independent registered public accountant’s tax division except those services related to the audits. This category comprises fees for services provided in connection with the preparation and review of the Company’s tax returns.

No tax fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP to the Adviser, or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Adviser, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the period ended December 31, 2018.

All Other Fees

No fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP for products and services provided to the Company, other than the services reported in “Audit Fees” above, for the period ended December 31, 2018.

No fees were billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP to the Adviser, or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the Adviser, that provides ongoing services to the Company, for engagements directly related to the Company’s operations and financial reporting, for the period ended December 31, 2018.

Aggregate Non-Audit Fees

No non-audit fees were billed to the Adviser and service affiliates by Deloitte & Touche LLP for non-audit services for the period ended December 31, 2018. This includes any non-audit services required to be pre-approved or non-audit services that did not require pre-approval since they did not directly relate to the Company’s operations or financial reporting.

110


Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services Provided to the C ompany

As part of this responsibility, the Audit Committee is required to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services performed by our independent auditor in order to assure that the performance of these services does not impair the auditor’s independence from the Company. Accordingly, the Audit Committee has adopted a Pre-Approval of Independent Auditor Services Policy (the “ Policy ”), which sets forth the conditions and procedures governing the pre-approval of services that the Independent Auditor proposes to provide. Our independent auditor has reviewed the Policy and has confirmed that the implementation of the Policy will not adversely affect its independence.

The Policy describes the audit, audit-related, tax and other services for the Company that have the pre-approval of the Audit Committee. The term of any pre-approval is 12 months from the date of pre-approval or until the next annual Independent Auditor services engagement is pre-approved, whichever is later. The Audit Committee will periodically revise the list of pre-approved services based on subsequent determinations.

Annual Approval

On an annual basis, at the time of the appointment of our independent auditor and such other times as determined by the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee will consider and approve the services (including audit, audit-related, tax and all other services) that the Independent Auditor may initiate. The term of any pre-approval is 12 months from the date of the pre-approval or until the next annual Independent Auditor services engagement is pre-approved, whichever is later, unless the Audit Committee specifically provides for a different period. Summary descriptions of the types of services the Audit Committee believes are appropriate for annual approval are provided under the Policy. In addition, in connection with the annual pre-approval of services, the Audit Committee will supplementally review and approve a detailed presentation that sets forth the types of audit, audit-related, tax and other services proposed to be provided by the Independent Auditor, which shall include estimates of the fees for such services (the “ Services Proposal ”). The Audit Committee may periodically revise the list of pre-approved services based on subsequent determinations.

Specific Pre-Approval

Specific pre-approval is required for the provision of certain audit services as described in the Policy. In addition, if a service proposed to be performed by the Independent Auditor does not fall within an existing pre-approval, either because it is a new type of service or because provision of the service would cause the Independent Auditor to exceed the maximum dollar amount approved for a particular type of service, the proposed service will require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee.

De Minimis Exception

In the event that the Independent Auditor is inadvertently engaged other than by the Audit Committee for a non-audit service, such engagement will not be a violation of the Policy if: (i) any and all such services do not aggregate to more than 5% of total revenues paid by the Company to the Independent Auditor in the fiscal year when services are provided; (ii) the services were not recognized as non-audit services at the time of the engagement; (iii) the services are promptly brought to the attention of the Committee and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the Committee or one or more designated representatives; and (iv) separate disclosure of the services retroactively approved under this exception is made in accordance with the proxy disclosure rules.

The Audit Committee has considered these fees and the nature of the services rendered, and has concluded that they are compatible with maintaining the independence of Deloitte & Touche LLP. The Audit Committee did not approve any of the audit-related, tax, or other non-audit fees described above pursuant to the “de minimis exceptions” set forth in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) and Rule 2-01(c)(7)(ii) of Regulation S-X. Deloitte & Touche LLP did not provide any audit-related services, tax services or other non-audit services to the Adviser or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser that provides ongoing services to the Company that the Audit Committee was required to approve pursuant to Rule 2-01(c)(7)(ii) of Regulation S-X. The Audit Committee considered whether any provision of non-audit services rendered to the Adviser and any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser that provides ongoing services to the Company that were not pre-approved by the Audit Committee because the engagement did not relate directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Company is compatible with maintaining Deloitte & Touche LLP’s independence.

111


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Fina ncial Statement Schedules.

The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:

 

(1)

Financial Statements – Financial statements are included in Item 8. See the Index to the consolidated financial statements on page 63 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules – None. We have omitted financial statement schedules because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated statements or notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

(3)

Exhibits – The following is a list of all exhibits filed as a part of this annual report on Form 10-K, including those incorporated by reference

Please note that the agreements included as exhibits to this Form 10-K are included to provide information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement that have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Exhibits

 

 

 

3.1

 

Second Amended and  Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws, dated  July 31, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Universities Superannuation Scheme Limited, dated November 20,

2018.*

 

 

 

10.1

 

Investment Advisory Agreement between the Company and the Adviser, dated October 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Administration Agreement between the Company and the Administrator, dated October 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Custodian Agreement between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2018.*

 

 

 

10.4

 

Custody Agreement between the Adviser and UMB Bank, n.a., dated September 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Agency Agreement between the Company and DST Systems, Inc., dated September 10, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

10.6

 

Forward Purchase Agreement between the Company and Warehousing Investment Limited, dated September 10, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on  October 1, 2018).

 

 

 

10.7

 

Revolving Credit Agreement between the Company, Bank of America, N.A. and the other lender parties thereto, dated November 6, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on November 13, 2018).

 

 

 

10.8

 

Loan and Security Agreement between BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC, the Company, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., Virtus Group, LP and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated  November 16, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on  November 21, 2018).

 

 

 

10.9

 

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC, the Company, the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., Virtus Group, LP and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated February 6, 2019.*

 

 

 

10.10

 

Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement, dated December 12, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on December 18, 2018).

 

 

 

10.11

 

Amended and Restated Dividend Reinvestment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on December 18, 2018).

 

 

 

112


Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Exhibits

 

 

 

10.12

 

Revolving Credit Facility between BGSL Breckenridge Funding LLC , the lenders party thereto, BNP Paribas, the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated December 21, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on December 28, 2018).

 

 

 

14

 

Code of Ethics*

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries*

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

*

Filed herewith.

113


SIGNA TURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized .

 

 

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

 

 

 

Date: March 18, 2019

By:

/s/ Brad Marshall

 

 

Brad Marshall

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated on March 18, 2019.

 

Name

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Brad Marshall

 

Chief Executive Officer and Trustee

Brad Marshall

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

Chief Financial Officer

Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert W. Busch

 

Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer

Robert W. Busch

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bennett Goodman

 

Trustee

Bennett Goodman

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Bass

 

Trustee

Robert Bass

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Tracy Collins

 

Trustee

Tracy Collins

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Harteveldt

 

Trustee

Robert Harteveldt

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Joyce

 

Trustee

Thomas Joyce

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

 

Trustee

Daniel H. Smith, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Version

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND

and

Universities Superannuation Scheme Limited
(acting as sole corporate trustee of Universities Superannuation Scheme)

Dated as of November 20, 2018

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

SECTION 1.1

 

Certain Definitions

 

1

 

SECTION 1.2

 

Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation

 

4

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

5

 

SECTION 2.1

 

Piggyback Rights

 

5

 

SECTION 2.2

 

Demand Registration

 

7

 

SECTION 2.3

 

Registration Procedures

 

8

 

SECTION 2.4

 

Other Registration-Related Matters

 

12

ARTICLE III INDEMNIFICATION

 

14

 

SECTION 3.1

 

Indemnification by the Company

 

14

 

SECTION 3.2

 

Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters

 

15

 

SECTION 3.3

 

Notices of Claims, Etc.

 

15

 

SECTION 3.4

 

Contribution

 

16

 

SECTION 3.5

 

Other Indemnification

 

16

 

SECTION 3.6

 

Non-Exclusivity

 

16

ARTICLE IV OTHER

 

17

 

SECTION 4.1

 

Notices

 

17

 

SECTION 4.2

 

Assignment

 

17

 

SECTION 4.3

 

Amendments; Waiver

 

18

 

SECTION 4.4

 

Third Parties

 

18

 

SECTION 4.5

 

Governing Law

 

18

 

SECTION 4.6

 

Jurisdiction

 

18

 

SECTION 4.7

 

MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

18

-i-


 

 

 

SECTION 4.8

 

Specific Performance

 

19

 

SECTION 4.9

 

Most Favored Nation

 

19

 

SECTION 4.10

 

Entire Agreement

 

19

 

SECTION 4.11

 

Severability

 

19

 

SECTION 4.12

 

Counterparts

 

19

 

SECTION 4.13

 

Effectiveness

 

19

 

 

-ii -


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of November 20, 2018 and is by and among Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Company ”), and Universities Superannuation Scheme Limited (acting as sole corporate trustee of Universities Superannuation Scheme), a United Kingdom private company limited by guarantee without share capital (“USS”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, USS has provided a warehouse facility to the Company and has made a substantial capital commitment to purchase Shares of the Company; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement:

Adviser ” means GSO Asset Management LLC, an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Demand Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 


 

Exchange Listing   means a quotation or listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Company’s shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by GSO Asset Management LLC or an affiliate thereof.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Holder ” means USS while it is a holder of Registrable Securities or Securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Registrable Securities or any Transferee of USS to whom registration rights are assigned pursuant to Section 4.2.

Indemnified Party ” and Indemnified Parties ” have the meanings set forth in Section 3.1.

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, a cooperative, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Offering ” means a public offering of equity securities of the Company or any successor thereto or any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities ” means all Shares and any Securities into which the Shares may be converted or exchanged pursuant to any merger, recapitalization, consolidation, sale of all or any part of its assets, corporate conversion, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction of the Company held by a Holder (in each case whether now held or hereafter acquired, and including any such Securities received as a result of a stock dividend or stock split or received by a Holder upon the conversion or exchange of, or pursuant to such a transaction with respect to, other Securities held by such Holder).  As to any Registrable Securities, such Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when:

 

(a)

a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement;

-2 -


 

 

(b)

such Registrable Securities shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act;

 

(c)

such Registrable Securities shall have been Transferred in a private transaction in which the Transferor’s registration rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the Transferee of the Securities;

 

(d)

such Registrable Securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale or otherwise within a 90-day period; or

 

(e)

such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including:

 

(a)

all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, SEC, stock exchange, and FINRA registration and filing fees, and the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA, and of its counsel);

 

(b)

all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities);

 

(c)

all printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

 

(d)

all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or FINRA and all rating agency fees;

 

(e)

the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Company and its independent public accounting firm in connection with the preparation, filing and maintenance of any registration statement under this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits and/or comfort letters required by or incidental to such performance and compliance and the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel to the Holders selected by USS; and

 

(f)

the reasonable costs associated with any marketing efforts of Registrable Securities to be sold incurred by USS.

For the avoidance of doubt, Registration Expenses shall not include, however, and the Company shall have no obligation to pay any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

-3 -


 

Securities ” means capital stock, limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Shares ” means the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such shares are reclassified or reconstituted, including by way of a stock dividend or stock split.

Shelf Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ”  and “ Transferred ”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to  sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security.  When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

USS ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions; Interpretation .

(a) The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and references in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

-4 -


 

(b) The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and do not limit or otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

ARTICLE II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1 Piggyback Rights .

(a) If at any time after an Exchange Listing (or in conjunction with an Exchange Listing that is in conjunction with initial public offering), the Company proposes to register any Securities for public sale (whether proposed to be offered for sale by the Company or by any other Person) under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form N-14, or any successor or other forms promulgated for similar purposes), it will, at each such time, give prompt written notice (which notice shall specify the intended method or methods of disposition) to the Holders of its intention to do so and of such Holder’s rights under this Section 2.1.  Upon the written request of any Holder made within twenty (20) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder), the Company will, subject to Section 2.1(c), effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders have so requested to be registered; provided that: (i) if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any Securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to proceed with the proposed registration of the Securities to be sold by it, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Holders and, thereupon, the Company shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith) without prejudice to the rights of any Holder to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2.2(a); and (ii) if such registration involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting to be included in the registration must, upon the written request of the Company, sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters on the same terms and conditions as apply to the other Securities being sold through underwriters under such registration, with, in the case of a combined primary and secondary offering, only such differences, including any with respect to representations and warranties, indemnification and liability insurance, as may be customary or appropriate in combined primary and secondary offerings.  

(b) Expenses .  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.1.

-5 -


 

(c) Priority in Piggyback Registrations . If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing (a copy of which shall be provided to the Holders) that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and other Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have a material and adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the Securities offered in such offering, then the Company will include in any such registration initiated by the Company, the Holders or other holder of Securities: (i) first, the Securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account; (ii) and second, on a pro rata basis, on the basis of the number of Securities requested to be included in such registration by each such holder, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders and such other Securities entitled to be included in such registration and the holders of which submitted a proper request for inclusion in such registration; provided that if after an Exchange Listing the Holders have been prevented from exercising their rights under Section 2.2 because of the last paragraph of Section 2.2(a) ( i.e. , clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z)) for more than six (6) consecutive months, then the Company will include, on a pro rata basis, on the basis of the number of Securities requested to be included in such registration by each such party, the Securities the Company proposes to sell for its own account and the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders. If there is capacity in the offering, the Company will also include such other Securities entitled to be included in such registration and the holders of which submitted a proper request for inclusion in such registration.  

(d) Excluded Transactions .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect any registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 2.1 incidental to the registration of any of its Securities in connection with:

(i) a registration statement filed to cover issuances under employee benefits plans or dividend reinvestment plans;

(ii) any registration statement relating solely to the acquisition or merger after the date hereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of or with any other businesses; or

(iii) any registration related solely to an exchange by the Company of its own securities.

(e) Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel .  If a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering that is initiated by selling holders, the holders that initiated such underwritten offering (by action of the holders of a majority of the Securities requested to be registered thereby) shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution, (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Holders.    

-6 -


 

(f) Shelf Takedowns .  In connection with any shelf takedown (whether pursuant to Section 2.2(f) or at the initiative of the Company), the Holders may exercise “piggyback” rights in the manner described in this Agreement to have included in such takedown Registrable Securities held by them that are registered on such shelf registration statement.

SECTION 2.2 Demand Registration .

(a) General .  At any time after an Exchange Listing, upon the written request of any Holder (the “ Demand Party ”) requesting that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of Registrable Securities and specifying the amount and intended method of disposition thereof (including, but not limited to, an underwritten public offering), the Company will file a registration statement to effect the registration under the Securities Act of such Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Demand Party in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to file a registration statement relating to any registration request under this Section 2.2(a):

(w) within a period of sixty (60) days after the date of the final prospectus relating to any registration request under this Section 2.2(a) or relating to any registration referred to in Section 2.1; provided that such period shall be ninety (90) days in the case of an initial public offering by the Company;

(x) if the Holders are subject to lock-up obligations of the kind described in Section 2.4(d) expiring in more than 30 days;

(y) if the amount of Registrable Securities being requested is less than $15.0 million in the aggregate from all Demand Parties at the time of such request; or

(z) if, in the good faith judgment of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board, the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which would be materially adverse to the Company and would not otherwise be required under Law, in which case the filing of the registration statement may be delayed until the earlier of the second Business Day after such conditions shall have ceased to exist and the 60th day after receipt by the Company of the written request from a Demand Party to register Registrable Securities under this Section 2.2(a); provided that the Company shall not effect such a delay more than two times in any twelve (12) month period.    

(b) Form and Shelf Registrations .  Each registration statement prepared at the request of a Demand Party shall be effected on such form as reasonably requested by the Demand Party, including by a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act on a Form N-2 (or any successor rule or form thereto) if so requested by the Demand Party and if the Company is then eligible to effect a shelf registration and use such form for such disposition.  The Company shall supplement and amend any shelf registration statement if required by the Securities Act or the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such shelf registration statement. Subject to the other applicable provisions of

-7-


 

this Agreement, at any time that any shelf registration statement is effective, if a Holder of Registrable Securities delivers a notice to the Company stating that it intends to effect a sale or distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on any shelf registration statement (a “ Shelf Offering ”) and stating the number of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Offering, then the Company shall amend, subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, or supplement the shelf registration statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be sold and distributed pursuant to the Shelf Offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to file more than one post-effective amendment or a supplement to the shelf registration statement for such purpose in any 60-day period.

(c) Expenses .  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(d) Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel .  If a requested registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 involves an underwritten offering, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering shall have the right to (i) determine the plan of distribution, (ii) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (iii) select counsel for the selling Holders.

(e) Priority in Demand Registrations .  Any other selling holders of the Company’s Securities (other than transferees to whom a Holder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Holders holding a majority of the shares being sold in such offering.

(f) Shelf Takedowns .  Upon the written request of the Demand Party at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of the Demand Party’s Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement.  

(g) Additional Rights .  In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Shares are converted into Securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Holders by the issuer of such Securities.    

SECTION 2.3 Registration Procedures .  If and whenever the Company is required to file a registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(a) consistent with the obligations of a reasonable fiduciary, in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities by the Holders pursuant to a registered public offering, undertake to conduct a reasonable "market check" as to fees, service levels and other commercial terms prior to selecting any service providers (including any investment bank, law firm, accountant or other service providers) for such transaction;

-8 -


 

(b) promptly prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided , however , that either the Company or the Demand Party may discontinue or request the Company to discontinue any registration of Securities which either the Company or the Demand Party has initiated at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto (and, in either such event, the Company shall pay the Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith); and provided , further , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel and (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold  may request;

(c) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith and make any other filings as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period not in excess of two (2) years (which period shall not be applicable in the case of a shelf registration effected pursuant to a request under Section 2.2(b)) and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will (i) furnish to counsel for the sellers of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel and  (ii) fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the sellers of Registrable Securities being sold  may request;

(d) in the case of a shelf registration statement pursuant to a request under Section 2.2(b), make any filings necessary to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, or, if such shelf registration statement expires pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act while any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, to file a new shelf registration statement in accordance with Section 2.3(b);

(e) furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith, including any documents incorporated by reference), such number of copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller;

-9 -


 

(f) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities covered by such registration in such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(g) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(h) notify each seller of any such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the Company’s becoming aware that the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of an amended or supplemental prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(i) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its Security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable (but not more than eighteen (18) months) after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(j) (i) use its reasonable best efforts to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which other Securities of the Company are then listed if such Registrable Securities are not already so listed and if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(k) enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form), which may include indemnification provisions in favor of underwriters, reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(l) obtain a comfort letter or letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the managing underwriter(s) shall reasonably request;

-10 -


 

(m) make available for inspection by any seller of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(n) notify each Holder and counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent: (i) when the registration statement, or any post-effective amendment to the registration statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the prospectus or any amendment to any prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the SEC; (iii) of any request of the SEC to amend the registration statement or amend or supplement the prospectus or for additional information; and (iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the registration statement for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

(o) make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order promptly;

(p) if requested by the managing underwriter or agent or any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or agent or such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein, including, with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold by such Holder to such underwriter or agent, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriter or agent and with respect to any other terms of the underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post‑effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified of the matters incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(q) obtain for delivery to the underwriter(s), if any, an opinion of counsel to the Company if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in similar offerings; and

(r) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA.

-11 -


 

SECTION 2.4 Other Registration-Related Matters .

(a) The Company may require any Person that is Transferring Securities in a Public Offering pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 to furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such Person and pertinent to the disclosure requirements relating to the registration and the distribution of the Registrable Securities which are included in such Public Offering as the Company reasonably determines is required by applicable law or regulation.

(b) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(h), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until its receipt of the copies of the amended or supplemented prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(h) and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will, at its option, deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in their possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.  For the avoidance of doubt, USS may retain such copies of the prospectus and other documentation to the extent such retention is required to demonstrate compliance with applicable law, rule, regulation or professional standards, or to comply with a bona fide document retention policy.  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(h) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement has received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.3(h).

(c) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.3(n)(iv), it will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until the lifting of such stop order, other order or suspension or the termination of such proceedings and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will, at its option, deliver to the Company or destroy (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in its possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.  For the avoidance of doubt, USS may retain such copies of the prospectus and other documentation to the extent such retention is required to demonstrate compliance with applicable law, rule, regulation or professional standards, or to comply with a bona fide document retention policy.  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the period for which the Company will be required to keep the registration statement effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.3(n)(iv) to and including the date when such stop order, other order or suspension is lifted or such proceedings are terminated.

-12 -


 

(d) (i) Each Holder will, in connection with a Public Offering of the Company’s equity Securities (whether for the Company’s account or for the account of any Holder or Holders, or any or all of them), upon the request of the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s Securities, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of Registrable Securities (other than those included in the Public Offering) without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter for such period of time commencing seven (7) days before and ending, in the case of an initial Public Offering, ninety (90) days, and in the case of any other Public Offering, no longer than sixty (60) days after the date of the final prospectus relating to such offering (or such longer period in such Holder’s discretion); provided that the Company shall cause all directors and executive officers of the Company, Holders of more than 5% of the Registrable Securities and all other Persons with registration rights with respect to the Company’s Securities (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) to enter into agreements similar to those contained in this Section 2.4(d)(i) (without regard to this proviso); and (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries will, in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of the Company’s Securities in respect of which Registrable Securities are included, upon the request of the underwriters managing such offering, agree in writing not to effect any sale, disposition or distribution of equity Securities of the Company (other than those included in such Public Offering, offered pursuant to Section 2.2(f), issuable upon conversion of Securities or upon the exercise of options, or the grant of options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to then-existing management equity plans or equity-based employee benefit plans, in each case outstanding on the date a notice is given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or a request is made pursuant to Section 2.2(a), as the case may be), without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, for the same.

(e) With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of Securities of the Company to the public without registration after such time as a public market exists for Registrable Securities, the Company agrees:

(i) to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public;

(ii) to use its commercially reasonable efforts to then file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(iii) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder promptly upon request: (A) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its Securities to the public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and (C) such other reports and documents of the Company as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself or himself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing such Holder to sell any such Securities without registration.

-13 -


 

(f) Counsel to represent Holders of Registrable Securities shall be selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration.

(g) Each of the parties hereto agrees that the registration rights provided to the Holders herein are not intended to, and shall not be deemed to, override or limit any other restrictions on Transfer to which any such Holder may otherwise be subject.

ARTICLE III
INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 3.1 Indemnification by the Company .  The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Holder who sells Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement filed pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2, each Affiliate of such Holder and their respective directors and officers or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and controlling Persons of any of the foregoing), each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such Securities and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, and “ Indemnified Party ” and collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and reasonable and documented expenses to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto) arise out of or are based upon: (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any other such disclosure document (including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act and any document incorporated by reference therein) or related document or report; (b) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the circumstances when they were made; or (c) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any federal, state, foreign or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and relating to action or inaction in connection with any such registration, disclosure document or related document or report, and the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the Company will not be liable to any Indemnified Party in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, in any such preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Indemnified Party furnished to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use in the preparation thereof.  Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any Indemnified Party and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder or any termination of this Agreement.

-14 -


 

SECTION 3.2 Indemnification by the Holders and Underwriters .   Each Holder who sells Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement filed pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2, severally and not jointly, hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 3.1), to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Company, all other Holders or any prospective underwriter, as the case may be, and any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers and controlling Persons, with respect to any untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement, if such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder or underwriter furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter expressly for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement, or a document incorporated by reference into any of the foregoing; provided , however, that the liability of each such Holder shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate gross proceeds received by such Holder, after underwriting commissions and discounts paid by such Holder, from the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification.  Such indemnity will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Holders, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers or controlling Persons and will survive the Transfer of such Securities by such Holder.   

SECTION 3.3 Notices of Claims, Etc .   Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party hereunder of written notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Article III, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein will not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under Sections 3.1 or 3.2, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, unless in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel selected by the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the relevant registration, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  If, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, having common counsel would result in a conflict of interest between the interests of such indemnified and indemnifying parties, then such Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party to represent or defend such Indemnified Party in such action, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party will not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such Indemnified Parties (and not more than one separate firm of local counsel at any time for all such Indemnified Parties) in such action.  No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

-15 -


 

SECTION 3.4 Contribution .   If the indemnification provided for hereunder from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein for reasons other than those described in the proviso in the first sentence of Section 3.1, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of such indemnifying party and Indemnified Parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or Indemnified Parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party under this Section 3.4 as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding.   

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

SECTION 3.5 Other Indemnification .  Indemnification similar to that specified in this Article III (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of Securities under any Law or with any Governmental Authority other than as required by the Securities Act.

SECTION 3.6 Non-Exclusivity .  The obligations of the parties under this Article III will be in addition to any liability which any party may otherwise have to any other party.

-16 -


 

ARTICLE IV
OTHER

SECTION 4.1 Notices .  Any notice, report or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing (including by electronic mail) and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) personally delivered when received, (ii) sent by United States Express Mail or recognized overnight courier on the second following business day (or third following business day if mailed outside the United States) to the addresses set forth below, (iii) delivered by electronic mail, when received:

if to USS, to:

Universities Superannuation Scheme Limited (acting as sole corporate trustee of Universities Superannuation Scheme

6th floor

60 Threadneedle Street

London

EC2R 8HP

UK

Attention: Rob Brindley

projectgold@uss.co.uk

Tel: 00 44 (0) 203 772 5011

 

if to the Company, to:

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

345 Park Avenue, 31 st   Floor

New York, NY 10154

Attention:  Stephan Kuppenheimer; Steve Flantsbaum

Email: Steve.Kuppenheimer@gsocap.com; Steve.Flantsbaum@gsocap.com

 

SECTION 4.2 Assignment .  Neither the Company nor any Holder shall assign all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , however , that USS may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates; provided , further , that any assignment shall not be in a denomination of less than $10.0 million of Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that notwithstanding the foregoing, USS may assign any rights hereunder without regard to the amount ot Registrable Securities being transferred to the extent the Adviser consents to such assignment.  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  If the Shares shall be exchanged for or replaced by Securities of another Person, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Person to expressly assume all of the Company’s obligations hereunder, to the extent applicable.

-17 -


 

SECTION 4.3 Amendments; Waiver .   This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities subject to this Agreement; provided that no such amendment, supplement or other modification shall adversely affect the economic interests of any Holder hereunder disproportionately to other Holders without the written consent of such Holder.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the party so waiving.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any covenants or agreements contained herein.  The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

SECTION 4.4 Third Parties .  This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

SECTION 4.5 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 4.6 Jurisdiction .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF VIA OVERNIGHT COURIER, TO SUCH PARTY AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE FOURTEEN CALENDAR DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IN ANY WAY BE DEEMED TO LIMIT THE ABILITY OF EITHER PARTY HERETO TO SERVE ANY SUCH LEGAL PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICES AND DOCUMENTS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR TO OBTAIN JURISDICTION OVER OR TO BRING ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY HERETO IN SUCH OTHER JURISDICTIONS, AND IN SUCH MANNER, AS MAY BE PERMITTED BY ANY APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 4.7 MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

-18 -


 

SECTION 4.8 Specific Performance .   Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the non-breaching party would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages.  Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.9 Most Favored Nation . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such Person (i) any demand registration rights or incidental or piggyback registration rights with the same or a higher priority as the rights held by the Holders of Registrable Securities under this Agreement or (ii) registration rights that would be more favorable to such Person than the registration rights granted to USS under this Agreement, unless this agreement is amended to also grant such more favorable rights to the Holders .

SECTION 4.10 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, subject to any amendments pursuant to Section 4.3.  There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein.  This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

SECTION 4.11 Severability .  If one or more of the provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision, paragraph, word, clause, phrase or sentence in every other respect and of the remaining provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

SECTION 4.12 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4.13 Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective, as to any Holder, as of the date signed by the Company and countersigned by such Holder.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-19 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Blackstone / gso secured lending fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marisa Beeney

 

 

Name:

 

Marisa Beeney

 

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED (AS AGENT FOR AND ON BEHALF OF UNIVERSITIES SUPERANNUATION SCHEME LIMITED (ACTING AS SOLE CORPORATE TRUSTEE OF UNIVERSITIES SUPERANNUATION SCHEME))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael Powell

 

 

Name:

 

Michael Powell

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Copy

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2018, is between BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Fund”), and STATE STREET BANK and TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (the “Custodian”).

WITNESSETH: that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN AND PROPERTY TO BE HELD BY IT.

The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets, including securities (including stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages or other obligations and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or in any property or assets) which the Fund desires to be held in places within the United States (“domestic securities”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“foreign securities”). The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash owned by it (other than any securities or cash of the Fund held by a futures commission merchant or commodity clearing organization pursuant to Rule 17f-6 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)), and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by it from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“Shares”) as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund held or received by the Fund but not delivered to the Custodian. With respect to uncertificated shares (the “Underlying Shares”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the “1940 Act”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Underlying Portfolios”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Fund will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.

Upon receipt of “Proper Instructions” (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”). The Custodian may employ as sub-custodian for the Fund’s foreign securities the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4. The Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian.


SECTION 2. DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE FUND HELD BY THE CUSTODIAN IN THE UNITED STATES.

SECTION 2.1 HOLDING SECURITIES. The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Fund other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “U.S. Securities System”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by the Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (each, an “Underlying Transfer Agent”).

SECTION 2.2 DELIVERY OF SECURITIES. The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Fund held by the Custodian, in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian, or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

1) Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor;

2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Fund;

5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct;


8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

10) (a) For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund, but only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund, which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral or (b) to the lending agent, or the lending agent’s custodian, in accordance with written Proper Instructions (which may not provide for the receipt by the Custodian of collateral therefor) agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund;

11) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

13) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

14) Upon the sale or other delivery of such investments (including, without limitation, to one or more additional custodians appointed by the Fund, and communicated to the Custodian from time to time via a writing duly executed by an authorized officer of the Fund, for the purpose of engaging in repurchase agreement transactions(s), each a “Repo Custodian”), and prior to receipt of payment therefor, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such delivery in advance of payment, along with payment in advance of delivery made in accordance with Section 2.6(7), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “Free Trade”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall set forth (a) the securities of the Fund to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made;


15) Upon receipt of instructions from the transfer agent for the Fund (the “Transfer Agent”) for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the Fund’s currently effective registration statement (the “Registration Statement”), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption;

16) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

17) In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.13 hereof; and

18) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

SECTION 2.3 REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES. Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered investment companies having the same investment advisor as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

SECTION 2.4 BANK ACCOUNTS. The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Monies held by the Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the monies to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such monies shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.


SECTION 2.5 COLLECTION OF INCOME. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as

collected, to the Fund’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2(10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

SECTION 2.6 PAYMENT OF FUND MONIES. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

1) Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.13 hereof; (d) repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Fund; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;

2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

3) For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued;


4) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

5) For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund;

6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

7) Upon the purchase of domestic investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Fund monies to Repo Custodian(s), and prior to receipt of such investments, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such payment in advance of delivery, along with delivery in advance of payment made in accordance with Section 2.2(14), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “Free Trade”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall also set forth (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is made;

8) For the fulfillment of the Fund’s obligations with respect to unfunded commitments incurred in connection with Loans (as such term is defined in the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto);

9) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund; and

10) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

SECTION 2.7 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS. The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.8 DEPOSIT OF FUND ASSETS IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS. The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 2.9 SEGREGATED ACCOUNT. The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the


CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (iv) for any other purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions.

SECTION 2.10 OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATES FOR TAX PURPOSES. The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

SECTION 2.11 PROXIES. The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, promptly deliver to the Fund, or cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund and deliver to the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities. Neither Custodian nor any nominee of Custodian shall vote any of the securities held hereunder by or for the account of the Fund, except in accordance with the instructions contained in an officers’ certificate.

SECTION 2.12 COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO FUND SECURITIES. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual or effective possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with the Fund or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.12.


SECTION 2.13 DEPOSIT OF FUND ASSETS WITH THE UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENT. Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:

1) Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of the Fund, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Fund.

2) In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund as so directed, and record such payment from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records.

3) In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of the Fund on the Custodian’s books and records.

The Custodian shall not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with an Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the fraud, negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees.

SECTION 3. PROVISIONS RELATING TO RULES 17F-5 AND 17F-7.

SECTION 3.1. DEFINITIONS. As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

“Country Risk” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC, or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.


“Foreign Assets” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5. “Rule 17f-5” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

“Rule 17f-7” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

SECTION 3.2. THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER.

3.2.1 DELEGATION TO THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER. The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.2 COUNTRIES COVERED. The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Fund’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A in which the Custodian has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.


The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3 SCOPE OF DELEGATED RESPONSIBILITIES:

(a) SELECTION OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

(b) CONTRACTS WITH ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS. The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

(c) MONITORING. In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate or no longer meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5, the Foreign Custody Manager shall (i) notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder, and (ii) withdraw the Foreign Assets as directed by the Board or pursuant to Proper Instructions.

3.2.4 GUIDELINES FOR THE EXERCISE OF DELEGATED AUTHORITY. For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.5 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.


3.2.6 STANDARD OF CARE AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER OF THE FUND. In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

3.2.7 REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO RULE 17F-5. The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. The Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.8 EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION OF THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER. The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective thirty (30) days, or such longer period as the parties may agree, after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.

SECTION 3.3 ELIGIBLE SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES.

3.3.1 ANALYSIS AND MONITORING. The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto, as amended from time to time, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7. If a custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository no longer meets the requirements of this Section, the Fund’s Foreign Assets must be withdrawn from the depository as soon as reasonably practicable and the Custodian shall act in accordance with Proper Instructions to withdraw such Foreign Assets.

3.3.2 STANDARD OF CARE. The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

SECTION 4. DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE FUND HELD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES.

SECTION 4.1 DEFINITIONS. As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

“Foreign Sub-Custodian” means an Eligible Foreign Custodian.


SECTION 4.2. HOLDING SECURITIES. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

SECTION 4.3. FOREIGN SECURITIES SYSTEMS. Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

SECTION 4.4. TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN CUSTODY ACCOUNT.

4.4.1. DELIVERY OF FOREIGN ASSETS. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

(i) upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

(ii) in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

(iii) to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund;

(iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

(v) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

(vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct;


(vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

(viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

(ix) for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund;

(x) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

(xi) in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

(xii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.4.2. PAYMENT OF FUND MONIES. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

(i) upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

(ii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund;

(iii) for the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

(iv) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

(v) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

(vi) for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

(vii) in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and


(viii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

4.4.3. MARKET CONDITIONS. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices as described on Schedule C hereto in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

SECTION 4.5. REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN SECURITIES. The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability that results solely from such nominee’s status as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

SECTION 4.6 BANK ACCOUNTS. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


SECTION 4.7. COLLECTION OF INCOME. The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

SECTION 4.8 SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

SECTION 4.9. COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO FOREIGN SECURITIES. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.


SECTION 4.10. LIABILITY OF FOREIGN SUB-CUSTODIANS. Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

SECTION 4.11 TAX LAW. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.

SECTION 5. PAYMENTS FOR SALES OR REPURCHASES OR REDEMPTIONS OF SHARES.

The Custodian shall receive from the distributor for the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the Fund’s account such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.

From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank

designated by the redeeming shareholders. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian shall honor checks drawn on the Custodian by a holder of Shares, which checks have been furnished by the Fund to the holder of Shares, when presented to the Custodian in accordance with such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between such Fund and the Custodian.


SECTION 6. FOREIGN EXCHANGE.

6.1. GENERALLY. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which for purposes of this section may also include security trade advices, the Custodian shall facilitate the processing and settlement of foreign exchange transactions. Such foreign exchange transactions do not constitute part of the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement.

6.2. FUND ELECTIONS. The Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) may elect to enter into and execute foreign exchange transactions with third parties that are not affiliated with the Custodian, with State Street Global Markets, which is the foreign exchange division of State Street Bank and Trust Company and its affiliated companies (“SSGM”), or with a sub-custodian. Where the Fund or its Investment Advisor gives Proper Instructions for the execution of a foreign exchange transaction using an indirect foreign exchange service described in the Client Publications (as defined below), the Fund (or its Investment Advisor) instructs the Custodian, on behalf of the Fund, to direct the execution of such foreign exchange transaction to SSGM or, when the relevant currency is not traded by SSGM, to the applicable sub-custodian. The Custodian shall not have any agency (except as contemplated in preceding sentence), trust or fiduciary obligation to the Fund, its Investment Advisor or any other person in connection with the execution of any foreign exchange transaction. The Custodian shall have no responsibility under this Agreement for the selection of the counterparty to, or the method of execution of, any foreign exchange transaction entered into by the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) or the reasonableness of the execution rate on any such transaction. Client Publications means the general client publications of State Street Bank and Trust Company available from time to time available to clients and their investment managers.

6.3. FUND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The Fund acknowledges that in connection with all foreign exchange transactions entered into by the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) with SSGM or any sub-custodian, SSGM and each such sub-custodian:

(i) shall be acting in a principal capacity and not as broker, agent or fiduciary to the Fund or its Investment Advisor;

(ii) shall seek to profit from such foreign exchange transactions, and are entitled to retain and not disclose any such profit to the Fund or its Investment Advisor; and

(iii) shall enter into such foreign exchange transactions pursuant to the terms and conditions, including pricing or pricing methodology, (a) agreed with the Fund or its Investment Advisor from time to time or (b) in the case of an indirect foreign exchange service, (i) as established by SSGM and set forth in the Client Publications with respect to the particular foreign exchange execution services selected by the Fund or the Investment Advisor or (ii) as established by the sub-custodian from time to time.


6.4. TRANSACTIONS BY STATE STREET. The Custodian or its affiliates, including SSGM, may trade based upon information that is not available to the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf), and may enter into transactions for its own account or the account of clients in the same or opposite direction to the transactions entered into with the Fund (or its Investment Manager), and shall have no obligation, under this Agreement, to share such information with or consider the interests of their respective counterparties, including, where applicable, the Fund or the Investment Advisor.

SECTION 7. PROPER INSTRUCTIONS.

Proper Instructions, which may also be standing instructions, as used throughout this Agreement, shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from the Fund a Fund’s duly authorized investment manager or investment adviser, or a person or entity duly authorized by either of them. Such instructions may be in writing signed by the Authorized Persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed to from time to time by the Custodian and the person or persons giving such instructions, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian, including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum to this Agreement, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing and signed by two Authorized Persons. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any multi¬party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Agreement. The Fund shall cause its duly authorized officer to certify to the Custodian in writing the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (“Authorized Persons”) in the incumbency certificate attached hereto. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives notice from the Fund to the contrary.

SECTION 8. ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY. The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund:

1) make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for and reported to the Fund;

2) surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

3) endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and


4) in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board.

SECTION 9. EVIDENCE OF AUTHORITY.

The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund (“Certified Resolution”), as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

SECTION 10. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO THE BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENTS.

The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Board to keep the books of account of the Fund. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares of the Fund held by it and that the Custodian has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Custodian in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 10 and in Section 11 hereof; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by the Custodian and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent.

SECTION 11. RECORDS.

The Custodian shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Fund under the 1940 Act, including Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations. The Custodian shall provide the Fund with access to its statements and records electronically in accordance with the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.


SECTION 12. REPORTS TO FUND BY INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS.

The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Fund may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent public accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form 10 and Form 10-K or other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

The Custodian shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “Securities System”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

SECTION 13. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN.

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

SECTION 14. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN.

So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care and good faith in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything that is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as if such action or omission were performed by the Custodian itself, taking into account the facts and circumstances and the established local market practices and laws prevailing in the particular jurisdiction in which the Fund elects to invest.


Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct or the negligence, fraud, bad faith, or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

If the Fund requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

If the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents advances cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, or if the Fund fails to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 13 hereof, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each of the Fund and the Custodian hereby agrees that in no event shall either the Fund or the Custodian be liable to the other party for indirect, special or consequential damages, or for any damages of a similar nature, provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way limit the Custodian’s recovery relating to third party claims asserted against it and related fees and expenses for which indemnification is available hereunder.


SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.

This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term ending October 1, 2020 (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each, a “Renewal Term”) unless a written notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party no later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be. During the Initial Term and thereafter, either party may terminate this Agreement: (i) in the event of the other party’s material breach of a material provision of this Agreement that the other party has either (a) failed to cure or (b) failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is reasonably acceptable, within 60 days’ written notice of such breach, or (ii) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon  termination of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph the Fund shall pay Custodian its compensation due through the effective termination date and shall reimburse Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

In the event of: (i) the Fund's termination of this Agreement for any reason other than as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) a transaction not in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which the Custodian is not retained to continue providing services hereunder to the Fund (or its respective successor), the Fund shall reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements and reasonable counsel fees and, if either (i) or (ii) occur during the Initial Term, pay the Custodian its compensation due through the end of the Initial Term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by Custodian). Upon receipt of such payment and reimbursement, the Custodian will deliver the Fund’s securities and cash as set forth herein below. For the avoidance of doubt, no payment will be required pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph in the event of any transaction such as (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Fund and distribution of the Fund’s assets as a result of the Board’s determination in its reasonable business judgment that the Fund is no longer viable (b) a merger of the Fund into, or the consolidation of the Fund with, another entity, or (c) the sale by the Fund of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another entity, in each of (b) and (c) where the Custodian is retained to continue providing services to the Fund (or its respective successor) on substantially the same terms as this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Fund shall have the right to terminate this agreement upon written notice to the Custodian provided it reimburses the Custodian in the manner set forth above.

The provisions of Sections 4.11, 13, 14, 24 and 25 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.


SECTION 16. SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN.

If a successor custodian for the Fund shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

Upon termination, if no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution. Unless so directed by the Proper Instructions, in no event shall the Custodian deliver the securities, funds and other properties to the Fund.

In the event that no Proper Instructions designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangement shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, with such bank or trust company being among the top ten institutions in terms of assets under custody in the United States according to reasonably acceptable industry rankings, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian hereunder and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to provide Proper Instructions to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 17. INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Fund may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Fund’s governing documents. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.


SECTION 18. MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY.

This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

SECTION 19. ASSIGNMENT.

This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund.

SECTION 20. PRIOR AGREEMENTS.

This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between the Fund and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets.

SECTION 21. NOTICES.

Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

To the Customer:

 

Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund

 

 

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10154

 

 

Telephone No.: 212-503-2100

 

 

Attn.: GSOTreasury@Blackstone.com;

 

 

GSOAssetServicing@Blackstone.com

 

 

 

To the Custodian:

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

100 Summer Street, Floor 5

 

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

 

Telephone No.: 617-662-7245

 

 

Facsimile No.: 212-651-2393

 

 

Attention: Fred Willshire

 

 

State Street Alternative Investment Solutions

 

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.


SECTION 22. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 23. SEVERABILITY.

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 24. CONFIDENTIALITY.

All information provided under this Agreement by a party to this Agreement (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party to this Agreement (the “Receiving Party”) regarding the Disclosing Party’s business and operations shall be treated as confidential. Subject to Section 25 below, all confidential information provided under this Agreement by Disclosing Party shall be used, including disclosure to third parties, by the Receiving Party, or its agents or service providers, solely for the purpose of performing or receiving the services and discharging the Receiving Party’s other obligations under the Agreement or managing the business of the Receiving Party and its affiliates, including financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (a) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (b) that is independently derived by the Receiving Party without the use of any information provided by the Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement, (c) that is disclosed to comply with any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, (d) that is disclosed as required by operation of law or regulation or as required to comply with the requirements of any market infrastructure that the Disclosing Party or its agents direct the Custodian or its affiliates to employ (or which is required in connection with the holding or settlement of instruments included in the assets subject to this Agreement), or (e) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon written request from the Fund’s investment adviser, the Custodian shall promptly return or destroy any nonpublic portfolio holdings information relating to the Fund, except the Custodian may keep copies of the information for the purpose of maintaining appropriate business records or as may be required by law or any regulatory authority.


SECTION 25. USE OF DATA.

(a) In connection with the provision of the services and the discharge of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Custodian (which term for purposes of this Section 25 includes each of its parent company, branches and affiliates (“Affiliates”)) may collect and store information regarding the Fund and share such information with its Affiliates, agents and service providers in order and to the extent reasonably necessary (i) to carry out the provision of services contemplated under this Agreement and other agreements between the Fund and the Custodian or any of its Affiliates and (ii) to carry out management of its businesses, including, but not limited to, financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Custodian and/or its Affiliates (except those Affiliates or business divisions principally engaged in the business of asset management) may use any data or other information (“Data”) obtained by such entities in the performance of their services under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Fund and the Custodian or one of its Affiliates, including Data regarding transactions and portfolio holdings relating to the Fund, and publish, sell, distribute or otherwise commercialize the Data; provided that, unless the Fund otherwise consents, Data is combined or aggregated with information relating to (i) other customers of the Custodian and/or its Affiliates or (ii) information derived from other sources, in each case such that any published information will be displayed in a manner designed to prevent attribution to or identification of such Data with the Fund. The Fund agrees that Custodian and/or its Affiliates may seek to profit and realize economic benefit from the commercialization and use of the Data, that such benefit will constitute part of the Custodian’s compensation for services under this Agreement or such other agreement, and the Custodian and/or its Affiliates shall be entitled to retain and not be required to disclose the amount of such economic benefit and profit to the Fund.

(c) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, nothing in this Section 25 shall limit the confidentiality and data-protection obligations of the Custodian and its Affiliates under this Agreement and applicable law. The Custodian shall cause any Affiliate, agent or service provider to which it has disclosed Data pursuant to this Section 25 to comply at all times with confidentiality and data-protection obligations as if it were a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 26. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.


SECTION 27. REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM.

The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit A .

SECTION 28. REGULATION GG.

The Fund hereby represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) (“Regulation GG”). The Fund hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, the Fund is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.

SECTION 29. DATA PRIVACY.

The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program, in compliance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any other applicable laws and regulations, that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Fund’s shareholders, employees, trustees and/or officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) drivers license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. This provision will survive termination or expiration of the Agreement for so long as the custodian continues to possess or have access to personal information related to the Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

SECTION 30. LOAN SERVICES ADDENDUM.

In the event the Fund directs Custodian in writing to perform loan services, Custodian and the Fund hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B and the Fund shall reimburse Custodian for its fees and expenses related thereto as agreed upon from time to time in writing by the Fund and Custodian.


SECTION 31. SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ELECTION.

SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

YES The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

NO x The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative(s) as of the date set forth above.

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marisa Beeney

 

 

Name:

 

Marisa Beeney

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Brian North

 

 

Name:

 

Brian North

 

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

 


INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND (the “Fund”) hereby certifies, through the duly authorized person(s) whose signature(s) appear below, that the persons whose names appear below are authorized to act on behalf of the Fund, including the authorization to give Proper Instructions, with respect to the Custodian Agreement between the Fund and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY (the “Custodian”) dated October 1, 2018 (the “Agreement”). The Fund further certifies that the true signature of each such person is set forth below opposite his name, and that the Custodian may rely upon this certificate until such time as it receives another certificate bearing a later date.

 

NAME

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

 

 

Name (printed):

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM TO CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

ADDENDUM to that certain Custodian Agreement, entered into as of October 1, 2018 (the “Agreement”) between Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (“you” or the “Customer”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates (“State Street”).

State Street has developed and/or utilizes proprietary or third party accounting and other systems in conjunction with the services that State Street provides to you. In this regard, State Street maintains certain information in databases under State Street ownership and/or control that State Street makes available to customers (the “Remote Access Services”).

The Services

State Street agrees to provide you, the Customer, and your designated investment advisors, consultants or other third parties who agree to abide by the terms of this Addendum (“Authorized Designees”) with access to State Street proprietary and third party systems as may be offered by State Street from time to time (each, a “System”) on a remote basis.

Security Procedures

You agree to comply, and to cause your Authorized Designees to comply, with remote access operating standards and procedures and with user identification or other password control requirements and other security devices and procedures as may be issued or required from time to time by State Street or its third party vendors for use of the System and access to the Remote Access Services. You are responsible for any use and/or misuse of the System and Remote Access Services by your Authorized Designees. You agree to advise State Street immediately in the event that you learn or have reason to believe that any person to whom you have given access to the System or the Remote Access Services has violated or intends to violate the terms of this Addendum and you will cooperate with State Street in seeking injunctive or other equitable relief. You agree to discontinue use of the System and Remote Access Services, if requested, for any security reasons cited by State Street and State Street may restrict access of the System and Remote Access Services by you or any Authorized Designee for security reasons or noncompliance with the terms of this Addendum at any time.

Fees

Fees and charges for the use of the System and the Remote Access Services and related payment terms shall be as set forth in the RAA Fee Schedule in effect from time to time between the parties (the “RAA Fee Schedule”). You shall be responsible for any tariffs, duties or taxes imposed or levied by any government or governmental agency by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Addendum, including, without limitation, federal, state and local taxes, use, value added and personal property taxes (other than income, franchise or similar taxes which may be imposed or assessed against State Street). Any claimed exemption from such tariffs, duties or taxes shall be supported by proper documentary evidence delivered to State Street.


Proprietary Information/Injunctive Relief

The System and Remote Access Services described herein and the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, formulae, processes, systems, software, knowhow, algorithms, programs, training aids, printed materials, methods, books, records, files, documentation and other information made available to you by State Street as part of the Remote Access Services and through the use of the System and all copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary and intellectual property rights of State Street and third party vendors related thereto are the exclusive, valuable and confidential proprietary property of State Street and its relevant licensors and third party vendors (the “Proprietary Information”). You agree on behalf of yourself and your Authorized Designees to keep the Proprietary Information confidential and to limit access to your employees and Authorized Designees (under a similar duty of confidentiality) who require access to the System for the purposes intended. The foregoing shall not apply to Proprietary Information in the public domain or required by law to be made public.

You agree to use the Remote Access Services only in connection with the proper purposes of this Addendum. You will not, and will cause your employees and Authorized Designees not to, (i) permit any third party to use the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) sell, rent, license or otherwise use the System or the Remote Access Services in the operation of a service bureau or for any purpose other than as expressly authorized under this Addendum, (iii) use the System or the Remote Access Services for any fund, trust or other investment vehicle without the prior written consent of State Street, or (iv) allow or cause any information transmitted from State Street's databases, including data from third party sources, available through use of the System or the Remote Access Services, to be published, redistributed or retransmitted for other than use for or on behalf of yourself, as our Customer.

You agree that neither you nor your Authorized Designees will modify the System in any way, enhance, copy or otherwise create derivative works based upon the System, nor will you or your Authorized Designees reverse engineer, decompile or otherwise attempt to secure the source code for all or any part of the System.

You acknowledge that the disclosure of any Proprietary Information, or of any information which at law or equity ought to remain confidential, will immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury to State Street or its third party licensors and vendors inadequately compensable in damages at law and that State Street shall be entitled to obtain immediate injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing undertakings, in addition to any other legal remedies which may be available.


Limited Warranties

State Street represents and warrants that it is the owner of and/or has the right to grant access to the System and to provide the Remote Access Services contemplated herein. Because of the nature of computer information technology, including but not limited to the use of the Internet, and the necessity of relying upon third party sources and data and pricing information obtained from third parties, the System and Remote Access Services are provided “AS IS” without warranty express or implied including as to availability of the System, and you and your Authorized Designees shall be solely responsible for the use of the System and Remote Access Services and investment decisions, results obtained, regulatory reports and statements produced using the Remote Access Services. State Street and its relevant licensors and third party vendors will not be liable to you or your Authorized Designees for any direct or indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential damages arising out of or in any way connected with the System or the Remote Access Services, nor shall any party be responsible for delays or nonperformance under this Addendum arising out of any cause or event beyond such party’s control.

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ADDENDUM, STATE STREET FOR ITSELF AND ITS RELEVANT LICENSORS AND THIRD PARTY VENDORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE SYSTEM AND THE SERVICES TO BE RENDERED HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Infringement

State Street will defend or, at our option, settle any claim or action brought against you to the extent that it is based upon an assertion that access to or use of State Street proprietary systems by you under this Addendum constitutes direct infringement of any United States patent or copyright or misappropriation of a trade secret, provided that you notify State Street promptly in writing of any such claim or proceeding and cooperate with State Street in the defense of such claim or proceeding and allow State Street sole control over such claim or proceeding. Should the State Street proprietary system or any part thereof become, or in State Street’s opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement or the like under any applicable patent, copyright or trade secret laws, State Street shall have the right, at State Street's sole option, to (i) procure for you the right to continue using the State Street proprietary system, (ii) replace or modify the State Street proprietary system so that the State Street proprietary system becomes noninfringing, or (iii) terminate this Addendum without further obligation. This section constitutes the sole remedy available to you for the matters described in this section.


Termination

Either party may terminate this Addendum (i) for any reason by giving the other party at least one-hundred and eighty (180) days' prior written notice in the case of notice of termination by State Street to you or thirty (30) days' notice in the case of notice from you to State Street of termination, or (ii) immediately for failure of the other party to comply with any material term and condition of the Addendum by giving the other party written notice of termination. This Addendum shall in any event terminate within ninety (90) days after the termination of any service agreement applicable to you. Your use of any third party System is contingent upon your compliance with any terms and conditions of use of such System imposed by such third party and State Street's continued access to, and use of, such third party System. In the event of termination, you will return to State Street all copies of documentation and other confidential information in your possession or in the possession of your Authorized Designees and immediately cease access to the System and Remote Access Services. The foregoing provisions with respect to confidentiality and infringement will survive termination for a period of three (3) years.

Miscellaneous

This Addendum constitutes the entire understanding of the parties to the Custodian Agreement with respect to access to the System and the Remote Access Services. This Addendum cannot be modified or altered except in a writing duly executed by both of us and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


EXHIBIT B

LOAN SERVICES ADDENDUM TO CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

ADDENDUM to that certain Custodian Agreement (the “ Custodian Agreement ”) by and among BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND (the “ Company ”) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).

The following provisions will apply with respect to interests in commercial loans, including loan participations, whether the loans are bilateral or syndicated and whether any obligor is located in or outside of the United States (collectively, “ Loans ”), made or acquired by the Company.

SECTION 1. PAYMENT CUSTODY . In order for the Custodian to receive payments directly with respect to a Loan for credit to the bank account maintained by the Custodian for the Company under the Custodian Agreement,

(a) the Company will cause the Custodian to be named as the Company’s nominee for payment purposes under the relevant financing documents, e.g., in the case of a syndicated loan, the administrative contact for the agent bank, and otherwise provide for the payment to the Custodian of the payments with respect to the Loan; and

(b) the Custodian will credit to the bank account maintained by the Custodian for the Company under the Custodian Agreement any payment on or in respect of the Loan actually received by the Custodian and identified as relating to the Loan, but with any amount credited being conditional upon clearance and actual receipt by the Custodian of final payment.

SECTION 2. MONITORING . In order for the Custodian to monitor payments on and forward notices relating to a Loan,

(a) the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian a schedule identifying the amount and due dates of the scheduled principal payments, the scheduled interest payment dates and related payment amount information, and such other information with respect to the Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to perform its services hereunder (collectively, “ Loan Information ”) and in such form and format as the Custodian may reasonably request; and

(b) the Custodian will (i) if the amount of a principal, interest, fee or other payment with respect to the Loan is not received by the Custodian on the date on which the amount is scheduled to be paid as reflected in the Loan Information, provide a report to the Company that the payment has not been received and (ii) if the Custodian receives any consent solicitation, notice of default or similar notice from any syndication agent, lead or obligor on the Loan, undertake reasonable efforts to forward the notice to the Company.


SECTION 3. EXCULPATION OF THE CUSTODIAN .

(a) Payment Custody and Monitoring . The Custodian will have no liability for any

delay or failure by the Company or any third party in providing Loan Information to the Custodian or for any inaccuracy or incompleteness of any Loan Information. The Custodian will have no obligation to verify, investigate, recalculate, update or otherwise confirm the accuracy or completeness of any Loan Information or other information or notices received by the Custodian in respect of the Loan. The Custodian will be entitled to (i) rely upon the Loan Information provided to it by or on behalf of the Company or any other information or notices that the Custodian may receive from time to time from any syndication agent, lead or obligor or any similar party with respect to the Loan and (ii) update its records on the basis of such information or notices as may from time to time be received by the Custodian.

(b) Any Service . The Custodian will have no obligation to (i) determine whether any necessary steps have been taken or requirements have been met for the Company to have acquired good or record title to a Loan, (ii) ensure that the Company’s acquisition of the Loan has been authorized by the Company, (iii) collect past due payments on the Loan, preserve any rights against prior parties, exercise any right or perform any obligation in connection with the Loan (including taking any action in connection with any consent solicitation, notice of default or similar notice received from any syndication agent, lead or obligor on the Loan) or otherwise take any other action to enforce the payment obligations of any obligor on the Loan, (iv) become itself the record title holder of the Loan or (v) make any advance of its own funds with respect to the Loan.

(c) Miscellaneous . The Custodian will not be considered to have been or be charged with knowledge of the sale of a Loan by the Company, unless and except to the extent that the Custodian shall have received written notice of the sale from the Company and the proceeds of the sale have been received by the Custodian for credit to the bank account maintained by the Custodian for the Company under the Custodian Agreement. If any question arises as to the Custodian’s duties under this Addendum, the Custodian may request instructions from the Company and will be entitled at all times to refrain from taking any action unless it has received Proper Instructions from the Company. The Custodian will in all events have no liability, risk or cost for any action taken or omitted with respect to the Loan pursuant to Proper Instructions. The Custodian will have no responsibilities or duties whatsoever with respect to the Loan except as are expressly set forth in this Addendum.

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

This First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement (this " Amendment "), dated as of February 6, 2019, is entered into among BGSL JACKSON HOLE FUNDING LLC (the " Company "), a Delaware limited liability company, as borrower; the Lenders party hereto; BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, in its capacity as portfolio manager (in such capacity, the " Portfolio Manager "); CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent (in such capacity, the " Collateral Agent "); CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacity as securities intermediary (in such capacity, the " Securities Intermediary "); VIRTUS GROUP, LP, in its capacity as collateral administrator (in such capacity, the " Collateral Administrator "); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the " Administrative Agent ").  Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018 (as amended or modified from time to time, the " Loan and Security Agreement "), among parties hereto.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to the Loan and Security Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement in accordance with Section 10.05 thereof as provided for herein; and

 

ACCORDINGLY, the Loan and Security Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

The Loan and Security Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add the bold and double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: bold and double-underlined text ) as set forth on the pages of the Loan and Security Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto. Exhibit A hereto constitutes a conformed copy of the Loan and Security Agreement including amendments made pursuant to the this Amendment.

 

SECTION 2. CONDITION PRECEDENT .  It shall be a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the amendments set forth in Section 1 of this Amendment that each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment and the Security Trust Deed from each party hereto and executed copies of the Notice of Charge and Assignment to the UK Account Bank and the Acknowledgment of Charge and Assignment from the UK Account Bank pursuant to the Security Trust Deed.

 

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the effect that:  (i) all of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.01 of the Loan and Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct), in each case on and as of the date of this Amendment, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier

1


 

date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct) as of such earlier date, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) no Market Value Event has occurred.

 

SECTION 3. MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a) The Required Lenders' execution of this Amendment shall constitute the written consent required under Section 10.05 of the Loan and Security Agreement.  This Amendment constitutes a Currency Amendment within the meaning of Section 10.05 of the Loan and Security Agreement (as in effect immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment).

 

(b) The parties hereto hereby agree that, except as specifically amended herein, the Loan and Security Agreement is and shall continue to be in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.  Except as specifically provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any party hereto under the Loan and Security Agreement, or constitute a waiver of any provision of any other agreement.

 

(c) This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(d) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts by facsimile or other written form of communication, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(e) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified in Section 2 above, this Amendment shall be effective as of the date of this Amendment first written above.  

 

(f) The Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary assume no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, and the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Amendment and makes no representation with respect thereto. In entering into this Amendment, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Loan and Security Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary, including their right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified in accordance with the terms thereof. The Administrative Agent, by its signature hereto, authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary to execute this Amendment.

 

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

BGSL JACKSON HOLE FUNDING LLC, as Company

 

 

 

By: BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marisa J. Beeney

Name:

 

Marisa J. Beeney

Title:

 

Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Marisa J. Beeney

Name:

 

Marisa J. Beeney

Title:

 

Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary


 

Signature Page to
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement


 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James Greenfield

Name:

 

James Greenfield

Title:

 

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Lenders

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James Greenfield

Name:

 

James Greenfield

Title:

 

Executive Director


Signature Page to
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

 


 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Varcados

Name:

 

Thomas Varcados

Title:

 

Senior Trust Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Securities Intermediary

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas Varcados

Name:

 

Thomas Varcados

Title:

 

Senior Trust Officer

 

 

 

VIRTUS GROUP, LP, as Collateral Administrator

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Mirna Herr

Name:

 

Mirna Herr

Title:

 

Partner

 

 

 

Signature Page to
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

CONFORMED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT



 

 

 


Execution Version

Conformed through First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 6, 2019

Execution Version

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of

November 16, 2018

among

BGSL JACKSON HOLE FUNDING LLC

The Lenders Party Hereto

The Collateral Administrator, Collateral Agent and Securities Intermediary Party Hereto

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

and

BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND,

as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I
THE PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

Purchases of Portfolio Investments

23 27

SECTION 1.02.

Procedures for Purchases and Related Advances

23 27

SECTION 1.03.

Conditions to Purchases and Substitutions

24 28

SECTION 1.04.

Sales of Portfolio Investments

25 29

SECTION 1.05.

Additional Equity Contributions

27 31

SECTION 1.06.

Substitutions; Limitations on Sales and Substitutions

27 31

SECTION 1.07.

Certain Assumptions relating to Portfolio Investments

27 31

SECTION 1.08.

Valuation of Non-USD Obligations and Cash Equivalents denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency Portfolio Investments .

27 32

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II
THE ADVANCES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

Financing Commitments

27 32

SECTION 2.02.

[Reserved]

28 32

SECTION 2.03.

Advances; Use of Proceeds

28 32

SECTION 2.04.

Conditions to Effective Date

29 33

SECTION 2.05.

Conditions to Advances

30 35

SECTION 2.06.

Commitment Increase Request

31 37

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO THE ADVANCES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.01.

The Advances

32 36

SECTION 3.02.

[Reserved]

35 40

SECTION 3.03.

Taxes

35 40

SECTION 3.04.

Mitigation Obligations.

38 43

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV
COLLECTIONS AND PAYMENTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.01.

Interest Proceeds

39 44

SECTION 4.02.

Principal Proceeds

40 45

SECTION 4.03.

Principal and Interest Payments; Prepayments; Commitment Fee

40 46

SECTION 4.04.

MV Cure Account

41 47

SECTION 4.05.

Priority of Payments

42 47

SECTION 4.06.

Payments Generally

43 48

SECTION 4.07.

Termination or Reduction of Financing Commitments

43 49

 

 

 

 

 

 


- 2 -

 

 

ARTICLE V
THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01.

Appointment and Duties of the Portfolio Manager

44 50

SECTION 5.02.

Portfolio Manager Representations as to Eligibility Criteria; Etc

45 51

SECTION 5.03.

Indemnification

45 51

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01.

Representations and Warranties

45 51

SECTION 6.02.

Covenants of the Company and the Portfolio Manager

49 55

SECTION 6.03.

Amendments of Portfolio Investments, Etc

55 61

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII
COLLATERAL ACCOUNTS;
NON-USD OBLIGATION ACCOUNTS AND COLLATERAL SECURITY

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.01.

The Collateral Accounts; Agreement as to Control

57 64

SECTION 8.02.

Collateral Security; Pledge; Delivery

58 66

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX
THE AGENTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.01.

Appointment of Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

61 68

SECTION 9.02.

Additional Provisions Relating to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator

64 72

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.01.

Non-Petition; Limited Recourse

67 74

SECTION 10.02.

Notices

67 75

SECTION 10.03.

No Waiver

68 76

SECTION 10.04.

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver; Right of Setoff

68 76

SECTION 10.05.

Amendments

69 77

SECTION 10.06.

Successors; Assignments

69 78

SECTION 10.07.

Confidentiality..

71 80

SECTION 10.08.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc

72 80

SECTION 10.09.

Interest Rate Limitation

72 81

SECTION 10.10.

PATRIOT Act

72 81

SECTION 10.11.

Counterparts

72 81

SECTION 10.12.

Headings

73 81

SECTION 10.13.

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

73 81

 

 

 

 

 


- 3 -

 

Schedules

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Transaction Schedule

Schedule 2

Contents of Notice of Acquisition

Schedule 3

Eligibility Criteria

Schedule 4

Concentration Limitations

Schedule 5

Initial Portfolio Investments

Schedule 6

Moody's Industry Classifications

 

Exhibits

Exhibit A Form of Request for Advance

 

 

 


 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of November 16, 2018 (this " Agreement ") among BGSL JACKSON HOLE FUNDING LLC, as borrower (the " Company "); BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, as portfolio manager (in such capacity, the " Portfolio Manager "); the Lenders party hereto; CITIBANK, N.A., in its capacities as collateral agent (in such capacity, the " Collateral Agent ") and securities intermediary (in such capacity, the " Securities Intermediary "); VIRTUS GROUP, LP, in its capacity as collateral administrator (in such capacity, the " Collateral Administrator "); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the " Administrative Agent ").

The Portfolio Manager and the Company wish for the Company to acquire and finance certain corporate loans and other corporate debt securities (the " Portfolio Investments "), all on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

Furthermore, the Company intends to enter into a Loan Sale and Contribution Agreement (the " Sale Agreement "), dated on or about the date hereof, between the Company and the Parent (in such capacity, the " Seller "), pursuant to which the Company shall from time to time acquire Portfolio Investments from the Seller.

On and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (" JPMCB ") and its respective successors and permitted assigns (together with JPMCB, the " Lenders ") have agreed to make advances to the Company (" Advances ") hereunder to the extent specified on the transaction schedule attached as Schedule 1 hereto (the " Transaction Schedule ").

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Certain Defined Terms

" Account Control Agreement " means the Securities Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018, among the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary.

" Additional Distribution Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.

" Adjusted Applicable Margin " means the stated Applicable Margin for Advances set forth on the Transaction Schedule plus 2% per annum.

" Administrative Agent " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Advances " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Adverse Proceeding " means any action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Company) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, whether pending, active or, to the Company's or the Portfolio Manager's knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or the Portfolio Manager or their respective property that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

" Affiliate " means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such former Person but, which shall not, with respect to the Company, include the obligors under any Portfolio Investment.  For the purposes of this

 

 

 


- 2 -

 

definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (i) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of any such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

" Agent " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

" Agent Business Day " means any day on which commercial banks settle payments in each of New York City and the city in which the corporate trust office of the Collateral Agent is located (which shall initially be New York City).

" Agreement " has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

" Amendment " has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.

" Anti-Corruption Laws " means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

" Applicable Law " means, for any Person, all existing and future laws, rules, regulations (including temporary and final income tax regulations), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders, licenses of and interpretations by any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, awards or orders of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial, or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction.

" Base Rate " means, for any day , (i) with respect to USD denominated Advances, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus   0.50% 0.5% , (ii) with respect to CAD denominated Advances, the Canadian Prime Rate and (iii) with respect to any EUR or GBP denominated Advances, the annual rate of interest announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent (or an affiliate thereof) as being its reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on commercial loans made by it in the United Kingdom (with respect to Advances denominated in GBP) or the Euro Zone (with respect to Advances denominated in EUR) .   Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or , the Federal Funds Effective Rat e , the Canadian Prime Rate or a rate specified in clause (iii) above shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively .  In the event that the that any applicable Base Rate is below zero percent at any time during the term of this Agreement, it shall be deemed to be zero percent until it exceeds zero percent again.

" Beneficial Ownership Certification " means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

" Beneficial Ownership Regulation " means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

" Bond " means a debt security that is not a Loan.

 

 


- 3 -

 

" Borrowing Base Test " means a test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the following is true:

 

 

Where:

 

AR = 62%.

 

" Broadly Syndicated Portfolio Investment " means, as of any date of determination, (a) a Senior Secured Loan or a Second Lien Loan for which at least two bids can be obtained through LoanX/Markit Group Limited or (b) a debt security of which at least $2,000,000 in aggregate principal amount has been traded on TRACE in the thirty (30) calendar days immediately preceding such date of determination.

" Business Day " means any day on which commercial banks are open in each of New York City and the city in which the corporate trust office of the Collateral Agent is located; provided that , (i) with respect to any LIBO R Rate related provisions herein or the payment or conversion of amounts denominated in GBP , "Business Day" shall be deemed to exclude any day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed in London, England . , (ii) with respect to any provisions herein relating to the setting of EURIBOR or the calculation or conversion of amounts denominated in EUR, Business Day shall be deemed to exclude any day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed in London, England or which is not a TARGET2 Settlement Day and (iii) with respect to any provisions herein relating to the calculation or conversion of amounts denominated in CAD, Business Day shall be deemed to exclude any day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed in Toronto, Canada.

" CAD " and " C$ " mean Canadian dollars.

"CAD Collection Account" means an account, if any, established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "CAD Collection Account".

"CAD Unfunded Exposure Account" means, solely to the extent that any Delayed Funding Term Loan is denominated in CAD, an account, if any, established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "CAD Unfunded Exposure Account".

" Calculation Period " means the quarterly period from and including the date on which the first Advance is made hereunder to but excluding the first Calculation Period Start Date following the date of such Advance and each successive quarterly period from and including a Calculation Period Start Date to but excluding the immediately succeeding Calculation Period Start Date (or, in the case of the last Calculation Period, if the last Calculation Period does not end on the last calendar day of March, June, September or December, the period from and including the related Calculation Period Start Date to but excluding the Maturity Date).

" Calculation Period Start Date " means the first calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year (or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day), commencing in June 2019.

 

 


- 4 -

 

"Canadian Prime Rate" means, on any day, the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the higher of (i) the rate equal to the PRIMCAN Index rate published by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News (or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided by such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at 10:15 a.m. Toronto time on such day and (ii) the CDOR Rate, plus 1% per annum.  Any change in the Canadian Prime Rate due to a change in the PRIMCAN Index or the CDOR Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the PRIMCAN Index or CDOR Rate, respectively.

" Cap " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

" Cash Equivalents " means, any of the following, denominated in USD or, following a Currency Amendment the establishment of the Non-USD Custodial Account , a Permitted Non-USD Currency for which Non-USD Obligation Accounts have been established : (i) marketable securities (a) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by (x) the United States Government or (y) in the case of Cash Equivalents credited to any Non-USD Obligation Account, the government of another Eligible Jurisdiction (other than Bermuda or the Cayman Islands) having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a sovereign debt rating (or its equivalent) of at least "A-1" (short term) or "A+" (long term) from S&P Global Ratings ("S&P") or at least "P-1" (short term) or "A1" (long term) from Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's") or (b) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least "A-1" from S&P Global Ratings (" S&P ") or at least "P-1" from Moody's Investors Service (" Moody's ") ; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than three months from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least "A-1" from S&P or at least "P-1" from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within three months after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Cash Equivalents credited to any Non-USD Obligation Account, the laws of the jurisdiction or any constituent jurisdiction of another Eligible Jurisdiction (other than Bermuda or the Cayman Islands) that (a) is at least "adequately capitalized" (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $1,000,000,000; and (v) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, (b) has net assets of not less than $5,000,000,000, and (c) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody's.

"CDOR Rate" means, on any day and for any period, an annual rate of interest equal to the average rate applicable to CAD bankers’ acceptances for a three month period (or, for purposes of the definition of the term "Canadian Prime Rate", a thirty day period) that appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time), rounded to the nearest 1/100 th of 1% (with .005% being rounded up), at approximately 10:15 a.m. Toronto time on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day (the "Screen Rate"); provided

 

 


- 5 -

 

that if such Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

" Change in Law " means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following:  (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning liquidity and capital adequacy issued by any United States regulatory authority (i) under or in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and (ii) in connection with the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority) shall be deemed to have occurred after the date of this Agreement for purposes of this definition, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.  

" Change of Control " means an event or series of events by which (A) the Parent or its Affiliates, collectively, (i) shall cease to possess, directly or indirectly, the right to elect or appoint (through contract, ownership of voting securities, or otherwise) managers that at all times have a majority of the votes of the board of managers (or similar governing body) of the Company or to direct the management policies and decisions of the Company or (ii) shall cease, directly or indirectly, to own and control legally and beneficially all of the equity interests of the Company or (B) GSO Asset Management LLC or its Affiliates shall cease to be the investment advisor of the Parent.

" Charges " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.09.

" Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

" Collateral " has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).

" Collateral Accounts " has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(a).

" Collateral Administrator " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Collateral Agent " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Collateral Principal Amount " means on any date of determination (A) the aggregate principal balance of the Portfolio, including the funded and unfunded balance on any Delayed Funding Term Loan, as of such date plus (B) the amounts on deposit in the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts (including cash and Eligible Investments) representing Principal Proceeds as of such date minus (C) the aggregate principal balance of all Ineligible Investments as of such date.

" Collection Account " means the account(s) established by the Securities Intermediary and set forth on the Transaction Schedule and any successor accounts established in connection with the resignation or removal of the Securities Intermediary.

" Commitment Fee " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(d).

 

 


- 6 -

 

" Commitment Increase Date " means the effective date (which shall be a Business Day) of  an increase of the Financing Commitments in accordance with Section 2.06 pursuant to a Commitment Increase Request which the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion) approves in writing (which may be by email).

" Commitment Increase Request " means, on any date during the Reinvestment Period, the request of the Company in writing (which may be by email) to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for an increase of the Financing Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06.

" Company " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Concentration Limitation Excess " means, on any date of determination, without duplication, all or the portion of the principal amount of any Portfolio Investment (other than any Ineligible Investment) that exceeds any Concentration Limitation as of such date; provided that the Portfolio Manager (on behalf of the Company) shall select in its sole discretion which Portfolio Investment(s) constitute part of the Concentration Limitation Excess; provided further that with respect to any Delayed Funding Term Loan, the Portfolio Manager shall select any term Portfolio Investment from the same obligor and/or any funded portion of the aggregate commitment amount of such Delayed Funding Term Loan before selecting any unfunded portion of such aggregate commitment amount; provided further that if the Portfolio Manager does not so select any Portfolio Investment(s), the applicable portion of the Portfolio Investment(s) resulting with the greatest degree of compliance with the Borrowing Base Test (in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent) shall make up the Concentration Limitation Excess.

" Concentration Limitations " has the meaning set forth in Schedule 4.

" Connection Income Taxes " means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

" Credit Risk Party " has the meaning set forth in Article VII.

" Currency " means USD and any Permitted Non-USD Currency.

" Currency Amendment " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05.

"Currency Shortfall" has the meaning specified in Section 4.06(b).

" Custodial Account " means the account(s) established by the Securities Intermediary and set forth on the Transaction Schedule and any successor accounts established in connection with the resignation or removal of the Securities Intermediary.

" Default " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

" Delayed Funding Term Loan " means any Loan that (a) requires the holder thereof to make one or more future advances to the obligor under the underlying instruments relating thereto, (b) specifies a maximum amount that can be borrowed on or prior to one or more fixed dates, and (c) does not permit the re-borrowing of any amount previously repaid by the obligor thereunder; but, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Loan will be a Delayed Funding Term Loan only until all commitments by the holders thereof to make such future advances to the obligor thereon expire or are terminated or reduced to zero.

 

 


- 7 -

 

" Deliver " (and its correlative forms) means the taking of the following steps by the Company or the Portfolio Manager:

(1) except as provided in clauses (3) or (4) below, in the case of Portfolio Investments and Eligible Investments and amounts on deposit in the Collateral Accounts, by (x) causing the Securities Intermediary to indicate by book entry that a financial asset comprised thereof has been credited to the applicable Collateral Account and (y) causing the Securities Intermediary to agree, pursuant to the Account Control Agreement, that it will comply with entitlement orders originated by the Collateral Agent with respect to each such security entitlement without further consent by the Company;

(2) in the case of each general intangible, by notifying the obligor thereunder of the security interest of the Collateral Agent (except to the extent that the requirement for consent by any person to the pledge hereunder or transfer thereof to the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent is rendered ineffective under Section 9-406 of the UCC, no such requirement for consent exists in the underlying documents or such consent has otherwise been obtained);

(3) in the case of Portfolio Investments consisting of money or instruments (the " New York Collateral ") that do not constitute a financial asset forming the basis of a security entitlement delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to clause (1) above, by causing (x) the Collateral Agent to obtain possession of such New York Collateral in the State of New York, or (y) a Person other than the Company and a securities intermediary (A)(I) to obtain possession of such New York Collateral in the State of New York, and (II) to then authenticate a record acknowledging that it holds possession of such New York Collateral for the benefit of the Collateral Agent or (B)(I) to authenticate a record acknowledging that it will take possession of such New York Collateral for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and (II) to then acquire possession of such New York Collateral in the State of New York;

(4) in the case of any account which constitutes a "deposit account" under Article 9 of the UCC, by causing the Securities Intermediary to continuously identify in its books and records the security interest of the Collateral Agent in such account and, except as may be expressly provided herein to the contrary, establishing dominion and control over such account in favor of the Collateral Agent;  and

(5) in all cases, by filing or causing the filing of a financing statement with respect to such Collateral with the Delaware Secretary of State.

Notwithstanding clauses (1), (3) and (4) above, in the case of all Non-USD Obligations and Eligible Investments and amounts denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, the Company shall cause all such Non-USD Obligations that constitute certificated securities (including securities represented by a global certificate) or are represented by a loan note or other instrument (if any), and all Eligible Investments denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, to be credited to the Non-USD Custodial Account, and shall cause all such cash amounts to be deposited into the applicable Non-USD Collection Account, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed.

" Designated Email Notification Address " means Shaker.choudhury@gsocap.com, provided that, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Market Value Event shall have occurred, the Company may, upon at least five (5) Business Day's written notice to the

 

 


- 8 -

 

Administrative Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Agent, designate any other email address as the Designated Email Notification Address.

" Designated Independent Dealer " means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC; provided that, so long as no Market Value Event shall have occurred and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Portfolio Manager may, upon at least five (5) Business Day's written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Agent, designate another Independent Dealer as the Designated Independent Dealer.

"Dollar Equivalent" means, with respect to any Advance denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, the amount of USD that would be required to purchase the amount of such Permitted Non-USD Currency of such Advance using the reciprocal foreign exchange rates obtained as described in the definition of the term Spot Rate.

" Effective Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

" Effective Date Letter " means that certain letter agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, between the Company and the Administrative Agent.

" Eligibility Criteria " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

" Eligible Assignee " means at the time of any relevant assignment pursuant to Section 10.06, (i) an Affiliate of the related assignor, (ii) a bank, (iii) an insurance company or (iv) any Person, other than, in the case of this clause (iv), (a) any Person (other than a natural person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person)) primarily engaged in the business of private investment management as a business development company, mezzanine fund, private debt fund, hedge fund or private equity fund, which is in direct or indirect competition with the Company or the Portfolio Manager, or any Affiliate thereof that is an investment advisor, (b) any Person controlled by, or controlling, or under common control with, or which is a sponsor of, a Person referred to in clause (a) above, or (c) any Person for which a Person referred to in clause (a) above serves as an investment advisor with discretionary investment authority.

" Eligible Investments " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

" EMU Legislation " means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

" ERISA " means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

" ERISA Affiliate " means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Company or the Parent, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412, 430 or 431 of the Code).

" ERISA Event " means that (1) any of the Company or the Parent has underlying assets which constitute "plan assets" within the meaning of the Plan Asset Rules or (2) any of the Company, the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, contributes to, is required to contribute to or has any material liability with respect to any Plan.

 

 


- 9 -

 

" EUR ", " Euros " and " " mean the lawful currency of each state so described in any EMU Legislation introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

"EURIBOR " means, for each Calculation Period relating to an Advance in EUR, the Euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) displayed on Reuters Screen EURIBOR01 on the Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service , as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the EUR in the Euro Zone) at approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Calculation Period, as the rate for EUR deposits with a maturity of three months.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then EURIBOR for such Calculation Period shall be the rate (which shall not be less than zero) at which EUR deposits in an amount corresponding to the amount of such Advance and for the applicable maturity are offered by the principal Brussels office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the Euro Zone interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Calculation Period.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if EURIBOR as calculated for any purpose under this Agreement is below zero percent, EURIBOR will be deemed to be zero percent for such purpose until such time as it exceeds zero percent again.

"Euro Collection Account" means the account established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "Euro Collection Account" with the account number specified in the Transaction Schedule.

"Euro Unfunded Exposure Account" means, solely to the extent that any Delayed Funding Term Loan is denominated in Euros, an account, if any, established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "Euro Unfunded Exposure Account".

" Event of Default " has the meaning set forth in Article VII.

" Excess Funded Amount " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(c)(i).

" Excess Interest Proceeds " means, at any time of determination, the excess of (1) amounts then on deposit in the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts representing Interest Proceeds over (2) the projected amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.05(a) and (b) on the next Interest Payment Date, the next Additional Distribution Date or the Maturity Date, as applicable, in each case, as determined by the Company in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

" Excluded Taxes " means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Secured Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Secured Party, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Secured Party being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Financing Commitment or Advance

 

 


- 10 -

 

pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Financing Commitment or Advance or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.03, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender's assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Secured Party's failure to comply with Section 3.03(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

" FATCA " means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and intergovernmental agreements thereunder, similar or related non-U.S. law that correspond to Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code and any U.S. or non-U.S. fiscal or regulatory law, legislation, rules, guidance, notes or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

" Federal Funds Effective Rate " means, for any day, the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the effective federal funds rate, provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate as so determined would be less than zero percent , such rate shall be deemed to zero percent for the purposes of this Agreement.

" Financing Commitment " means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to provide Advances to the Company hereunder in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount set forth opposite such Lender's name on the Transaction Schedule.

"First Amendment Date" means February 6, 2019.

" Foreign Lender " means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States, as applied from time to time by the Company.

" GBP " and "£" mean British Pounds.

"GBP Collection Account" means an account, if any, established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "GBP Collection Account".

"GBP Unfunded Exposure Account" means, solely to the extent that any Delayed Funding Term Loan is denominated in GBP, an account, if any, established by the UK Account Bank in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "GBP Unfunded Exposure Account".

" Governmental Authority " means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative,

 

 


- 11 -

 

judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

" Indebtedness " as applied to any Person, means, without duplication, as determined in accordance with GAAP, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, deferrable securities or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) that portion of obligations with respect to capital leases that is properly classified as a liability of such Person on a balance sheet; (v) all non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse or prepay any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar instrument; (vi) all debt of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such debt is assumed by such Person; and (vii) all debt, lease obligations or similar obligations to repay money of others guaranteed by such Person or for which such Person acts as contractual surety and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Indebtedness" shall not include a commitment arising in the ordinary course of business to purchase a future Portfolio Investment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.

" Indemnified Taxes " means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Company under this Agreement and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

" Indemnitee " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04(b).

" Independent Dealer " means any of the following (as such list may be revised from time to time by mutual agreement of the Company and the Administrative Agent):  (a)  JPMorgan Securities, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co., Société Générale Securities Services, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, BNP Paribas Securities Corp, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (UA) LLC, UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC, Jefferies LLC or RBC Capital Markets LLC or (b) any banking or securities Affiliate of any Person specified in clause (a), but in no event including the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

" Ineligible Investment " means any Portfolio Investment that fails, at any time, to satisfy the Eligibility Criteria; provided that with respect to any Portfolio Investment for which the Administrative Agent has waived one or more of the criteria set forth on Schedule 3, the Eligibility Criteria in respect of such Portfolio Investment shall be deemed not to include such waived criteria at any time after such waiver and such Portfolio Investment shall not be considered an "Ineligible Investment" by reason of its failure to meet such waived criteria; provided further that any Portfolio Investment (other than an Initial Portfolio Investment) which has not been approved by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.02 on or prior to its Trade Date will be deemed to be an Ineligible Investment until such later date (if any) on which such Portfolio Investment is so approved; provided further that (x) any Participation Interest granted under the Sale Agreement on the Effective Date that has not been elevated to an absolute assignment on or prior to the 45th calendar day following the Effective Date (or, if the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) has used commercially reasonable efforts to effect such elevation within such 45 calendar day period and has been unable to do so, the 90th calendar day following the Effective Date) and (y) any other Participation Interest that has not been elevated to an absolute assignment on or prior to the 45th calendar day following the Trade Date for such Participation

 

 


- 12 -

 

Interest, in each case, shall constitute an Ineligible Investment until the date on which such elevation has occurred.

" Information " means (i) the Loan Documents and the details of the provisions thereof and (ii) all information received from the Company or any Affiliate thereof relating to the Company or its business or any obligor in respect of any Portfolio Investment in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

" Initial Portfolio Investments " means the Portfolio Investments listed in Schedule 5.

" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b).

" Interest Proceeds " means all payments of interest received in respect of the Portfolio Investments and Eligible Investments acquired with the proceeds of Portfolio Investments (in each case other than accrued interest purchased using Principal Proceeds, but including proceeds received from the sale of interest accrued after the date on which the Company acquired the related Portfolio Investment), all other payments on the Eligible Investments acquired with the proceeds of Portfolio Investments (for the avoidance of doubt, such other payments shall not include principal payments (including, without limitation, prepayments, repayments or sale proceeds) with respect to Eligible Investments acquired with Principal Proceeds) and all payments of fees, dividends and other similar amounts received in respect of the Portfolio Investments or deposited into any of the Collateral Accounts or the Non-USD Obligation Accounts (including closing fees, commitment fees, facility fees, late payment fees, amendment fees, waiver fees, prepayment fees and premiums, ticking fees, delayed compensation, customary syndication or other up-front fees and customary administrative agency or similar fees); provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, Interest Proceeds shall not include amounts or Eligible Investments in the MV Cure Account or , the Unfunded Exposure Account or any Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account or any proceeds therefrom.

" Investment " means (a) the purchase of any debt or equity security of any other Person, (b) the making of any Loan or advance to any other Person, or (c) becoming obligated with respect to a contingent obligation in respect of obligations of any other Person.

" IRS " means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

" JPMCB " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Lender Participant " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(c).

" Lenders " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Liabilities " has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.

" LIBO Rate " means, for each Calculation Period relating to an Advance , the LIBO Screen Rate denominated in USD or GBP, the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page (or, in the case of a GBP denominated Advance, the Reuters Screen LIBOR 02 Page) on the Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the applicable Currency in the

 

 


- 13 -

 

London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Calculation Period ; provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be , as the rate for U.S. Dollar deposits (or, in the case of a GBP denominated Advance, deposits in GBP) with a maturity of three months.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBO Rate for such Calculation Period shall be the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent ( which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period available that is shorter than three months and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period available that is longer than three months, in each case, at such time (which shall not be less than zero) at which U.S. Dollar deposits (or, in the case of a GBP denominated  Advance, deposits in GBP) in an amount corresponding to the amount of such Advance and for the applicable maturity are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Calculation Period.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if the LIBO Rate as calculated for any purpose under this Agreement is below zero percent, the LIBO Rate will be deemed to be zero percent for such purpose until such time as it exceeds zero percent again .

" LIBO Screen Rate "  means, for each Calculation Period relating to an Advance , the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for U.S. Dollars for a period equal to three months as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion); provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement; provided , further that, with respect to the first Calculation Period, the LIBO Screen Rate shall be the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period available that is shorter than such Calculation Period and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period available that is longer than such Calculation Period , as determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error).

" Lien " means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference or encumbrance of any kind, in each case securing the payment of obligations, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens that attach by operation of law.

" Loan " means any obligation for the payment or repayment of borrowed money that is documented by a term and/or revolving loan agreement or other similar credit agreement.

" Loan Documents " means this Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Account Control Agreement, any each Non-USD Obligation Security Document and such other agreements and documents, and any amendments or supplements thereto or modifications thereof, in each case executed or delivered by the Company or any Affiliate thereof with or in favor of the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and any additional documents delivered by the Company or any Affiliate thereof to or in favor of the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with any such amendment, supplement or modification.

 

 


- 14 -

 

" Margin Stock " has the meaning provided such term in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board.

" Market Value " means, on any date of determination, (i) with respect to any Portfolio Investment (other than a Mezzanine Obligation), the average indicative bid-side price (expressed as a percentage) determined by LoanX/Markit Group Limited or TRACE (or, if the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that such bid price is not available or is not indicative of the actual current market value, the market value of such Senior Secured Loan or Second Lien Loan as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner) and (ii) with respect to any Mezzanine Obligation, the market value of such Portfolio Investment as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, in each case, expressed as a percentage of par.

So long as no Market Value Event has occurred or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Portfolio Manager shall have the right to initiate a dispute of the Market Value of certain Portfolio Investments as set forth below; provided that the Portfolio Manager (x) in the case of a dispute using written executable bid(s), provides the Administrative Agent the executable bid(s) set forth below no later than 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the second Business Day following the related date of determination and (y) in the case of a dispute using a valuation from a Nationally Recognized Valuation Provider, provides the Administrative Agent with written notice (including via email) of its intention to initiate such dispute no later than 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the fifth Business Day following the related date of determination and provides the valuation set forth below no later than 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the fifteenth Business Day following the related date of determination (and, in the case of both clause (x) and clause (y), if such dispute occurs after a Market Value Trigger Event, provides the executable bid(s) or valuation, as applicable, to the Administrative Agent not later than the last day of the related Market Value Cure Period).

If the Portfolio Manager disputes the determination of Market Value with respect to any Broadly Syndicated Portfolio Investment, the Portfolio Manager may, at the expense of the Company, obtain written executable bids from two Independent Dealers (or, if two such bids are not available, one such written executable bid) for a principal amount of such Portfolio Investment at least equal to the greater of (x) 10% of the aggregate principal amount of such Portfolio Investment and (y) $10,000,000 (or such lower amount consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and submit evidence of such bid(s) to the Administrative Agent.   If two such executable bids are obtained and provided to the Administrative Agent, the average of such bids will be the Market Value of such Portfolio Investment in accordance with the second succeeding paragraph.  If only one such executable bid is obtained and provided to the Administrative Agent, the average of such bid and the Market Value provided by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the first paragraph of this definition shall be the Market Value of such Portfolio Investment in accordance with the second succeeding paragraph.

If the Portfolio Manager disputes the determination of Market Value with respect to any Portfolio Investment other than a Broadly Syndicated Portfolio Investment, the Portfolio Manager may, with respect to up to three such Portfolio Investments in each calendar quarter, engage a Nationally Recognized Valuation Provider, at the expense of the Company, to provide a valuation of the applicable Portfolio Investments and submit evidence of such valuation to the Administrative Agent.  Such valuation shall be the Market Value of such Portfolio Investment in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph.

The market value of any Portfolio Investment determined in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph and the second preceding paragraph will be the Market Value for the applicable Portfolio Investment from and after the Business Day following receipt of notice of the

 

 


- 15 -

 

executable bid(s) or valuation, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent until the Administrative Agent has made a good faith and commercially reasonable determination that the Market Value of such Portfolio Investment has changed, in which case the Administrative Agent may determine another Market Value (in accordance with the definition of Market Value).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) the Market Value for any Portfolio Investment shall not be greater than the par amount thereof, (B) the Market Value of any Ineligible Investment shall be deemed to be zero and (C) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to disregard as invalid any bid submitted by the Portfolio Manager from any Independent Dealer if, in the Administrative Agent's good faith judgment:  (i) such Independent Dealer is ineligible to accept assignment or transfer of the relevant Portfolio Investment or portion thereof, as applicable, substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for such Portfolio Investment, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent; or (ii) such firm bid or such firm offer is not bona fide.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company, the Portfolio Manager and the Collateral Administrator in writing of the then-current Market Value of each Portfolio Investment in the Portfolio on a monthly basis by the tenth (10th) calendar day of each month or upon the reasonable request of the Portfolio Manager (but no more frequently than 4 requests per calendar month).  Any notification from the Administrative Agent to the Company that the events set forth in clause (A)(i) of the definition of the term Market Value Event have occurred and are continuing shall be accompanied by a written statement showing the then-current Market Value of each Portfolio Investment.

" Market Value Cure " means, on any date of determination, (i) with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably delayed), the contribution by the Parent of additional Portfolio Investments and the Delivery thereof by the Company to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the contribution by the Parent of cash to the Company and the Delivery thereof by the Company to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof (which amounts shall be deposited in the MV Cure Account), (iii) the sale by the Company of one or more Portfolio Investments in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, (iv) the prepayment by the Company of an aggregate principal amount of Advances (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) or (v) any combination of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), in each case during the Market Value Cure Period, at the option of the Portfolio Manager, and in an amount such that immediately after giving effect to all such actions the Net Advances are less than the product of (a) Net Asset Value and (b) the Market Value Cure Trigger; provided that, any Portfolio Investment contributed to the Company in connection with the foregoing must meet all of the applicable Eligibility Criteria (unless otherwise consented to by the Administrative Agent) and the Concentration Limitations shall be satisfied immediately after such contribution.

In connection with any Market Value Cure under clause (i) above, (x) a Portfolio Investment shall be deemed to have been contributed to the Company if there has been a valid, binding and enforceable contract for the assignment of such Portfolio Investment to the Company and, in the reasonable judgment of the Portfolio Manager, such assignment will settle, in the case of a Loan, within ten (10) Business Days after the related Trade Date and, in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, within three (3) Business Days after the related Trade Date and the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect any such assignment within such time period and (y) the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reply to a request to approve the applicable Portfolio Investment for contribution within one (1) Business Day of the request by the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) for such approval.

" Market Value Cure Failure " means the failure by the Company to effect a Market Value Cure as set forth in the definition of such term.

 

 


- 16 -

 

" Market Value Cure Period " means the period commencing on the Business Day on which the Portfolio Manager receives notice from the Administrative Agent (which if received after 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day) of the occurrence of a Market Value Trigger Event and ending at the close of business in New York two (2) Business Days thereafter ; provided that the Market Value Cure Period may be extended if (i) the Company has delivered to the Administrative Agent with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator an MV Cure Extension Request satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion to extend the Market Value Cure Period by a specified MV Cure Extension Period and (ii) upon request of the Administrative Agent (which request may be a standing request) on each Business Day in such MV Cure Extension Period, the Company has delivered an MV Cure Plan Status Confirmation to the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that, if on any date during the MV Cure Extension Period, the Administrative Agent notifies the Company or the Portfolio Manager that an MV Cure Plan Status Confirmation is not satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, a Market Value Cure Failure will be deemed to have occurred on such date.

" Market Value Cure Trigger " has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Schedule.

" Market Value Event " means (A) the occurrence of both of the following events (i) a Market Value Trigger Event and (ii) a Market Value Cure Failure or (B) if in connection with any Market Value Cure, a Portfolio Investment sold, contributed or deemed to have been contributed to the Company shall fail to settle within (i) in the case of a Loan, ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related Trade Date thereof and (ii) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, three (3) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related Trade Date thereof.

" Market Value Trigger " has the meaning set forth in the Transaction Schedule.

" Market Value Trigger Event " means an event that shall have occurred if the Administrative Agent has determined (which determination shall be binding absent manifest error) and notified the Portfolio Manager in writing as of any date that the Net Advances exceed the product of (a) the Net Asset Value and (b) the Market Value Trigger.

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Company, the Seller or the Portfolio Manager, (b) the ability of the Company, the Seller or the Portfolio Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Agents or the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

" Material Amendment " means any amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement that (i) increases the Financing Commitment of any Lender, (ii) reduces the principal amount of any Advance or reduces the rate of interest thereon (other than a waiver of the application of the Adjusted Applicable Margin), or reduces any fees payable to a Lender hereunder, (iii) postpones the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Advance, or any interest thereon, or any other amounts payable hereunder, or reduces the amount of, waives or excuses any such payment (other than a waiver of the application of the Adjusted Applicable Margin), or postpones the scheduled date of expiration of any Financing Commitment, (iv) changes any provision in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required hereby or (v) changes any of the provisions of this definition or the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder.

 

 


- 17 -

 

" Maturity Date " means the date that is the earliest of (1) the Scheduled Termination Date set forth on the Transaction Schedule, (2) the date on which the Secured Obligations become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Article VII and the acceleration of the Secured Obligations, (3) the date on which the principal amount of the Advances is irrevocably reduced to zero as a result of one or more prepayments and the Financing Commitments are irrevocably terminated and (4) the date after a Market Value Event on which all Portfolio Investments have been sold and the proceeds therefrom have been received by the Company.

" Maximum Rate " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.09.

" Mezzanine Obligation " means a Portfolio Investment which is not a Senior Secured Loan or a Second Lien Loan.

" Minimum Funding Amount " means, on any date of determination, the amount set forth in the table below; provided that, on and after any Commitment Increase Date, the Minimum Funding Amount shall be the amount set forth in the last row below plus 80% of the increase in the Financing Commitment resulting from the Commitment Increase Request:

 

Period Start Date

Period End Date

Minimum Funding Amount (U.S.$)

Effective Date

May 16, 2019

120,000,000

May 17, 2019

Last day of the Ramp-Up Period

150,000,000

First Day following the last day of the Ramp-Up Period

Last day of the Reinvestment Period

240,000,000

 

" MV Cure Account " means the account(s) established by the Securities Intermediary and set forth on the Transaction Schedule and any successor accounts established in connection with the resignation or removal of the Securities Intermediary.

" MV Cure Extension Period " means a period of up to 10 Business Days requested by the Company in an MV Cure Extension Request.

" MV Cure Extension Request " means a written request from the Company to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator) satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion requesting to extend the Market Value Cure Period by an MV Cure Extension Period and proposing a MV Cure Plan, together with any supporting documentation as may be requested by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

" MV Cure Plan " means a proposal by a senior officer of the Portfolio Manager on behalf of the Company of steps which the Company, the Portfolio Manager and/or the Parent propose to take to effect a Market Value Cure, which plan may include a contribution of capital and/or one or more additional Portfolio Investments from the Parent.

" MV Cure Plan Status Confirmation " means a status update provided by a senior officer of the Portfolio Manager on behalf of the Company on each Business Day during the MV Cure Extension Period regarding the progress of the stated MV Cure Plan, together with any further information or

 

 


- 18 -

 

supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with achieving a Market Value Cure.

" Nationally Recognized Valuation Provider " means Lincoln International LLC (f/k/a Lincoln Partners LLC), Valuation Research Corporation, Alvarez & Marsal, Duff & Phelps, Houlihan Lokey, Murray Devine and FTI Consulting; provided that any independent entity providing professional asset valuation services may be added to this definition by the Company (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) or added to this definition by the Administrative Agent from time to time by notice thereof to the Company and the Portfolio Manager; provided , further , that the Administrative Agent may remove any provider from this definition by written notice to the Company and the Portfolio Manager so long as, after giving effect to such removal, there are at least three (or such greater number consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) providers designated pursuant to this definition.

" Net Advances " means the principal amount of the outstanding Advances (inclusive of Advances that have been requested for any outstanding Purchase Commitments which have traded but not settled) minus the amounts then on deposit in the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts (including cash and Eligible Investments) representing Excess Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds (other than Principal Proceeds that have been identified for use to settle outstanding Purchase Commitments which have traded but not settled).

" Net Asset Value " means, on any date of determination, the sum of (A) the sum of the product for each Portfolio Investment, other than, for any Loan, the unfunded commitment amount of a Delayed Funding Term Loan of (x) the Market Value of such Portfolio Investment (both owned and in respect of which there is an outstanding Purchase Commitment that has traded but has not settled) multiplied by (y) the funded principal amount of such Portfolio Investment plus (B) the amounts then on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account and each Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account (including , in each case, cash and Eligible Investments); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Concentration Limitation Excess, (2) any Portfolio Investment which has traded but not settled (x) in the case of a Loan, within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related Trade Date thereof and (y) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, within three (3) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related Trade Date thereof and (3) any Ineligible Investments will be excluded from the calculation of the Net Asset Value and assigned a value of zero for such purposes.  If the trade date for the sale of a Portfolio Investment (or any portion thereof) by the Company has occurred, the related settlement date has not occurred and the Administrative Agent has received satisfactory evidence that such trade has been entered into (which evidence shall include the sale price), the Market Value of the portion of such Portfolio Investment which has been traded (subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence) shall be deemed to be such sale price for a period of time not exceeding (x) in the case of a Loan, ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related trade date for such sale and (y) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, three (3) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the related Trade Date for such sale.

" Net Purchased Loan Balance " means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate principal balance of all Portfolio Investments acquired by the Company prior to such date minus (b) the aggregate principal balance of all Portfolio Investments repurchased by the Parent or an Affiliate thereof prior to such date.

 

 


- 19 -

 

" New York Collateral " has the meaning set forth in the definition of Deliver.

" Non-Call Period " means the period beginning on, and including, the Effective Date and ending on, but excluding, the earlier of (i) November 16, 2020 and (ii) any Non-Call Termination Date.

" Non-Call Termination Date " means (i) any date during the Reinvestment Period on which (x) the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) has submitted at least ten (10) Notices of Acquisition (including all related information required to be delivered in connection therewith pursuant to Section 1.02) to the Administrative Agent in the immediately preceding twelve month period relating to obligations each of which (A) satisfy all of the Eligibility Criteria and (B) would not cause any of the Concentration Limitations to be exceeded on a pro forma basis immediately after giving effect to their proposed acquisition and (y) the Administrative Agent has failed to approve the Portfolio Investments proposed to be acquired in at least five (5) of such Notices of Acquisition within the time period specified in Section 1.02(c); provided that if the Administrative Agent initially does not approve but then subsequently approves any such Portfolio Investment, it shall be deemed an approval of such Portfolio Investment to the extent that the applicable Portfolio Investment is subsequently purchased by the Company or (ii) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.01(e) or (f), or the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.03.

"Non-USD Collection Accounts" means the Euro Collection Account and any GBP Collection Account and/or CAD Collection Account.

"Non-USD Custodial Account" means an account, if any, established by the UK Custodian in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and designated as the "Non-USD Custodial Account".

" Non-USD Obligation Accounts " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05 " means any Portfolio Investment denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency .

"Non-USD Obligation Accounts" means the Euro Collection Account and, if established in compliance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed, any (i) the Non-USD Custodial Account, (ii) the GBP Collection Account, (iii) GBP Unfunded Exposure Account, (iv) any CAD Collection Account, (v) the CAD Unfunded Exposure Account and/or (vi) the Euro Unfunded Exposure Account.

" Non-USD Obligation Security Documents " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05. means the Security Trust Deed and any other security, account, custody or similar agreement entered into by any of the parties hereto in connection with a Currency Amendment occurring after the First Amendment Date.

"Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Accounts" means any Euro Unfunded Exposure Account, GBP Unfunded Exposure Account and/or CAD Unfunded Exposure Account.

" Notice of Acquisition " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(a).

" Other Connection Taxes " means, with respect to any Secured Party, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Secured Party and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Secured Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest

 

 


- 20 -

 

under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Advance or Loan Document).

" Other Taxes " means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

" Parent " means Blackstone/GSO Secured Lending Fund.

" Participant Register " has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

" Participation Interest " means a participation interest in a Loan.

" PATRIOT Act " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(f).

" Permitted Distribution " means, on any Business Day, distributions of (x) Interest Proceeds, (y) prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period, Principal Proceeds representing proceeds of the initial Advance and/or (z) following the last day of the Ramp-Up Period and prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period, other Principal Proceeds (in each case, at the discretion of the Company) to the Parent (or other permitted equity holders of the Company); provided that amounts may be distributed pursuant to this definition only to the extent of available Excess Interest Proceeds and/or Principal Proceeds and only so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would occur after giving effect to such Permitted Distribution), (ii) no Market Value Event shall have occurred (or would occur after giving effect to such Permitted Distribution), (iii) the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Permitted Distribution), (iv) the Company gives at least two (2) Business Days' prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, (v) not more than five Permitted Distributions are made in any single Calculation Period and (vi) the Company confirms in writing (which may be by email) to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent confirms in writing (which may be by email and which the Administrative Agent shall provide promptly upon its verification that the conditions to a Permitted Distribution are satisfied) to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator, that the conditions to a Permitted Distribution set forth herein are satisfied.  Nothing in this definition shall limit the right or ability of the Company to make a Permitted RIC Distribution at any time.

" Permitted Lien " means any of the following:  (a) Liens for Taxes if such Taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if a Person shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person, (b) Liens imposed by law, such as materialmen's, warehousemen's, mechanics', carriers', workmen's and repairmen's Liens and other similar Liens, arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business for sums that are not overdue or are being contested in good faith, (c) Liens granted pursuant to or by the Loan Documents, (d) judgement Liens not constituting an Event of Default hereunder, (e) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by such Person, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management, operating account arrangements and netting arrangements, (f) with respect to collateral underlying any Portfolio Investment, the Lien in favor of the Company herein and Liens permitted under the underlying instruments related to such Portfolio Investment, (g) as to any agented Portfolio Investment, Liens in favor of the agent on behalf of all the lenders to the related obligor and (h) Liens of clearing agencies, broker-dealers and

 

 


- 21 -

 

similar Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens (x) attach only to the securities (or proceeds) being purchased or sold and (y) secure only obligations incurred in connection with such purchase or sale, and not any obligation in connection with financing .

" Permitted Non-USD Currency " means Euros and , following the establishment of the related Non-USD Obligation Accounts in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and, if required pursuant to Section 10.05, execution and delivery of a related Currency Amendment, Canadian Dollars, Euro and British Pounds CAD and/or GBP .

"Permitted Non-USD Currency Equivalent" means, with respect to any amount in USD, the amount of any Permitted Non-USD Currency that could be purchased with such amount of USD using the reciprocal foreign exchange rate(s) obtained as described in the definition of the term Spot Rate.

" Permitted RIC Distribution " means distributions to the Parent (from the Collection Account or otherwise) to the extent required to allow the Parent to make sufficient distributions to qualify as a regulated investment company and to otherwise eliminate federal or state income or excise taxes payable by the Parent in or with respect to any taxable year of the Parent (or any calendar year, as relevant); provided that (A) the amount of any such payments made in or with respect to any such taxable year (or calendar year, as relevant) of the Parent shall not exceed 115% of the amounts that the Company would have been required to distribute to the Parent to: (i) allow the Company to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements that would be imposed by Section 852(a) of the Code (or any successor thereto) to maintain its eligibility to be taxed as a regulated investment company for any such taxable year, (ii) reduce to zero for any such taxable year the Company’s liability for federal income taxes imposed on (x) its investment company taxable income pursuant to Section 852(b)(1) of the Code (or any successor thereto) or (y) its net capital gain pursuant to Section 852(b)(3) of the Code (or any successor thereto), and (iii) reduce to zero the Company’s liability for federal excise taxes for any such calendar year imposed pursuant to Section 4982 of the Code (or any successor thereto), in the case of each of (i), (ii) or (iii), calculated assuming that the Company had qualified to be taxed as a RIC under the Code, (B) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the amount of Permitted Tax Distributions made in any calendar quarter shall not exceed U.S.$1,500,000 (or such greater amount consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (C) amounts may be distributed pursuant to this definition only to the extent of available Excess Interest Proceeds and/or Principal Proceeds and only so long as (x) the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Permitted RIC Distribution (unless otherwise consented to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (y) the Company gives at least two (2) Business Days' prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator.

" Permitted Working Capital Lien " has meaning set forth in the definition of "Senior Secured Loan".

" Person " means any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association, Governmental Authority or unit, or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

" Plan " means any "employee benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA established by the Company, the Parent or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

 


- 22 -

 

" Plan Asset Rules " means the regulations issued by the United States Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.

" Portfolio " means all Portfolio Investments Purchased hereunder and not otherwise sold or liquidated.

" Portfolio Investments " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Portfolio Manager " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" Primary Management Fee " means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the fee payable to the Portfolio Manager for services rendered during the related Calculation Period hereunder, which shall be equal to one-fourth of the product of (i) the Primary Management Fee Percentage multiplied by (ii) the average of the values of the aggregate principal amount of the Portfolio Investments (other than Ineligible Investments) on the first day and the last day of the related Calculation Period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Portfolio Manager may waive or defer the payment of any Primary Management Fee in its sole discretion.

" Primary Management Fee Percentage " means 0.30% per annum.

" Prime Rate " means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMCB as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

" Principal Proceeds " means all amounts received with respect to the Portfolio Investments or any other Collateral, and all amounts otherwise on deposit in the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts (including cash contributed by the Company), in each case other than Interest Proceeds or amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account , any Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account or any proceeds thereof .

" Priority of Payments " has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05.

" Proceeding " has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08(b).

" Purchase " means each acquisition of a Portfolio Investment hereunder (other than by Substitution), including, for the avoidance of doubt, by way of a contribution by the Parent to the Company pursuant to the Sale Agreement.

" Purchase Commitment " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(a).

" Ramp-Up Period " means the period from and including the Effective Date to, but excluding, August 16, 2019.

"Reference Rate" means (i) with respect to Advances denominated in USD and related calculations, the applicable LIBO Rate, (ii) with respect to Advances denominated in CAD and related calculations, the CDOR Rate, (iii) with respect to Advances denominated in GBP and related calculations, the applicable LIBO Rate and (iv) with respect to Advances denominated in EUR and related

 

 


- 23 -

 

calculations, EURIBOR.  The Reference Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent ( and notified to the Collateral Administrator), and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

" Register " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(c).

" Reinvestment Period " means the period beginning on, and including, the Effective Date and ending on, but excluding, the earliest of (i) November 16, 2021, (ii) the date on which a Market Value Event occurs (unless waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (iii) the date on which an Event of Default occurs; provided that, in the case of this clause (iii), with the written consent of the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent (which consent may be granted or withheld in their respective sole discretion), at the request of the Portfolio Manager, the Reinvestment Period may be reinstated if such Event of Default is waived or is cured prior to any declaration of the Secured Obligations as due and payable pursuant to Article VII as a result of such Event of Default.

" Related Parties " has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

" Request for Advance " has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(d).

" Required Lenders " means Lenders holding 50.1% or more of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances plus (ii) the aggregate undrawn amount of the outstanding Financing Commitments.

" Responsible Officer " means (i) with respect to the Collateral Agent, any officer of the Collateral Agent customarily performing functions with respect to corporate trust matters and, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter under this Agreement, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement, (ii) with respect to the Collateral Administrator, any officer of the Collateral Administrator customarily performing functions with respect to collateral administration matters and, with respect to a particular matter under this Agreement, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement and (iii) with respect to the Company or the Portfolio Manager, any officer thereof (or, in the case of the Company, any officer of the Parent) having direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement.

" Restricted Payment " means (i) any dividend or other distribution (including, without limitation, a distribution of non-cash assets), direct or indirect, on account of any shares or other equity interests in the Company now or hereafter outstanding; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, by the Company of any shares or other equity interests in the Company now or hereafter outstanding; and (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares or other equity interests in the Company now or hereafter outstanding.

" Revolving Loan " means any Loan (other than a Delayed Funding Term Loan, but including funded and unfunded portions of revolving credit lines) that under the underlying instruments relating thereto may require one or more future advances to be made to the obligor by a creditor, but any such Loan will be a Revolving Loan only until all commitments by the holders thereof to make advances to the obligor thereon expire or are terminated or are irrevocably reduced to zero.

" Sale Agreement " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

 

 


- 24 -

 

" Sanctioned Country " means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Crimea).

" Sanctioned Person " means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country, (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) or (d) any Person otherwise the subject of Sanctions.

" Sanctions " means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state, Her Majesty's Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority.

" Second Lien Loan " means a Loan (i) that is secured by a pledge of collateral, which security interest is validly perfected and second priority (subject to liens permitted under the related underlying instruments that are reasonable and customary for similar Loans) under Applicable Law (other than a Loan that is second priority to a Permitted Working Capital Lien) and (ii) the Portfolio Manager determines in good faith that the value of the collateral securing the Loan (including based on enterprise value) on or about the time of origination or acquisition by the Company equals or exceeds the outstanding principal balance of the Loan plus the aggregate outstanding balances of all other Loans of equal or higher seniority secured by the same collateral.

" Secondary Management Fee " means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the fee payable to the Portfolio Manager for services rendered during the related Calculation Period hereunder, which shall be equal to one-fourth of the product of (i) the Secondary Management Fee Percentage multiplied by (ii) the average of the values of the aggregate principal amount of the Portfolio Investments (other than Ineligible Investments) on the first day and the last day of the related Calculation Period.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Portfolio Manager may waive or defer the payment of any Secondary Management Fee in its sole discretion.

" Secondary Management Fee Percentage " means 0.45% per annum.

" Secured Obligation " has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).

" Secured Party " has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).

" Securities Intermediary " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

"Security Trust Deed" means the Security Trust Deed, dated as of the First Amendment Date, among the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the UK Account Bank and the UK Custodian.

" Seller " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

 

 


- 25 -

 

" Senior Secured Loan " means any Loan or Bond, that (i) is not (and is not expressly permitted by its terms to become) contractually subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the obligor in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings (other than pursuant to a Permitted Working Capital Lien and customary waterfall provisions contained in the applicable loan agreement or indenture), (ii) is secured by a pledge of collateral, which security interest is (a) validly perfected and first priority under Applicable Law (subject to liens permitted under the applicable credit agreement that are reasonable for similar Loans or Bonds, and liens accorded priority by law in favor of any Governmental Authority) or (b)(1) validly perfected and second priority in the accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, letter-of-credit rights, supporting obligations, deposit accounts, investments accounts (as such terms are defined in the UCC) and any other assets securing any Working Capital Revolver under Applicable Law and proceeds of any of the foregoing (a first priority lien on such assets a " Permitted Working Capital Lien ") and (2) validly perfected and first priority (subject to liens permitted under the related underlying instruments that are reasonable and customary for similar Loans or Bonds) in all other collateral under Applicable Law, and (iii) the Portfolio Manager determines in good faith that the value of the collateral for such Loan or Bond (including based on enterprise value) on or about the time of acquisition equals or exceeds the outstanding principal balance of the Loan or Bond plus the aggregate outstanding balances of all other Loans or Bonds of equal or higher seniority secured by a first priority Lien over the same collateral.  

" Settlement Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

" Solvent " means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of determination, (a) the sum of such Person's debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair value of such Person's present assets; (b) such Person's capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the date of this Agreement; and (c) such Person has not incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise).  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

" Specified Matter " means any Amendment of a Portfolio Investment that (a) reduces the principal amount of such Portfolio Investment, (b) reduces the rate of interest payable on such Portfolio Investment, (c) postpones the due date of any scheduled payment or distribution in respect of such Portfolio Investment, (d) alters the pro rata allocation or sharing of payments or distributions required by any related underlying instrument in a manner adverse to the Company, (e) releases any material guarantor of such Portfolio Investment from its obligations, (f) terminates or releases any lien on a material portion on the collateral securing such Portfolio Investment, (g) changes any of the provisions of any such underlying instrument specifying the number or percentage of lenders required to effect any of the foregoing or (h) materially changes any financial covenant.

" Spot Rate " means, as of any date of determination after the execution of a and with respect to any then-current Permitted Non-USD Currency Amendment , (x) with respect to actual currency exchange between USD and CAD, Euros or GBP and the calculations made pursuant to Section 1.08(b) , the applicable currency-USD rate available through Citibank, N.A.'s banking facilities (or, if Citibank, N.A. has notified the Administrative Agent and the Company that it will no longer provide such services or if Citibank, N.A. or one of its Affiliates is no longer the Collateral Agent, through such other source agreed to by the Administrative Agent in writing) at the time of such exchange or calculation and (y) with respect to all other purposes between USD and CAD, Euros or GBP, the applicable currency-USD spot rate that appeared on the Bloomberg screen BFIX page of Bloomberg Professional Service (or any successor thereto) (or such other recognized service or publication used by the Collateral Administrator

 

 


- 26 -

 

for purposes of determining currency spot rates in the ordinary course of its business from time to time) for such currency at 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the immediately preceding Business Day , as determined by the Collateral Administrator .  The determination of the Spot Rate shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

" Subsidiary " of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person; provided that notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the term "Subsidiary" shall not include any Person that constitutes an investment held by the Company in the ordinary course of business and that is not, under GAAP, consolidated on the financial statements of the Company.

" Substitute Portfolio Investment " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06.

" Substitution " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06.

" Substitution Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

"TARGET2 Settlement Day" means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET2) system is open.

" Taxes " means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

" Trade Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

" Transaction Schedule " has the meaning set forth in the introductory section of this Agreement.

" UCC " means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.

"UK Account Bank" means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as account bank under the Security Trust Deed.

"UK Custodian" means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as custodian under the Security Trust Deed.

" Uncertificated Security " has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

" Unfunded Exposure Account " means the account established by the Securities Intermediary and set forth on the Transaction Schedule for the deposit of funds used to cash collateralize the Unfunded Exposure Amount and any successor accounts established in connection with the resignation or removal of the Securities Intermediary.

" Unfunded Exposure Amount " means, on any date of determination, with respect to any Delayed Funding Term Loan, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all unfunded commitments

 

 


- 27 -

 

( after the execution of a Currency Amendment, in the case of unfunded commitments denominated in CAD, Euro and GBP, converted to USD at the Spot Rate on such date of determination) associated with such Delayed Funding Term Loan.

" Unfunded Exposure Shortfall " means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) 0 and (y) the aggregate Unfunded Exposure Amount for all Portfolio Investments minus the amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account and any Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account .

" Unfunded Exposure Shortfall Amount " means, on any date of determination, (i) during the Reinvestment Period, the excess of the Unfunded Exposure Shortfall over  2.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount and (ii) after the Reinvestment Period, the Unfunded Exposure Shortfall.

" USD " and " $ " mean U.S. dollars.

" U.S. Person " means any Person that is a "United States person" as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

" U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate " has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(f).

" Working Capital Revolver " means a revolving lending facility secured on a first lien basis solely by all or a portion of the current assets of the related obligor, which current assets subject to such security interest do not constitute a material portion of the obligor's total assets (it being understood that such revolving lending facility may be secured on a junior lien basis by other assets of the related obligor).

ARTICLE I
THE PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS

SECTION 1.01. Purchases of Portfolio Investments .

On the Effective Date, the Company may acquire the Initial Portfolio Investments, subject to the conditions specified in this Agreement.  From time to time during the Reinvestment Period, the Company may Purchase additional Portfolio Investments, or request that Portfolio Investments be Purchased for the Company's account, all on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

SECTION 1.02. Procedures for Purchases and Related Advances .

(a) Timing of Notices of Acquisition .  No later than five (5) Agent Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) before the date on which the Company proposes that a binding commitment to acquire any Portfolio Investment (other than an Initial Portfolio Investment) be made by it or for its account (a " Purchase Commitment "), the Portfolio Manager, on behalf of the Company, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a notice of acquisition (a " Notice of Acquisition ").

(b) Contents of Notices of Acquisition .  Each Notice of Acquisition shall consist of one or more electronic submissions to the Administrative Agent (in such format and transmitted in such a manner as the Administrative Agent, the Portfolio Manager and the Company may reasonably agree (which shall initially be the format and include the information regarding such Portfolio Investment identified on Schedule 2)), and shall be accompanied by such other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to the extent such information is available to the Portfolio Manager.

 

 


- 28 -

 

(c) Eligibility of Portfolio Investments .  The Administrative Agent shall have the right, on behalf of all Lenders, to request additional information regarding any proposed Portfolio Investment.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Portfolio Manager and the Company of its approval or failure to approve each Portfolio Investment proposed to be acquired pursuant to a Notice of Acquisition (and, if approved, an initial determination of the Market Value for such Portfolio Investment) no later than the fifth (5 th ) Agent Business Day succeeding the date on which it receives such Notice of Acquisition and any information reasonably requested in connection therewith); provided that (i) any Initial Portfolio Investment shall be deemed to be approved by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the failure of the Administrative Agent to notify the Portfolio Manager and the Company of its approval in accordance with this Section 1.02(c) shall be deemed to be a disapproval of such proposed acquisition.

(d) The failure of the Administrative Agent to approve the acquisition of a Portfolio Investment will not prohibit the Company from acquiring such Portfolio Investment (subject to the conditions set forth in Section 1.03); provided that any Portfolio Investment not so approved prior to its Trade Date shall be deemed to be an Ineligible Investment until such later date (if any) on which such Portfolio Investment is so approved.

(e) To the extent that the Administrative Agent has approved a Notice of Acquisition with respect to a Portfolio Investment, the Settlement Date for such Portfolio Investment has not yet occurred and there has been a change of the financial sponsor for such Portfolio Investor (and no other change to the terms thereof), the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a response to any revised Notice of Acquisition with respect thereto within two (2) Agent Business Days of its receipt of such revised Notice of Acquisition.

SECTION 1.03. Conditions to Purchases and Substitutions .

No Purchase Commitment, Purchase or Substitution shall be entered into or made unless each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) as of the date on which such Purchase Commitment is entered into or such Purchase would otherwise be made (such Portfolio Investment's " Trade Date ") (it being understood that the Trade Date for a Delayed Funding Term Loan Purchased by the Company is the date on which the Company enters into a trade ticket to acquire such Delayed Funding Term Loan) or, in the case of a Substitution, the date on which the Company consummates a Substitution (the " Substitution Date "):

(1) the information contained in the Notice of Acquisition accurately describes, in all material respects, such Portfolio Investment and such Portfolio Investment satisfies the eligibility criteria set forth in Schedule 3 (the " Eligibility Criteria ");

(2) with respect to a Purchase, the proposed Settlement Date for such Portfolio Investment is not later than (i) in the case of a Loan, the date that is ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such Trade Date or (ii) in the case of any other Portfolio Investment, the date that is three (3) Business Days (or such longer period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such Trade Date;

 

 


- 29 -

 

(3) no Market Value Event has occurred and no Event of Default or event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default (a " Default "), has occurred and is continuing, and the Reinvestment Period has not otherwise ended; and

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Purchase or Substitution of such Portfolio Investment and the related Advance, the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied.

If the above conditions to a Purchase Commitment, a Purchase or a Substitution are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent, the Portfolio Manager shall determine, in consultation with the Administrative Agent, the date on which such Purchase (if any) or Substitution shall settle (the " Settlement Date " for such Portfolio Investment).  With respect to a Purchase, promptly following the Settlement Date for a Portfolio Investment (or, in the case of a Portfolio Investment that is a Participation Interest, the date on which such Participation Interest is elevated to a full assignment) and its receipt thereof, the Collateral Agent shall provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of the executed assignment agreement (or, in the case of a Portfolio Investment that is not a Loan, the executed purchase agreement or similar instrument) pursuant to which such Portfolio Investment was assigned, sold or otherwise transferred to the Company.

SECTION 1.04. Sales of Portfolio Investments .

The Company will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Portfolio Investment or any other asset without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), except that (a) (i) following the last day of the Ramp-Up Period and subject to Section 6.02(w), the Company may sell any Portfolio Investment (including any Ineligible Investment) or other asset without such consent so long as, (x) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Market Value Event has occurred, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Default or Event of Default would occur as a result of such sale and (y) the sale of such asset by the Company shall be on an arm's-length basis and in accordance with the Portfolio Manager's standard market practices and (ii) if the Company wishes to sell any Portfolio Investment prior to the last day of the Ramp-Up Period, in conjunction with its request for the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) shall certify to the Administrative Agent that such sale is being undertaken due to a significant decline in the credit quality of the applicable Portfolio Investment (in the reasonable determination of the Portfolio Manager) and clauses (x) and (y) of the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied with respect to such sale, (b) the Company may sell, transfer or dispose of Portfolio Investments in accordance with the Sale Agreement in the event a breach of one or more representations, warranties, undertakings or covenants made by the Seller with respect thereto, (c) the Company may effect Substitutions in accordance with Section 1.06 and (d) the Company may sell, transfer or dispose of Portfolio Investments at a price at least equal to par to the extent required by the terms of the applicable underlying documents.  In addition, within two (2) Business Days of any Delayed Funding Term Loan with an unfunded commitment becoming an Ineligible Investment, the Company, subject to clauses (x) and (y) in the immediately preceding sentence, shall sell such Delayed Funding Term Loan and shall pay any amount required to be paid to the transferee as consideration in connection with such sale.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (but subject to this Section 1.04):  (i) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, neither the Company nor the Portfolio Manager on its behalf shall have any right to cause the sale, transfer or other disposition of a Portfolio Investment or any other asset (including, without limitation, the transfer of amounts on deposit in the Collateral Accounts or the Non-USD Obligation Accounts ) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), (ii) following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell Portfolio Investments (individually or in lots,

 

 


- 30 -

 

including a lot comprised of all of the Portfolio Investments) at the sole direction of, and in the manner (including, without limitation, the time of sale, sale price, principal amount to be sold and purchaser) required by the Administrative Agent ( provided that the Administrative Agent shall only require sales at the direction of the Required Lenders and at least equal to the then-current fair market value and in accordance with the Administrative Agent's standard market practices) and the proceeds from such sales shall be used to prepay the Advances outstanding hereunder and (iii) following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Portfolio Manager shall have no right to act on behalf of, or otherwise direct, the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Person in connection with a sale of Portfolio Investments pursuant to any provision of this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.  With respect to any sale of a Portfolio Investment the trade date of which was prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Market Value Event, as applicable, and the settlement date is scheduled to occur on a date following such Event of Default or Market Value Event, the Administrative Agent shall consent to such sale so long as all applicable criteria set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph were satisfied as of the trade date for such sale.

Any prepayments made pursuant to this paragraph shall automatically reduce the Financing Commitments as provided in Section 4.07(c).

In connection with any sale of Portfolio Investments required by the Administrative Agent following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Administrative Agent or a designee of the Administrative Agent shall:

(i) notify the Company at the Designated Email Notification Address promptly upon distribution of bid solicitations regarding the sale of such Portfolio Investments; and

(ii) direct the Company to sell such Portfolio Investments to the Designated Independent Dealer if the Designated Independent Dealer provides the highest bid in the case where bids are received in respect of the sale of such Portfolio Investments, it being understood that if the Designated Independent Dealer provides a bid to the Administrative Agent that is the highest bona fide bid to purchase a Portfolio Investment on a line-item basis where such Portfolio Investment is part of a pool of Portfolio Investments for which there is a bona fide bid on a pool basis proposed to be accepted by the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion), then the Administrative Agent shall accept any such line-item bid only if such line-item bid (together with any other line-item bids by the Designated Independent Dealer or any other bidder for other Portfolio Investments in such pool) is greater than the bid on a pool basis.

For purposes of this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to disregard as invalid any bid submitted by the Designated Independent Dealer if, in the Administrative Agent's judgment (acting reasonably):

(A) either:

(x) the Designated Independent Dealer is ineligible to accept assignment or transfer of the relevant Portfolio Investments or any portion thereof, as applicable, substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for the relevant Portfolio Investments; or

(y) the Designated Independent Dealer would not, through the exercise of its commercially reasonable efforts, be able to obtain any consent required under any agreement or instrument governing or otherwise relating to the relevant Portfolio Investments to the assignment or transfer of the relevant Portfolio Investments or any portion thereof, as applicable, to it; or

 

 


- 31 -

 

(B) such bid is not bona fide, including, without limitation, due to (x) the insolvency of the Designated Independent Dealer or (y) the inability, failure or refusal of the Designated Independent Dealer to settle the purchase of the relevant Portfolio Investments or any portion thereof, as applicable, or otherwise settle transactions in the relevant market or perform its obligations generally.

In connection with any sale of a Portfolio Investment directed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 1.04 and the application of the net proceeds thereof, the Company hereby appoints the Administrative Agent as the Company's attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have assumed any of the obligations of the Company by this appointment), with full authority in the place and stead of the Company and in the name of the Company to effectuate the provisions of this Section 1.04 (including, without limitation, the power to execute any instrument which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 1.04 or any direction or notice to the Collateral Agent in respect of the application of net proceeds of any such sales).  None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary, the Collateral Agent or any Affiliate of any thereof shall incur any liability to the Company, the Portfolio Manager, any Lender or any other Person in connection with any sale effected at the direction of the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Section 1.04, including, without limitation, as a result of the price obtained for any Portfolio Investment, the timing of any sale or sales of Portfolio Investments or the notice or lack of notice provided to any Person in connection with any such sale, so long as, in the case of the Administrative Agent only, any such sale does not violate Applicable Law.

SECTION 1.05. Additional Equity Contributions .

The Parent may, but shall have no obligation to, at any time or from time to time make a capital contribution to the Company for any purpose, including for the purpose of curing any Default or Event of Default, in connection with a Market Value Cure, satisfying any Borrowing Base Test, enabling the acquisition or sale of any Portfolio Investment or satisfying any conditions under Section 2.04. Each contribution shall either be made (a) in cash, (b) by assignment and contribution of Cash Equivalents and/or (c) by assignment and contribution of a Portfolio Investment that satisfies all of the Eligibility Criteria and the Concentration Limitations and could otherwise be sold to the Company in compliance with this Agreement .  

SECTION 1.06. Substitutions; Limitations on Sales and Substitutions .

The Company may replace a Portfolio Investment with another Portfolio Investment (each such replacement, a " Substitution " and such new Portfolio Investment, a " Substitute Portfolio Investment ") so long as the Company has submitted a Notice of Acquisition and all other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 1.03 have been satisfied with respect to each Substitute Portfolio Investment to be acquired by the Company in connection with such Substitution. In no event shall the aggregate outstanding balance of Portfolio Investments in the Portfolio subject to a Substitution, together with the aggregate outstanding balance of Portfolio Investments sold to the Seller by the Company pursuant to Section 1.04 of this Agreement, exceed 20% of the Net Purchased Loan Balance measured as of the date of such sale .

SECTION 1.07. Certain Assumptions relating to Portfolio Investments .

For purposes of all calculations hereunder, any Portfolio Investment for which the trade date in respect of a sale thereof by the Company has occurred, but the settlement date for such sale has not occurred, shall be considered to be owned by the Company until such settlement date.

 

 


- 32 -

 

SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally.   

SECTION 1.08. Valuation of Permitted Non-USD Currency Portfolio Investments.

F or (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) and Section 4.06(b), for purposes of all valuations and calculations hereunder, after the execution of a Currency Amendment under the Loan Documents , the principal amount and Market Value of all Portfolio Investments and Cash Equivalents Eligible Investments denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency and proceeds denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency on deposit in any Non-USD Obligation Account shall be converted to USD at the Spot Rate in accordance with the definition of such term in consultation with the Administrative Agent on the applicable date of valuation or calculation, as applicable .

(b) Except as provided in Section 4.06(b), for purposes of determining (i) whether the amount of any Advance, together with all other Advances then outstanding or to be made at the same time as such Advances, would exceed the aggregate amount of the Financing Commitments, (ii) the aggregate unutilized amount of the Financing Commitments, (iii) the limitations on the portion of the Financing Limit and the Financing Commitment that may be utilized in Permitted Non-USD Currencies and (iv) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Advances, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances that are denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Permitted Non-USD Currency of such Advances determined as of the date such Advances were made.  Wherever in this Agreement in connection with an Advance, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in U.S. dollars, but such Advance is denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, such amount shall be the applicable Permitted Non-USD Currency Equivalent of such U.S. dollar amount (rounded to the nearest 1,000 units of the applicable Permitted Non-USD Currency).

ARTICLE II
THE AdvanceS

SECTION 2.01. Financing Commitments .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, only during the Reinvestment Period, each Lender hereby severally agrees to make available to the Company Advances , in U.S. dollars, a Currency in an aggregate amount outstanding not exceeding the amount of such Lender's Financing Commitment.  The Financing Commitments shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the last day of the Reinvestment Period, (b) the Maturity Date and (c) the occurrence of a Market Value Event.

SECTION 2.02. [Reserved] .

SECTION 2.03. Advances; Use of Proceeds .

(a) Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Purchase of a Portfolio Investment set forth in Section 1.03 and/or an Advance set forth in Section 2.05 as of (i) both the related Trade Date and Settlement Date and/or (ii) the Advance date, as applicable, the Lenders will (ratably in accordance with their respective Financing Commitments) make the applicable Advance available to the Company on the related Settlement Date (or otherwise on the related Advance date if no Portfolio Investment is being acquired on such date) as provided herein.

(b) Except as expressly provided herein, the failure of any Lender to make any Advance required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder.  If any Lender shall fail to provide any Advance to the Company required hereunder, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter

 

 


- 33 -

 

received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations hereunder until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

(c) Subject to Section 2.03(e), the Company shall use the proceeds of the Advances received by it hereunder to purchase the Portfolio Investments identified in the related Notice of Acquisition or to make advances to the obligor of Delayed Funding Term Loans in accordance with the underlying instruments relating thereto; provided that, if the proceeds of an Advance are deposited in the Collection Account or a Non-USD Collection Account as provided in Section 3.01 prior to or on the expected Settlement Date for any Portfolio Investment but the Company is unable to Purchase such Portfolio Investment on the related expected Settlement Date, or if there are proceeds of such Advance remaining after such Purchase, then, subject to Section 3.01(a), upon written notice from the Portfolio Manager, the Collateral Agent shall apply such proceeds on such date as provided in Section 4.05.  The proceeds of the Advances shall not be used for any other purpose.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the purchase price of a Portfolio Investment with respect to which a Notice of Acquisition has been approved by the Administrative Agent and which could otherwise have been acquired with the proceeds of a related Advance in compliance with Section 2.05 and the other applicable requirements of this Agreement is instead paid by the Parent or its Affiliate on the designated Settlement Date, the Company may use the proceeds of such Advance to repay the Parent or such Affiliate for the amount of the purchase price for such Portfolio Investment advanced by such Person.

(d) With respect to any Advance, the Portfolio Manager on behalf of the Company shall submit a request substantially in the form of Exhibit A (a " Request for Advance ") to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator, not later than 2:00 p.m. New York City time, one (1) Business Day prior to the Business Day specified as the date on which such Advance shall be made and, upon receipt of such request, the Lenders shall make such Advances in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 3.01.  Any requested Advance shall be in an amount such that, immediately after giving effect thereto and the related purchase (if any) of the applicable Portfolio Investment(s), the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied.

(e) If two Business Days prior to the end of the Reinvestment Period there exists any Unfunded Exposure Shortfall, then the Portfolio Manager, on behalf of the Company, shall be deemed to have requested an Advance in the applicable Currency on such date, and the Lenders shall make a corresponding Advance on the last day of the Reinvestment Period (with written notice to the Collateral Administrator by the Administrative Agent) in accordance with Article III in amount, to be deposited in the Unfunded Exposure Account or any applicable Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account, equal to the least of (i) the aggregate Unfunded Exposure Shortfall, (ii) the Financing Commitments in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances and (iii) an amount such that the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied after giving effect to such Advance; provided that, if the Company provides evidence to the Administrative Agent that it has cash from other sources that is available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to make any such future advances in respect of any Delayed Funding Term Loan, then the amount of any such Advance shall be reduced by the amount of such funds.  After giving effect to such Advance, the Company shall cause the proceeds of such Advance and cash from other sources that are available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in an amount equal to the aggregate Unfunded Exposure Shortfall to be deposited in the Unfunded Exposure Account and/or any applicable Non-USD Unfunded Obligation Account .

 

 


- 34 -

 

SECTION 2.04. Conditions to Effective Date .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall not become effective until the date (the " Effective Date ") on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion):

(a) Executed Counterparts .  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that the Loan Documents have been executed and are in full force and effect, and that the initial sales and contributions (or grant of Participation Interests, as applicable) contemplated by the Sale Agreement shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms thereof.

(c) Opinions .  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received one or more reasonably satisfactory written opinions of counsel for the Company, the Portfolio Manager, the Parent and the Seller, covering such matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request (including, without limitation, certain bankruptcy and UCC matters) in writing.

(d) Corporate Documents .  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of officers of the Company, the Parent, the Seller and the Portfolio Manager as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each officer thereof or other Person authorized to act in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such other documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Company, the Parent, the Seller and the Portfolio Manager and any other legal matters relating to the Company, the Parent, the Portfolio Manager, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(e) Payment of Fees, Etc .  The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable by the Company in connection herewith on or prior to the Effective Date, including the fee payable pursuant to Section 4.03(e) and, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Company hereunder.

(f) PATRIOT Act , Etc.   (i) To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the " PATRIOT Act ") and other applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations and (ii) to the extent the Company qualifies as a "legal entity customer" under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, at least five days prior to the Effective Date, any Lender that has requested, in a written notice to the Company at least 10 days prior to the Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Company shall have received such Beneficial Ownership Certification.

 

 


- 35 -

 

(g) Filings .  Copies of proper financing statements, as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in all Collateral in which an interest may be pledged hereunder.

(h) Certain Acknowledgements .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) UCC, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches indicating that there are no effective lien notices or comparable documents that name the Company as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdiction in which the Company is organized, (ii) a UCC lien search indicating that there are no effective lien notices or comparable documents that name the Seller as debtor which cover any of the Portfolio Investments and (iii) such other searches that the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate.

(i) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Company, certifying that the conditions set forth in Sections 2.05(4) and 2.05(6) have been satisfied on and as of the Effective Date.

(j) Other Documents .  Such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

SECTION 2.05. Conditions to Advances .

No Advance shall be made unless each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) as of the proposed date of such Advance:

(1) the Effective Date shall have occurred;

(2) the Company shall have delivered a Request for Advance in accordance with Section 2.03(d);

(3) no Market Value Event has occurred

(4) no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing;

(5) the Reinvestment Period has not ended;

(6) all of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct), in each case on and as of the date of such Advance, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct) as of such earlier date; and

(7) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Advance (and any related Purchase) hereunder:

(x) the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied;

(y) the aggregate principal balance of Advances then outstanding will not exceed the aggregate limit for Advances set forth in the Transaction Schedule; and

 

 


- 36 -

 

(z) in the case of an Advance made in connection with a Purchase, the amount of such Advance shall be not less than U.S.$1,000,000; provided that the amount of the initial Advance on the Effective Date shall be not less than U.S.$120,000,000.

If the above conditions to an Advance are satisfied or waived by the Administrative Agent, the Portfolio Manager (on behalf of the Company) shall determine, in consultation with the Administrative Agent and with notice to the Lenders and the Collateral Administrator, the date on which any Advance shall be provided.

SECTION 2.06. Commitment Increase Request .

The Company may, at any time during the Reinvestment Period, submit a Commitment Increase Request for an increase in the Financing Commitment to up to $600,000,000 (in the aggregate), subject to satisfaction (or waiver by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion) approves in writing (which may be by an email) such Commitment Increase Request;

(b) no Market Value Event shall have occurred and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in each case on and as of the Commitment Increase Date;

(c) the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied on and as of the Commitment Increase Date;

(d) all of the representations and warranties contained in Article VI and in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct), in each case on and as of the Commitment Increase Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or with respect to such representations and warranties which by their terms contain materiality qualifiers, shall be true and correct) as of such earlier date;

(e) no commitment reduction shall have occurred pursuant to Section 4.07(a) in connection with a Non-Call Termination Event prior to the Commitment Increase Date;

(f) any Commitment Increase Request shall be in an amount not less than $50,000,000; and

(g) receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including without limitation, documentation similar to that    provided pursuant to Sections 2.04(d) and (f)(ii) on the Effective Date.

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO THE Advances

SECTION 3.01. The Advances .

(a) Making the Advances .  If the Lenders are required to make an Advance to the Company as provided in Section 2.03, then each Lender shall make such Advance in the applicable Currency on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 p.m. noon, New York City time , to the Collateral Agent for deposit to the Principal Collection Account

 

 


- 37 -

 

(or, in the case of Advances denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, the applicable Non-USD Collection Account) .  Each Lender at its option may make any Advance by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Advance; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Company to repay such Advance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company may borrow and prepay Advances.  

(b) Interest on the Advances .  Subject to Section 3.01(h),  all outstanding Advances shall bear interest (from and including the date on which such Advance is made) at a per annum rate equal to the LIBO applicable Reference Rate for each Calculation Period in effect plus the Applicable Margin for Advances set forth on the Transaction Schedule; provided that, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to clause (a) of Article VII (and upon election by the Required Lenders following the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default), all outstanding Advances and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall bear interest (from and including the date of such Event of Default) at a per annum rate equal to the LIBO applicable Reference Rate for each Calculation Period in effect plus the Adjusted Applicable Margin; provided further that, solely for purposes of this Section 3.01(b), if the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances at any time is less than the Minimum Funding Amount, the amount of outstanding Advances at such time shall be deemed to equal the Minimum Funding Amount.

(c) Evidence of the Advances .  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from each Advance made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder and the Currency thereof .  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall maintain at one of its offices a register (the " Register ") in which it shall record (1) the amount of each Advance made hereunder and the Currency thereof , (2) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Company to each Lender hereunder and (3) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.  The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such Register or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Company to repay the Advances in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Any Lender may request that Advances made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Company shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if a registered note is requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  Thereafter, the Advances evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

(d) Pro Rata Treatment .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all borrowings of, and payments in respect of, the Advances shall be made on a pro rata basis by or to the Lenders in accordance with their respective portions of the Financing Commitments in respect of Advances held by them.

 

 


- 38 -

 

(e) Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company that the adoption of any law, rule or regulation, or any change therein or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, makes it unlawful, or any Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for a Lender or the Administrative Agent to perform its obligations hereunder to fund or maintain Advances hereunder in the applicable Currency , then (1) the obligation of such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder to fund or maintain Advances in such Currency shall immediately be suspended until such time as such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines (in its sole discretion) that such performance is again lawful, (2) any such Lender shall comply with the requirements of Section 3.04, and (3) if such Lender is unable to effect a transfer under clause (2), then any outstanding Advances of such Lender shall be promptly paid in full by the Company (together with all accrued interest and other amounts owing hereunder) but not later than the earlier of (x) if the Company requests such Lender or the Administrative Agent to take the actions set forth in clause (2) above, 20 calendar days after the date on which such Lender or the Administrative Agent notifies the Company in writing that it is unable to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement as specified in such clause (2) and (y) such date as shall be mandated by law; provided that, to the extent that any such adoption or change makes it unlawful for the Advances to bear interest by reference to the LIBO Reference Rate, then the foregoing clauses (1) through (3) shall not apply and the Advances shall bear interest (from and after the last day of the Calculation Period ending immediately after such adoption or change) at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Advances set forth on the Transaction Schedule.

(f) Increased Costs .

(i) If any Change in Law shall:

(A) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement (including any compulsory loan requirement, insurance charge or other assessment) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

(B) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Advances made by such Lender; or

(C) subject any Lender or the Administrative Agent to any Taxes (other than (x) Indemnified Taxes, (y) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (z) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Administrative Agent of making, continuing, converting or maintaining any Advance or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then, upon written request by such Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Company will pay to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the

 

 


- 39 -

 

Administrative Agent, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(ii) If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's capital or on the capital of such Lender's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Advances made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's policies and the policies of such Lender's holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(iii) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate, and the basis for such compensation of, such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (i) or (ii) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Company shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(iv) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Administrative Agent's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Administrative Agent notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Administrative Agent's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180‑day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(v) Each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agrees that it will take such commercially reasonable actions as the Company may reasonably request that will avoid the need to pay, or reduce the amount of, any increased amounts referred to in this Section 3.01(f); provided that no Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be obligated to take any actions that would, in the reasonable opinion of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, be disadvantageous to such Lender or the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, due to a loss of money).  In no event will the Company be responsible for increased amounts referred to in this Section 3.01(f) which relates to any other entities to which any Lender provides financing.

(g) No Set-off or counterclaim .  Subject to Section 3.03, all payments to be made hereunder by the Company in respect of the Advances shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and in such amounts as may be necessary in order that every such payment (after deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which the Company is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority therein or thereof) shall not be less than the amounts otherwise specified to be paid under this Agreement.

(h) Alternate Rate of Interest .  (i) If prior to the commencement of any Calculation Period: (x) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Reference Rate (including, without limitation, because the LIBO Reference Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for U.S. dollar deposits in the applicable Currency and such Calculation Period; or (y) the

 

 


- 40 -

 

Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO Reference Rate, as applicable, for such Calculation Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Advances (or its Advance) included in such Advance for such Calculation Period; then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Company and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, if any Advance in the applicable Currency is requested, such Advance shall accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Advances set forth on the Transaction Schedule.

(ii) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (x) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.01(h)(i)(x) have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (y) the circumstances set forth in Section 3.01(h)(i)(x) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Reference Rate or a governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBO Reference Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Company shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the LIBO Reference Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States or the applicable Eligible Jurisdiction at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but for the avoidance of doubt, such changes shall not include a reduction in the Applicable Margin).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.05, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date notice of such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that such Required Lenders object to such amendment.  Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this clause (ii) (but, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (y) of the first sentence of this Section 3.01(h)(ii), only to the extent the LIBO Reference Rate for U.S. dollar deposits in the applicable Currency and such Calculation Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), if any Advance is requested, such advance shall accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Advances set forth on the Transaction Schedule.

SECTION 3.02. [Reserved] .

SECTION 3.03. Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes .  All payments to be made hereunder by the Company in respect of the Advances shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law (including FATCA).  If any Applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Company, then the Company shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Company shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Company .  The Company shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

 


- 41 -

 

(c) Indemnification by the Company .  The Company shall indemnify each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Indemnification by the Lenders .  Each Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Company has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender's failure to comply with the provisions of 10.06 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).

(e) Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Company to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 3.03, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Status of Secured Parties .  (i) Any Secured Party that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.03(f) (ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender's reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this

 

 


- 42 -

 

Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), an executed IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be reasonably requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, an executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or applicable successor form establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the "interest" article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or any applicable successor form establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the "business profits" or "other income" article of such tax treaty;

(ii) an executed IRS Form W-8ECI;

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not a "10 percent shareholder" of the Company or the Parent within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, and is not a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a " U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ") and (y) an executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or applicable successor form; or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an executed IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or applicable successor form, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable;

(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be reasonably requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Company or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section

 

 


- 43 -

 

1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Company and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender's obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), "FATCA" shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(E) The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Company an electronic copy of an IRS Form W-9 upon becoming a party under this Agreement.  The Administrative Agent represents to the Company that it is a "U.S. person" and a "financial institution" within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1 and a "U.S. financial institution" within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1471-3T and that it will comply with its obligations to withhold under Section 1441 and FATCA.

(g) Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.03), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after‑Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h) Survival .  Each party's obligations under this Section 3.03 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Financing Commitments, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

SECTION 3.04. Mitigation Obligations .  

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.01(e) or (f), or if the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.03, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Company) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01(e) or (f) or Section 3.03, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any

 

 


- 44 -

 

unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement of Lenders .   If any Lender (i) requests compensation under Section 3.01(e) or (f), or if the Company is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.03, and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.04(a), (ii) defaults in its obligation to make Advances hereunder or (iii) becomes subject to a Bail-In Action, then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in and the consents required by Section 10.08), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 3.01(e) or (f) or Section 3.03) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Company shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) such assignment will result in a ratable reduction in the claim for compensation or payments under Section 3.01(e) or (f) or Section 3.03, as applicable and (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.  No prepayment fee that may otherwise be due hereunder shall be payable to such Lender in connection with any such assignment.

ARTICLE IV
COLLECTIONS AND PAYMENTS

SECTION 4.01. Interest Proceeds .

The Company shall notify the obligor (or the relevant agent under the applicable underlying documents) with respect to each Portfolio Investment to remit all amounts that constitute Interest Proceeds to the Collection Account.  To the extent Interest Proceeds are received other than by deposit into the Collection Account, the Company shall cause all Interest Proceeds on the Portfolio Investments to be deposited in the Collection Account or remitted to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall credit (or cause to be credited) to the Collection Account all Interest Proceeds received by it promptly upon receipt thereof in accordance with the written direction of the Portfolio Manager.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Interest Proceeds denominated in Permitted Non-USD Currencies shall be deposited into the applicable Non-USD Collection Account in the manner provided above.

Interest Proceeds shall be retained in the Collection Account or the applicable Non-USD Collection Account and held in cash and/or invested (and reinvested) at the written direction of the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) delivered to the Collateral Agent in dollar-denominated Cash Equivalents in the applicable Currency selected by the Portfolio Manager (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or a Market Value Event has occurred, in which case, selected by the Administrative Agent) (" Eligible Investments ") ; provided that, prior to the date (if any) on which the

 

 


- 45 -

 

Non-USD Custodial Account is established in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed, Interest Proceeds received in any Permitted Non-USD Currency shall remain uninvested and shall be deposited into the applicable Non-USD Collection Account .  Eligible Investments shall mature no later than the end of the then-current Calculation Period.

Interest Proceeds on deposit in the Collection Account or a Permitted Non-USD Collection Account shall be withdrawn by the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Company (or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Administrative Agent)) and applied (i) to make payments in accordance with this Agreement or (ii) to make Permitted Distributions or Permitted RIC Distributions in accordance with this Agreement.

SECTION 4.02. Principal Proceeds .

The Company shall notify the obligor (or the relevant agent under the applicable underlying documents) with respect to each Portfolio Investment to remit all amounts that constitute Principal Proceeds to the Collection Account.  To the extent Principal Proceeds are received other than by deposit into the Collection Account, the Company shall cause all Principal Proceeds received on the Portfolio Investments to be deposited in the Collection Account or remitted to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall credit (or cause to be credited) to the Collection Account all Principal Proceeds received by it immediately upon receipt thereof in accordance with the written direction of the Portfolio Manager.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Principal Proceeds denominated in Permitted Non-USD Currencies shall be deposited into the applicable Non-USD Collection Account in the manner provided above.

All Principal Proceeds shall be retained in the held in the Collection Account or the applicable Non-USD Collection Account and held in cash and/or invested (and reinvested) at the written direction of the Administrative Agent in Eligible Investments in the applicable Currency selected by the Portfolio Manager (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or a Market Value Event has occurred, in which case, selected by the Administrative Agent) ; provided that, prior to the date (if any) on which the Non-USD Custodial Account is established in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed, Principal Proceeds received in any Permitted Non-USD Currency shall remain uninvested and shall be deposited into the applicable Non-USD Collection Account .  All investment income on such Eligible Investments shall constitute Interest Proceeds.

Principal Proceeds on deposit in the Collection Account or a Non-USD Collection Account shall be withdrawn by the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Company (or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Administrative Agent)) and applied (i) to make payments in accordance with this Agreement, (ii) towards the purchase price of Portfolio Investments purchased in accordance with this Agreement or (iii) to make Permitted Distributions or Permitted RIC Distributions in accordance with this Agreement, in each case, to the extent not otherwise required under this Agreement, with prior notice to the Administrative Agent.  

For the avoidance of doubt, Principal Proceeds received in connection with the sale of any Portfolio Investment pursuant to Section 1.04 following a Market Value Event shall be used to prepay Advances as set forth therein at the written direction of the Administrative Agent.

 

 


- 46 -

 

SECTION 4.03. Principal and Interest Payments; Prepayments; Commitment Fee .

(a) The Company shall pay the unpaid principal amount of the Advances (together with accrued interest thereon) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender on the Maturity Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments and any and all cash in the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations on the Maturity Date and on each Additional Distribution Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b) Accrued and unpaid interest on the Advances shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, each Additional Distribution Date and on the Maturity Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to the first proviso to Section 3.01(b) shall be payable on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Advances, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.  " Interest Payment Date " means the fifteenth day after the last day of each Calculation Period.

(c) (i)         Subject to the requirements of this Section 4.03(c), the Company shall have the right from time to time to prepay outstanding Advances in whole or in part (A) on any Business Day that JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association ceases to act as Administrative Agent, (B) in connection with a Market Value Cure, (C) subject to the payment of the premium (if applicable) described in clause (ii) below, up to but not more than three times during any Calculation Period; provided that the Company may not prepay any outstanding Advances pursuant to this Section 4.03(c)(i)(C) during the Non-Call Period in an amount that would cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances to be below the Minimum Funded Amount in effect as of such date (such aggregate principal amount in excess of the Minimum Funded Amount, the " Excess Funded Amount "), or (D) at any time after the Non-Call Termination Date.  The Company shall notify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator by electronic mail of an executed document (attached as a .pdf or other similar file) of any prepayment pursuant to Section 4.03(c)(i)(A) or Section 4.03(c)(i)(C) not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, two (2) Business Days before the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable (unless such notice conditions such prepayment upon consummation of a transaction which is contemplated to result in a prepayment of outstanding Advances, in which event such notice may be revocable or conditioned upon such consummation) and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of the Advances to be prepaid.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Except in connection with a Market Value Cure, each partial prepayment of outstanding Advances shall be in an amount not less than U.S.$1,000,000 (or, if less, the aggregate outstanding amount thereof).  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest.

(ii) Each prepayment or commitment reduction pursuant to Section 4.03(c)(i)(C) and Section 4.07(a) that is made after the Non-Call Period (unless the Non-Call Period ended as a result of a Non-Call Termination Date) and during the Reinvestment Period, whether in full or in part, shall be accompanied by a premium equal to 1% of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment or (without duplication) commitment reduction and, at the request of any Lender in respect of any prepayment on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, any costs incurred by it in respect of the breakage of its funding at the LIBO Reference Rate for the related Calculation Period; provided that no such premium shall be payable with respect to any prepayment (or portion thereof) that does not exceed the Excess Funded Amount.

 

 


- 47 -

 

(d) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender, a commitment fee (the " Commitment Fee ") in accordance with the Priority of Payments which shall accrue at (i) for the period from the Effective Date to but excluding the last day of the Ramp-Up Period, 0.375% per annum and (ii) for the period from and including the last day of the Ramp-Up Period to but excluding the last day of the Reinvestment Period, 0.60% per annum, in each case, on the average daily unused amount of the Financing Commitment of such Lender during the applicable period (calculated by reference to the Minimum Funding Amount to the extent applicable).  Accrued Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, and on the date on which the Financing Commitments terminate.  All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(e) Without limiting Section 4.03(c), the Company shall have the obligation from time to time to prepay outstanding Advances in whole or in part on any date with proceeds from sales of Portfolio Investments directed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.04 and as set forth in Section 8.01(c).  All such prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest (but no premium).

SECTION 4.04. MV Cure Account .

(a) The Company shall cause all cash received by it in connection with a Market Value Cure to be deposited in the MV Cure Account or remitted to the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall credit to the MV Cure Account such amounts received by it (and identified in writing as such) immediately upon receipt thereof.  Prior to the Maturity Date, all cash amounts in the MV Cure Account shall be invested in overnight Eligible Investments at the written direction of the Administrative Agent (as directed by the Required Lenders).  All amounts contributed to the Company by Parent in connection with a Market Value Cure shall be paid free and clear of any right of chargeback or other equitable claim.

(b) Amounts on deposit in the MV Cure Account may be withdrawn by the Collateral Agent (at the written direction of the Company (or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, the Administrative Agent)) and remitted to the Company with prior notice to the Administrative Agent (or, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, to the Lenders for prepayment of Advances and reduction of Financing Commitment); provided that the Company may not direct any withdrawal from the MV Cure Account if the Borrowing Base Test is not satisfied (or would not be satisfied after such withdrawal).

SECTION 4.05. Priority of Payments .

On (w) each Interest Payment Date, (x) the Maturity Date, (y) upon request of the Administrative Agent (which request may be a standing request), each Agent Business Day after the occurrence of a Market Value Event and (z) upon request of the Administrative Agent (which request may be a standing request), each Agent Business Day after the occurrence of an Event of Default and the declaration of the Secured Obligations as due and payable hereunder (each date set forth in clauses (y) and (z) above, an " Additional Distribution Date "), the Collateral Agent shall distribute all amounts in the Collection Account in the following order of priority (the " Priority of Payments "):

(a) to pay (i) first , amounts due or payable to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary hereunder and under the Account Control Agreement (including reasonable and documented fees, out-of-pocket expenses and indemnities required to be paid hereunder and thereunder) and (ii) second , any other accrued and unpaid fees and out-of pocket expenses (other than the Commitment Fee payable to the Lenders, but including Lender indemnities) due hereunder

 

 


- 48 -

 

and under the Account Control Agreement, up to a maximum amount under this clause (a) of U.S.$50,000 (the " Cap ") on each Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date and each Additional Distribution Date (in the case of any Additional Distribution Date or the Maturity Date, after giving effect to all payments of such amounts on any other Additional Distribution Date or Interest Payment Date occurring in the same calendar quarter); provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and the Administrative Agent has terminated the Financing Commitments and declared the Secured Obligations due and payable, the Cap shall be increased to $200,000 for payment to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the Securities Intermediary in connection with any actions it has taken with respect to enforcement of rights on the Collateral;

(b) to pay accrued and unpaid interest due and payable hereunder in respect of the Advances, any accrued and unpaid Commitment Fees payable to the Lenders and any amounts payable to any Lender or the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.01(e) or (f) or Section 3.03 (pro rata based on amounts due);

(c) to pay (i) on each Interest Payment Date, all prepayments of the Advances permitted or required under this Agreement (including any applicable premium) and (ii) on the Maturity Date (and, if applicable, any Additional Distribution Date), outstanding principal of the Advances until the Advances are paid in full;

(d) to pay to the Portfolio Manager (unless waived or deferred in whole or in part by Portfolio Manager) any accrued and unpaid Primary Management Fee for the related Calculation Period;

(e) prior to the end of the Reinvestment Period, at the direction of the Portfolio Manager, to fund the Unfunded Exposure Account and any applicable Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account up to the Unfunded Exposure Amounts;

(f) to pay all amounts set forth in clause (a) above not paid due to the limitation set forth therein;

(g) to pay to the Portfolio Manager (unless waived or deferred in whole or in part by Portfolio Manager) any accrued and unpaid Secondary Management Fee for the related Calculation Period;

(h) to make any Permitted Distributions or Permitted RIC Distributions (subject to the limitations on the use of Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds set forth in the definition of such term) directed pursuant to this Agreement;

(i) at the election of the Portfolio Manager, to pay to the Portfolio Manager any deferred and unpaid Primary Management Fee and/or deferred and unpaid Secondary Management Fee; and

(j) (i) on any Interest Payment Date, to deposit any remaining amounts in the Collection Account as Principal Proceeds (which, during the Reinvestment Period, may be applied to the acquisition of additional Portfolio Investments) and (ii) on the Maturity Date and any Additional Distribution Date, any remaining amounts to the Company.

SECTION 4.06. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the account designated in writing to the Company and the Collateral Agent for

 

 


- 49 -

 

further distribution by the Administrative Agent (if applicable).  The Administrative Agent shall give written notice to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator (on which the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator may conclusively rely) and the Portfolio Manager of the calculation of amounts payable to the Lenders in respect of the Advances and the amounts payable to the Portfolio Manager.  At least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date and any Additional Distribution Date, the Administrative Agent shall deliver an invoice to the Portfolio Manager, the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator in respect of the interest due on such Interest Payment D d ate.  All payments not made to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders shall be made as directed in writing by the Administrative Agent.  Subject to Section 3.03 hereof, all payments by the Company hereunder shall be made without setoff or counterclaim.  All payments hereunder shall be made in U SD .S. dollars other than payments of interest and principal made in respect of Advances denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency, which shall be made in the applicable Permitted Non-USD Currency of such Advance .  All interest calculated using the LIBO Reference Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and all interest calculated using the Base Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days in each case, payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) If after receipt of an invoice from the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.06(a) and at least two (2) Business Days prior to any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date or an Additional Distribution Date, the Collateral Administrator shall have notified the Company, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent that the Company does not have a sufficient amount of funds in a Permitted Non-USD Currency on deposit in the applicable Non-USD Obligation Account(s) that will be needed (1) to pay to the Lenders all of the amounts required to be paid in such Permitted Non-USD Currency on such date and/or (2) to pay any expenses required to be paid in accordance with the Priority of Payments, in each case, in such Permitted Non-USD Currency as required for such payment (a "Currency Shortfall"), then, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Market Value Event has occurred, the Company shall exchange (or shall direct the Collateral Agent to exchange) amounts in USD held in the Collection Account for the applicable Permitted Non-USD Currency in an amount necessary to cure such Currency Shortfall.  Each such exchange shall occur no later than one Business Day prior to such Payment Date or Additional Distribution Date or the Maturity Date, as applicable, and shall be made at the Spot Rate at the time of conversion.  If for any reason the Company shall have failed to effect any such currency exchange by the Business Day prior to such date, then the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to (but shall not be obligated to) direct such currency exchange on behalf of the Company.

(c) At any time following the occurrence of a Market Value Event or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion direct the Collateral Agent to direct the UK Account Bank or the UK Custodian, as applicable, to exchange amounts held in any Non-USD Obligation Account for USD at the Spot Rate for application hereunder.

SECTION 4.07. Termination or Reduction of Financing Commitments .

(a) After the Non-Call Period (or any other date if JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association ceases to act as Administrative Agent), the Company shall be entitled at its option, subject to the payment of any premium described in Section 4.03(c)(ii) to the extent the Non-Call Termination Date has not occurred on or prior to such date, and upon three (3) Business Days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator) to either (i) terminate the Financing Commitments in whole upon payment in full of all Advances, all accrued and unpaid interest, all

 

 


- 50 -

 

applicable premium (if any) and all other Secured Obligations (other than unmatured contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations) or (ii) reduce in part any portion of the Financing Commitments that exceeds the sum of the outstanding Advances (after giving effect to any concurrent repayment of the Advances on such date).  In addition, the Financing Commitments shall be automatically and irrevocably reduced by any amount of any prepayment of Advances pursuant to Section 4.03(c)(i)(C) during the Reinvestment Period that exceeds the Excess Funded Amount.

(b) The Financing Commitments shall be automatically and irrevocably reduced on the date of any prepayment made in accordance with the definition of "Market Value Cure" in an amount equal to the amount of such prepayment.

(c) The Financing Commitments shall be automatically and irrevocably reduced by all amounts that are used to prepay or repay Advances following the occurrence of a Market Value Event or an Event of Default.

(d) All unused Financing Commitments as of the last day of the Reinvestment Period shall automatically be terminated.

(e) The Financing Commitments shall be irrevocably reduced by the amount of any repayment or prepayment of Advances following the last day of the Reinvestment Period.

ARTICLE V
THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER

SECTION 5.01. Appointment and Duties of the Portfolio Manager .

The Company hereby appoints the Portfolio Manager as its portfolio manager under this Agreement and to perform the investment management functions of the Company set forth herein, and the Portfolio Manager hereby accepts such appointment.  For so long as no Market Value Event has occurred and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and subject to Section 1.04, the services to be provided by the Portfolio Manager shall consist of (x) selecting, purchasing, managing and directing the investment, reinvestment and disposition of Portfolio Investments, delivering Notices of Acquisition on behalf of and in the name of the Company and (y) acting on behalf of the Company for all other purposes hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company hereby irrevocably appoints the Portfolio Manager its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution) in its name, place and stead and at its expense, in connection with the performance of its duties provided for herein.  Without limiting the foregoing:

(a) The Portfolio Manager shall perform its obligations hereunder with reasonable care, using a degree of skill not less than that which the Portfolio Manager exercises with respect to assets of the nature of the Portfolio Investments that it manages for itself and others having similar investment objectives and restrictions and consistent with practices and procedures followed by institutional managers of national standing relating to assets of the nature and character of the Portfolio; and

(b) The Portfolio Manager shall not (and shall not cause the Company to) take any action that it knows or reasonably should know would (1) violate the constituent documents of the Company, (2) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, (3) require registration of the Company as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or (4) cause the Company to violate the terms of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any instruments relating to the Portfolio Investments.

 

 


- 51 -

 

The Portfolio Manager may employ third parties (including its Affiliates) to render advice (including investment advice) and assistance to the Company and to perform any of the Portfolio Manager's duties hereunder, provided that the Portfolio Manager shall not be relieved of any of its duties or liabilities hereunder regardless of the performance of any services by third parties.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have the right to remove or replace the Portfolio Manager as investment adviser or portfolio manager hereunder.

SECTION 5.02. Portfolio Manager Representations as to Eligibility Criteria; Etc .

The Portfolio Manager agrees to comply with all covenants and restrictions imposed on the Company hereunder and not to act in contravention of this Agreement.  The Portfolio Manager represents to the other parties hereto that (a) as of the Trade Date and Settlement Date for each Portfolio Investment purchased, such Portfolio Investment meets all of the applicable Eligibility Criteria (unless otherwise consented to by the Administrative Agent) and, except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the Concentration Limitations shall be satisfied (unless otherwise consented to by the Administrative Agent) and (b) all of the information contained in the related Notice of Acquisition is true, correct and complete in all material respects; provided that, to the extent any such information was furnished to the Company by any third party, such information is as of its delivery date true, complete and correct in all material respects to the knowledge of the Portfolio Manager.

SECTION 5.03. Indemnification .

The Portfolio Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Agents, the Collateral Administrator and the Lenders and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, agents, employees and controlling persons (each, an " Indemnified Person ") from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, damages or liabilities of any kind, including legal fees and disbursements (collectively, " Liabilities "), and shall reimburse each such Indemnified Person on a current basis for all reasonable and documented expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel), incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with investigating, preparing, responding to or defending any investigative, administrative, judicial or regulatory action, suit, claim or proceeding, relating to or arising out of (a) any breach by the Portfolio Manager of any of its obligations hereunder and (b) the failure of any of the representations or warranties of the Portfolio Manager set forth herein to be true when made or when deemed made or repeated, except to the extent that such Liabilities or expenses (x) result from the performance or non-performance of the Portfolio Investments or (y) are found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable Indemnified Person.

This Section 5.03 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of all amounts owing to the Secured Parties hereunder.

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01. Representations and Warranties .

The Company (and, with respect to clauses (a) through (e), (l), (n), (o), (t) through (w) and (aa), the Portfolio Manager) represents to the other parties hereto solely with respect to itself that as

 

 


- 52 -

 

of the date hereof and each Trade Date (or as of such other date on which such representations and warranties are required to be made hereunder):

(a) it is duly organized or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions herein and therein contemplated;

(b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each such other Loan Document, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein have been duly authorized by it and this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject to (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (B) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein do not conflict with the provisions of its governing instruments and will not violate in any material way any provisions of Applicable Law or regulation or any applicable order of any court or regulatory body and will not result in the material breach of, or constitute a default, or require any consent, under any material agreement, instrument or document to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound or affected;

(d) it is not subject to any Adverse Proceeding;

(e) it has obtained all consents and authorizations (including all required consents and authorizations of any Governmental Authority) that are necessary or advisable to be obtained by it in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is or may become a party and each such consent and authorization is in full force and effect except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) it is not required to register as an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(g) it has not issued any securities that are or are required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and it is not a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(h) it has no Indebtedness other than (i) Indebtedness incurred or permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Loan Documents and (ii) if applicable, the obligation to make future payments under any Delayed Funding Term Loan;

(i) (x) it does not have underlying assets which constitute "plan assets" within the meaning of the Plan Asset Rules; and (y) except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate has within the last six years sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or been required to contribute to and does not have any liability with respect to any Plan;

(j) as of the date of this Agreement it is, and immediately after giving effect to any Advance it will be, Solvent and it is not entering into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or

 

 


- 53 -

 

consummating any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby with any intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors;

(k) it is not in default under any other contract to which it is a party except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) it has complied with all Applicable Laws, judgments, agreements with governmental authorities, decrees and orders with respect to its business and properties and the Portfolio, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) it does not have any Subsidiaries or own any Investments in any Person other than the Portfolio Investments or Investments (i) constituting Eligible Investments (as measured at their time of acquisition), (ii) acquired by the Company with the approval of the Administrative Agent, or (iii) those the Company shall have acquired or received as a distribution in connection with a workout, bankruptcy, foreclosure, restructuring or similar process or proceeding involving a Portfolio Investment or any issuer thereof;

(n) (x) it has disclosed to the Administrative Agent all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and all other matters actually known to it, in each case, that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (y) no information (other than projections, forward-looking information, general economic data, industry information) heretofore furnished by or on behalf of the Company in writing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby (after taking into account all updates, modifications and supplements to such information) contains (to the extent any such information was furnished by, or relates to, a third party, to the Company's knowledge), when taken as a whole, as of its delivery date (and as updated or supplemented after such date), any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading and (z) as of the Effective Date, to the best knowledge of the Company, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects;

(o) [Reserved];

(p) the Company has timely filed all Tax returns required by Applicable Law to have been filed by it; all such Tax returns are true and correct in all material respects; and the Company has paid or withheld (as applicable) all Taxes owing or required to be withheld by it (if any) shown on such Tax returns, except (i) any such Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside in accordance with GAAP on its books and records or (ii) the failure to file such tax returns or pay, withhold or discharge such taxes or governmental charges would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(q) the Company is and will be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(r) the Company is and will be wholly owned by the Parent, which is a U.S. Person;

(s) prior to the date hereof, the Company has not engaged in any business operations or activities other than as an ownership entity for Portfolio Investments and similar Loan or debt obligations and activities incidental thereto;

 

 


- 54 -

 

(t) neither it nor any of its Affiliates is (i) the subject or target of Sanctions; (ii) a Person that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory named on such lists or which is designated as a "Non ‑Cooperative Jurisdiction" by the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, or whose subscription funds are transferred from or through such a jurisdiction; (iii) a "Foreign Shell Bank" within the meaning of the PATRIOT Act, i.e., a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not affiliated with a bank that has a physical presence and an acceptable level of regulation and supervision; or (iv) a person or entity that resides in or is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction designated by the United States Secretary of the Treasury under Sections 311 or 312 of the PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns.  It is in compliance with all applicable Sanctions and also in compliance with all applicable provisions of the PATRIOT Act;

(u) the Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its agents and their respective directors, managers, officers and employees (as applicable) with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Company and its officers and directors and, to its knowledge, its employees, members and agents are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company being designated as a Sanctioned Person.  None of (i) the Company or its directors, officers, managers or employees or (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, any director, manager or agent of the Company that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person;

(v) the Loan Documents and the organizational documents of the Company represent all of the material agreements between the Portfolio Manager, the Parent and the Seller, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other.  The Company has good and marketable title to all Portfolio Investments and other Collateral free of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and no valid and effective financing statement (other than with respect to Permitted Liens) or other instrument similar in effect naming or purportedly naming the Company or the Seller as debtor and covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except such as may have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent as "Secured Party" pursuant hereto, as necessary or advisable in connection with the Sale Agreement or which has been terminated;

(w) the Company is not relying on any advice (whether written or oral) of any Lender, Agent or any of their respective Affiliates in connection with its entering into and performing its obligations under this Agreement;

(x) there are no judgments for Taxes with respect to the Company and no claim is being asserted with respect to the Taxes of the Company, except, in the case of claims only, any such claims (x) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside in accordance with GAAP or (y) that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect ;

(y) upon the making of each Advance, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, will have acquired a perfected, first priority and valid security interest (except, as to priority, for any Permitted Liens) in the Collateral acquired with the proceeds of such Advance, free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens);

(z) the Parent (i) is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) has elected to be treated a business development corporation for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

 


- 55 -

 

(aa) the Portfolio Manager is not required to register as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

(bb) except with respect to clause (2) of the definition of ERISA Event where such ERISA Event would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred; and

(cc) all proceeds of the Advances will be used by the Company only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  No part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used by the Company to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.  Neither the making of any Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board.  No Advance is secured, directly or indirectly, by Margin Stock, and the Collateral does not include Margin Stock.

SECTION 6.02. Covenants of the Company and the Portfolio Manager .

The Company (and, with respect to clauses (e), (g), (j), (k), (o), (r) and (gg), the Portfolio Manager) on each day during the term of this Agreement:

(a) shall at all times:  (i) maintain at least one independent manager or director (who is in the business of serving as an independent manager or director) except while a vacancy is being filled as required by the Company’s organizational documents ; (ii) maintain its own separate books and records (other than tax returns and documents related thereto) and bank accounts; (iii) hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from any other Person ( without limiting the foregoing, it is acknowledged that for accounting purposes, the Company may be consolidated as required by GAAP and included in such Person’s consolidated financial statements) ; (iv) have a board of managers separate from that of any other Person; (v) file its own Tax returns, except to the extent that the Company is treated as a "disregarded entity" for Tax purposes and is not required to file any Tax returns under Applicable Law, and pay any Taxes so required to be paid under Applicable Law, (vi) not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person; (vii) conduct its business in its own name (except as may be required for U.S. federal income and applicable state and local tax purposes) and comply with all organizational formalities necessary to maintain its separate existence; (viii) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds; (ix) except as permitted hereunder and under the other Loan Documents , maintain an arm's length relationship with the Parent and each of its other Affiliates; (x) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others; (xi) allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with an Affiliate, including for shared office space; (xii) use separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xiii) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, not pledge its assets as security for the obligations of any other Person; (xiv) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity; (xv) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities and pay its operating expenses and liabilities from its own assets; (xvi) not acquire the obligations or any securities of its Affiliates except as permitted under the Loan Documents; (xvii) cause the managers, officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company; and (xviii) maintain at least one special member, who, upon the dissolution of the sole member or the withdrawal or the disassociation of the sole member from the Company, shall immediately become the member of the Company in accordance with its organizational documents.

(b) shall not (i) not engage in any business or activity other than the activities permitted pursuant to its constituent documents ; (ii) fail to be Solvent, (iii) release, sell, transfer, convey or assign any Portfolio Investment to the extent otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents; (iv) except

 

 


- 56 -

 

for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company, enter into any transaction with an Affiliate of the Company except on commercially reasonable terms not materially less favorable to the Company (taken as a whole) than those available to unaffiliated parties in an arm's-length transaction; (v) identify itself as a department or division of any other Person; or (vi) own any material asset or property other than the Collateral and other assets as permitted hereunder, the Sale Agreement and the Loan Documents, and the related assets and incidental personal property necessary for the ownership or operation of these assets and the operation of the Company.

(c) shall take all actions consistent with and shall not take any action contrary to the "Facts and Assumptions" sections in the opinions of Dechert LLP, dated the date hereof, relating to certain true sale and non-consolidation matters;

(d) shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than (i) Indebtedness incurred or permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Loan Documents and (ii) if applicable, the obligation to make future payments under any Delayed Funding Term Loan;

(e) shall comply with all Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions and shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company and its directors, managers, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions;

(f) shall not amend (1) any of its constituent documents or (2) any document to which it is a party in any manner that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Lenders in any material respect, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent;

(g) shall not (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Agreement or any grant hereunder to be impaired, or permit the Lien of this Agreement or any Non-USD Obligation Security Document to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Advances, except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B) permit any Lien to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part thereof, any interest therein or the proceeds thereof, in each case, other than Permitted Liens or (C) take any action that would cause the Lien of this Agreement not to constitute a valid perfected security interest in the Collateral that is of first priority, free of any adverse claim or the legal equivalent thereof, as applicable, except for Permitted Liens;

(h) shall not, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), which consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Required Lenders, enter into any hedge agreement;

(i) shall not change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed by the Company (or by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Company) in accordance with subsection (a) above materially misleading or change its jurisdiction of organization, unless the Company shall have given the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent at least 10 Business Days (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) prior written notice thereof, and shall promptly file, or authorize the filing of, appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing statements and continuation statements (and shall provide a copy of such amendments to the Collateral Agent and

 

 


- 57 -

 

Administrative Agent together with written confirmation to the effect that all appropriate amendments or other documents in respect of previously filed statements have been filed);

(j) shall do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to (i) preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a limited liability company (or, in the case of the Portfolio Manager, a statutory trust) and take all reasonable action to maintain its rights, franchises, licenses and permits material to its business in the jurisdiction of its formation and (ii) qualify and remain qualified as a limited liability company or statutory trust, as applicable, in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Loan Documents or any of the Collateral;

(k) shall comply with all Applicable Law (whether statutory, regulatory or otherwise), except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) shall not merge into or consolidate with any Person or dissolve, terminate or liquidate in whole or in part, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent;

(m) except for Investments permitted by Section 6.02(u)(C) and without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, shall not form, or cause to be formed, any Subsidiaries; or make or suffer to exist any Loans or advances to, or extend any credit to, or make any investments (by way of transfer of property, contributions to capital, purchase of stock or securities or evidences of indebtedness, acquisition of the business or assets, or otherwise) in, any Affiliate or any other Person except investments as otherwise permitted herein and pursuant to the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Portfolio Investments);

(n) shall ensure that (i) its affairs are conducted so that its underlying assets do not constitute "plan assets" within the meaning of the Plan Asset Rules, and (ii) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, contributes to or is required to contribute to or has any liability with respect to any Plan;

(o) except for the security interest granted hereunder  and under the Non-USD Obligation Security Documents and as otherwise permitted hereunder, shall not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on the Collateral or any interest therein (other than Permitted Liens), and the Company shall defend the right, title, and interest of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and the Lenders in and to the Collateral against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Company (other than Permitted Liens);

(p)

(i) shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall furnish to the Lenders, copies of the following financial statements, reports and information:  (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, the related consolidated statements of income for such year and the related consolidated statements of changes in net assets and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year; provided , that the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (i) which are made available via EDGAR, or any successor system of the Securities Exchange Commission, in the Parent's annual report on Form

 

 


- 58 -

 

10 ‑K, shall be deemed delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date such documents are made so available; (ii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year (other than the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter and including the prior comparable period (if any), and the unaudited consolidated statements of income of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, and the unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter; provided , that the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) which are made available via EDGAR, or any successor system of the Securities Exchange Commission, in Parent's quarterly report on Form 10-Q, shall be deemed delivered to the Administrative Agent on the date such documents are made so available; and (iii) from time to time, such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request;

(ii) shall furnish to the Administrative Agent no later than the date any financial statements are due pursuant to Section 6.02(p)(i) or (ii), a compliance certificate, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company in such capacity (and not in any individual capacity), to the knowledge of such Responsible Officer, to be true and correct in all material respects, (i) stating whether any Default or Event of Default exists; (ii) stating that Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement, including a certification that the Collateral has been Delivered to the Collateral Agent; (iii) stating that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Article IV, or in any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time or in connection herewith or therewith, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date thereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date; and (iv) certifying that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and the results of operations of Parent on the dates and for the periods indicated, on the basis of GAAP, subject, in the case of interim financial statements, to year-end audit adjustments permitted under GAAP and the absence of footnotes;

(q) shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all Taxes levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such Tax (i) the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been made or (ii) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(r) shall, subject to the requirements of Section 10.7, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, and at the Company's expense, (A) to inspect and make copies of and abstracts from its records relating to the Portfolio Investments and (B) to visit its properties in connection with the collection, processing or managing of the Portfolio Investments for the purpose of examining such records, and to discuss matters relating to the Portfolio Investments or such Person's performance under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with any officer or employee or auditor (if any) of such Person having knowledge of such matters (including, if requested by the Administrative Agent, quarterly telephone conferences with representatives of the Company with respect to review of the Portfolio Investments).  The Company agrees to render to the Administrative Agent such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard to the foregoing; provided that such assistance shall not interfere in any

 

 


- 59 -

 

material respect with the Company's or the Portfolio Manager's business and operations.  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Market Value Event has occurred, such visits and inspections shall occur only (i) upon five (5) Business Days' prior written notice, (ii) during normal business hours and (iii) no more than once in any calendar year.  Following the occurrence of a Market Value Event or following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, there shall be no limit on the timing or number of such inspections and only one (1) Business Day' prior notice will be required before any inspection.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (r), neither the Company nor any Affiliate thereof will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (x) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (y) in respect of which access or inspection by, or disclosure to, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Applicable Law or (z) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product;

(s) shall not use any part of the proceeds of any Advance, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, including Regulations T, U and X;

(t) shall not make any Restricted Payments without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that the Company may make Permitted Distributions or Permitted RIC Distributions subject to the other requirements of this Agreement;

(u) shall not make or hold any Investments, except (A) the Portfolio Investments or Investments constituting Eligible Investments (measured at the time of acquisition), (B) those that have been consented to by the Administrative Agent or (C) those the Company shall have acquired or received as a distribution in connection with a workout, bankruptcy, foreclosure, restructuring or similar process or proceeding involving a Portfolio Investment or any issuer thereof;

(v) shall not request any Advance, and the Company shall not directly or indirectly, use, and shall procure that its directors, officers, employees and agents shall not directly or indirectly use, the proceeds of any Advance (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent permitted for a Person required to comply with Sanctions, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto;

(w) other than (i) with the consent of the Administrative Agent, (ii) pursuant to the Sale Agreement, (iii) as a permitted Substitution under Section 1.06 or (iv) in a required sale directed by the Administrative Agent under Section 1.04 following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, shall not transfer to any of its Affiliates any Portfolio Investment purchased from any of its Affiliates unless such sale is conducted on terms and conditions consistent with those of an arm's-length transaction and in accordance with the Portfolio Manager's standard market practices;

(x) shall post on a password protected website maintained by the Portfolio Manager to which the Administrative Agent will have access or deliver via email to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each obligor in respect of a Portfolio Investment, without duplication of any other reporting requirements set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any management discussion and analysis provided by such obligor and any financial reporting packages and notifications of default with respect to such obligor under such Portfolio Investment's underlying documents and with respect to each Portfolio Investment for such obligor (including any attached or included information, statements and

 

 


- 60 -

 

calculations), in each case within five (5) Business Days of the receipt thereof by the Company or the Portfolio Manager; provided that the Company shall post on a password protected website maintained by the Portfolio Manager to which the Administrative Agent will have access and deliver via email to the Administrative Agent notice of any credit event relating to an obligor immediately upon obtaining knowledge thereof.  The Company shall cause the Portfolio Manager to provide such other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any Portfolio Investment or obligor (to the extent reasonably available to the Portfolio Manager);

(y) shall not elect to be classified as other than a disregarded entity or partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, nor shall the Company take any other action or actions that would cause it to be classified, taxed or treated as a corporation or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including transferring interests in the Company on or through an established securities market or secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof), within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code (and Treasury regulations thereunder);

(z) shall only have partners or owners that are treated as U.S. Persons or that are disregarded entities owned by a U.S. Person and shall not recognize the transfer of any interest in the Company that constitutes equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes to a Person that is not a U.S. Person;

(aa) shall from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and shall take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to secure the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder and to grant more effectively all or any portion of the Collateral, maintain or preserve the security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the purposes hereof, perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any grant made or to be made by this Agreement, preserve and defend title to the Collateral and the rights therein of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in the Collateral and the Collateral Agent against the claims of all Persons and parties, pay any and all Taxes levied or assessed upon all or any part of the Collateral and use its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize Taxes and any other costs arising in connection with its activities or give, execute, deliver, file and/or record any financing statement, notice, instrument, document, agreement or other papers that may be necessary or desirable to create, preserve, perfect or validate the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such pledge and security interest, and hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a UCC financing statement listing 'all assets of the debtor' (or substantially similar language) in the collateral description of such financing statement;

(bb) [Reserved];

(cc) shall not hire any employees;

(dd) shall not maintain any bank accounts or securities accounts other than the Collateral Accounts and the Non-USD Obligation Accounts ;

(ee) except as otherwise expressly permitted herein, shall not cancel or terminate any of the underlying instruments in respect of a Portfolio Investment to which it is party or beneficiary (in any capacity) without payment in full of the portion so cancelled or terminated of such Portfolio Investment, or consent to or accept any cancellation or termination of any of such agreements unless (in each case) the Administrative Agent shall have consented thereto in writing in its sole discretion;

 

 


- 61 -

 

(ff) shall not make or incur any capital expenditures except as reasonably required to perform its functions in accordance with this Agreement;

(gg) shall not act on behalf of, a country, territory, entity or individual that, at the time of such act, is the subject or target of Sanctions, and none of the Company, the Portfolio Manager or any of their respective Affiliates, owners, directors or officers is a natural person or entity with whom dealings are prohibited under Sanctions for a natural person or entity required to comply with such Sanctions.  The Company does not own and will not acquire, and the Portfolio Manager will not cause the Company to own or acquire, any security issued by, or interest in, any country, territory, or entity whose direct ownership would be or is prohibited under Sanctions for a natural person or entity required to comply with Sanctions; and

(hh) shall give notice to the Administrative Agent promptly in writing upon (and in no event later than three (3) Business Days (or, in the case of clause (2)(y) below, one (1) Business Day) after) a Responsible Officer of the Company or the Portfolio Manager has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) any Adverse Proceeding;

(2) any (x) Default or (y) Event of Default;

(3) any material adverse claim asserted against any of the Portfolio Investments, the Collateral Accounts , any Non-USD Obligation Account or any other Collateral; and

(4) any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification delivered to any Lender that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in such certification.

SECTION 6.03. Amendments of Portfolio Investments, Etc .

If the Company or the Portfolio Manager receives any notice or other communication concerning any amendment, supplement, consent, waiver or other modification of any Portfolio Investment or any related underlying instrument or rights thereunder (each, an " Amendment ") with respect to any Portfolio Investment or any related underlying instrument, or makes any affirmative determination to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights or remedies thereunder, it will give prompt (and in any event, not later than five (5) Business Days') notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.  In any such event, the Company shall exercise all voting and other powers of ownership relating to such Amendment or the exercise of such rights or remedies as the Portfolio Manager shall deem appropriate under the circumstances; provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or a Market Value Event has occurred, the Company will exercise all voting and other powers of ownership as the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) shall instruct (it being understood that (x) if the terms of the related underlying instrument expressly prohibit or restrict any such rights given to the Administrative Agent, then such right shall be limited to the extent necessary so that such prohibition or restriction is not violated), and (y) the Administrative Agent shall not take direction with any action with regard to any Portfolio Investment from any Lender that the Administrative Agent knows is a "disqualified lender" (or similar term) pursuant to the documentation for such Portfolio Investment); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to JPMCB or any of its Affiliates as a Lender hereunder) .  In any such case, following the Company's receipt thereof, the Company shall promptly provide to the Administrative Agent copies of all executed amendments to underlying instruments, executed waiver or consent forms or other documents executed or delivered in connection with any Amendment.

 

 


- 62 -

 

ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (" Events of Default ") shall occur:

(a) the Company shall fail to pay any amount owing by it in respect of the Secured Obligations (whether for principal, interest, fees or other amounts) when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise and, solely in the case of amounts other than principal, such failure continues for a period of two (2) Business Days following such failure;

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company, the Portfolio Manager or the Seller (collectively, the " Credit Risk Parties ") herein or in any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, or other document (other than projections, forward-looking information, general economic data, industry information or information relating to third parties) furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (it being understood that the failure of a Portfolio Investment to satisfy the Eligibility Criteria after the date of its purchase shall not constitute a failure);

(c) (A) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 6.02(a)(i) through (vii), (xi), (xiv) or (xix), (b)(i) through (iv), (d), (f), (h), (i), (l), (m), (o), (t), (v), (w), (cc) or (hh), Section 8.02(b) or the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 1.04 or (B) any Credit Risk Party shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, condition or agreement contained herein (it being understood that the failure of a Portfolio Investment to satisfy the Eligibility Criteria after the date of its purchase shall not constitute such a failure) or in any other Loan Document and, in the case of this clause (B), if such failure is capable of being remedied, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days following the earlier of (i) receipt by such Credit Risk Party of written notice of such failure from the Administrative Agent and (ii) an officer of such Credit Risk Party becoming aware of such failure;

(d) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Credit Risk Party or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Credit Risk Party or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(e) any Credit Risk Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (d) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Credit Risk Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

 


- 63 -

 

(f) any Credit Risk Party shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(g) the passing of a resolution by the equity holders of the Company in respect of the winding up on a voluntary basis of the Company;

(h) any final judgments or orders (not subject to appeal or otherwise non-appealable) by one or more courts of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of U.S.$3,000,000 (after giving effect to insurance, if any, available with respect thereto) shall be rendered against the Company, and the same shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which the right to appeal has expired;

(i) an ERISA Event occurs except, with respect to clause (2) of the definition of ERISA Event, where such ERISA Event would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(j) a Change of Control occurs;

(k) the Company or the pool of Collateral shall become required to register as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(l) the Portfolio Manager (i) resigns as Portfolio Manager hereunder, (ii) assigns any of its obligations or duties as Portfolio Manager in contravention of the terms hereof or (iii) otherwise ceases to act as Portfolio Manager in accordance with the terms hereof;

(m) the Net Advances are greater than the product of (1) the Net Asset Value multiplied by (2) 75% and such deficit is not remedied within two (2) Business Days; or

(n) (i) failure of the Company to fund the Unfunded Exposure Account or any Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account when required in accordance with Section 2.03(e) other than in the case that any Lender fails to make the Advance required in accordance with Section 2.03(e) or (ii) failure of the Company to satisfy its obligations in respect of unfunded obligations with respect to any Delayed Funding Term Loan (including the payment of any amount in connection with the sale thereof to the extent required under this Agreement); provided that the failure of the Company to undertake any action set forth in this clause (n) is not remedied (or such Delayed Funding Term Loan is not transferred in accordance with this Agreement) within three (3) Business Days;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Company described in clause (d) or (e) of this Article), and at any time thereafter in each case during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Company, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Financing Commitments, and thereupon the Financing Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare all of the Secured Obligations then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any Secured Obligations not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the Secured Obligations so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which

 

 


- 64 -

 

are hereby waived by the Company; and in case of any event with respect to the Company described in clause (d) or (e) of this Article, the Financing Commitments shall automatically terminate and all Secured Obligations then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company.

ARTICLE VIII
COLLATERAL ACCOUNTS;
NON-USD OBLIGATION ACCOUNTS AND COLLATERAL SECURITY

SECTION 8.01. The Collateral Accounts; Agreement as to Control .

(a) Establishment and Maintenance of Collateral Accounts .  Pursuant to the Account Control Agreement, each of the Custodial Account, the Collection Account, the MV Cure Account and the Unfunded Exposure Account (collectively, the " Collateral Accounts ") has been established on the date hereof.  The Securities Intermediary agrees to maintain the Collateral Accounts in accordance with the Account Control Agreement as a "securities intermediary" (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC), in the name of the Company subject to the lien of the Collateral Agent.    The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Securities Intermediary shall not have any additional duties under this Agreement other than those expressly set forth herein, and the Securities Intermediary shall satisfy those duties expressly set forth herein so long as it acts without gross negligence, fraud, reckless disregard or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Securities Intermediary shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, and the Securities Intermediary shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers under this Agreement. The Securities Intermediary shall be subject to all of the rights, protections and immunities given to the Collateral Agent hereunder, including indemnities.    

(b) Investment of Funds on Deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account .  All amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account shall be invested (and reinvested) at the written direction of the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on its behalf) delivered to the Collateral Agent in Eligible Investments; provided that, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or following a Market Value Event, all amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account shall be invested, reinvested and otherwise disposed of at the written direction of the Administrative Agent delivered to the Collateral Agent.

(c) Unfunded Exposure Account.

(i) Amounts may be deposited into the Unfunded Exposure Account from time to time in accordance with Section 4.05 and from funds otherwise available to the Company .  Amounts shall also be deposited into the Unfunded Exposure Account as set forth in Section 2.03(e) .

(ii) While no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no Market Value Event has occurred and subject to satisfaction of the Borrowing Base Test (after giving effect to such release), the Portfolio Manager may direct, by means of an instruction in writing to the Securities Intermediary (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator), the release of funds on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account (i) for the purpose of funding the Company's unfunded commitments with respect to Delayed Funding Term Loans, for deposit into the Collection Account and (ii) so long as no Unfunded Exposure Shortfall Amount exists or would exist after giving effect to the withdrawal.  Following the occurrence and during the continuance

 

 


- 65 -

 

of an Event of Default or following the occurrence of a Market Value Event, at the written direction of the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator), the Securities Intermediary shall transfer all amounts in the Unfunded Exposure Account to the Collection Account to be applied pursuant to Section 4.05 .  Upon the direction of the Company by means of an instruction in writing to the Securities Intermediary (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent), any amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account in excess of outstanding funding obligations of the Company shall be released to the Collection Account to prepay the outstanding Advances.   The provisions of this clause (ii) shall also apply with respect to each Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account, as the context requires (with references to the Securities Intermediary above being deemed to be references to the UK Account Bank and all amounts transferred or released from any such Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account being exchanged at the then-current Spot Rate).

(d) Non-USD Obligation Accounts.

(i) The Company has caused the UK Account Bank to establish the Euro Collection Account in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.  On any date following the First Amendment Date, (x) the Company may direct the UK Account Bank to establish pursuant to the Security Trust Deed (i) a GBP Collection Account, (ii) a GBP Unfunded Exposure Account, (iii) a CAD Collection Account, (iv) a CAD Unfunded Exposure Account and/or (v) a Euro Unfunded Exposure Account upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice (or such longer period as may be required to establish such account(s)) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the UK Account Bank and (y) the Company may direct the UK Custodian to establish pursuant to the Security Trust Deed a Non-USD Obligation Account upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice (or such longer period as may be required to establish such account) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and the UK Custodian; provided that no such account may be opened until any Currency Amendment required to be entered into in connection therewith is entered into as set forth in Section 10.05.    All Non-USD Obligation Accounts will be administered in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and shall be in the name of the Company subject to the security constituted by the Company over such Non-USD Obligation Accounts in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Trust Deed.  The only permitted withdrawals from the Non-USD Obligation Accounts shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed.

(ii) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Account Bank will hold the funds in the Non-USD Obligation Accounts (other than the Non-USD Custodial Account) (the "Deposit") in non-interest bearing accounts established by it.  The Account Bank holds all money forming part of the Deposit as banker and, as a result, such money will not be held as client money in accordance with applicable local law.  Upon the establishment (if any) of the Non-USD Custodial Account, the Custodian will hold all funds and other Collateral held by it as banker and, as a result, such Collateral will not be held as client money in accordance with applicable local law.

 

 


- 66 -

 

SECTION 8.02. Collateral Security; Pledge; Delivery .

(a) Grant of Security Interest .  As collateral security for the prompt payment in full when due of all the Company's obligations to the Agents and the Lenders (collectively, the " Secured Parties ") under this Agreement (collectively, the " Secured Obligations "), the Company hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent and grants a continuing security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent in all of the Company's right, title and interest in, to and under (in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired or arising) all accounts, payment intangibles, general intangibles, chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, instruments, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights, investment property, and any and all other property of any type or nature owned by it (all of the property described in this clause (a) being collectively referred to herein as " Collateral "), including, without limitation:  (1) each Portfolio Investment, (2) all of the Company's interests in the Collateral Accounts and any the Non-USD Obligation Accounts and all investments, obligations and other property from time to time credited thereto, (3) the Sale Agreement, and any other Loan Document and all rights of the Company related to each such agreement, (4) all other property of the Company and (5) all proceeds thereof, all accessions to and substitutions and replacements for, any of the foregoing, and all rents, profits and products of any thereof.

(b) Delivery and Other Perfection .  In furtherance of the collateral arrangements contemplated herein, the Company shall (1) Deliver to the Collateral Agent the Collateral hereunder as and when acquired by the Company and (2) if any of the securities, monies or other property pledged by the Company hereunder are received by the Company, forthwith take such action as is necessary to ensure the Collateral Agent's continuing perfected security interest in such Collateral (including Delivering such securities, monies or other property to the Collateral Agent).

(c) Remedies, Etc .  During the period in which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall (but only if and to the extent directed in writing by the Required Lenders) do any of the following:

(i) Exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may, without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent's or its designee's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent or a designee of the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) may deem commercially reasonable.  The Company agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) calendar days' prior notice to the Company of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent or its designee may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned;

(ii) Transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of the Collateral Agent or a nominee thereof;

(iii) Enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or otherwise, and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise or extend or renew for any period

 

 


- 67 -

 

(whether or not longer than the original period) any obligations of any nature of any party with respect thereto;

(iv) Endorse any checks, drafts, or other writings in the Company's name to allow collection of the Collateral;

(v) Take control of any proceeds of the Collateral;

(vi) Execute (in the name, place and stead of any of the Company) endorsements, assignments, stock powers and other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to all or any of the Collateral; and/or

(vii) Perform such other acts as may be reasonably required to do to protect the Collateral Agent's rights and interest hereunder.

Without limitation to the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may exercise any available rights and remedies under the Security Trust Deed and any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document.  In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall limit, or be construed as limiting, any rights and remedies which Citibank, N.A. or any affiliate thereof (as Collateral Agent or in a similar role) has under the Security Trust Deed or under any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document.

(d) Compliance with Restrictions .  The Company and the Portfolio Manager agree that in any sale of any of the Collateral whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent or its designee are hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be advised by counsel in writing is necessary in order to avoid any violation of Applicable Law (including compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and purchasers, require that such prospective bidders and purchasers have certain qualifications, and restrict such prospective bidders and purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any governmental regulatory authority or official, and the Company and the Portfolio Manager further agree that such compliance shall not, in and of itself, result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner, nor shall the Collateral Agent be liable or accountable to the Company or the Portfolio Manager for any discount allowed by the reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in good faith compliance with any such limitation or restriction.

(e) Private Sale .  The Collateral Agent shall incur no liability as a result of a sale of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale pursuant to clause (c) above conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Company and the Portfolio Manager hereby waive any claims against each Agent and Lender arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale.

(f) Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact .  The Company hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as the Company's attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have assumed any of the obligations of the Company by this appointment), with full authority in the place and stead of the Company and in the name of the Company, from time to time in the Collateral Agent's discretion (exercised at the written direction of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as the case may be), after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of

 

 


- 68 -

 

Default, to take any action and to execute any instrument which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.  The Company hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees that the power of attorney granted pursuant to this clause is irrevocable during the term of this Agreement and is coupled with an interest.

(g) Further Assurances .  The Company covenants and agrees that, from time to time upon the request of the Collateral Agent (as directed by the Administrative Agent), the Company will execute and deliver such further documents, and do such other acts and things as the Collateral Agent (as directed by the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in order fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement and to protect and preserve the priority and validity of the security interest granted hereunder or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral; provided that no such document may alter the rights and protections afforded to the Company or the Portfolio Manager herein.

(h) Termination .  Upon the payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than any unmatured contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations) and termination of the Financing Commitments, the security interest granted herein shall automatically (and without further action by any party) terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Company.  Upon any such termination, the Collateral Agent will, at the Company's sole expense, deliver to the Company, or cause the Securities Intermediary to deliver, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all certificates and instruments representing or evidencing all of the Collateral held by the Securities Intermediary hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Company or its nominee such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

(i) Release of Security Interest upon Disposition of Collateral .   Upon any sale, transfer or other disposition of any Collateral (or portion thereof) that is permitted hereunder, the security interest granted hereunder in such Loan or other Collateral (or the portion thereof which has been sold or otherwise disposed of) shall, immediately upon the sale or other disposition of such Loan or other Collateral (or such portion) and without any further action on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, be released. Upon any such release, the Collateral Agent will, at the Company's sole expense, deliver to the Company, or cause the Securities Intermediary to deliver, without any representations, warranties or recourse of any kind whatsoever, all certificates and instruments representing or evidencing all of the Collateral held by the Securities Intermediary hereunder, and execute and deliver to the Company or its nominee such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

ARTICLE IX
THE AGENTS

SECTION 9.01. Appointment of Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent .

Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (each, an " Agent " and collectively, the " Agents ") as its agent and authorizes such Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Agent and each Lender hereby agree that no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder with respect to the Collateral shall be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at the direction of the Administrative Agent.

 

 


- 69 -

 

Each of the Lenders hereby instructs Citibank, N.A. to execute, perform and deliver the Security Trust Deed and any instruments and agreements ancillary thereto, in each case, in its capacities as Collateral Agent, UK Account Bank and UK Custodian.

Each financial institution serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender (if applicable) as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such financial institution and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

No Agent or the Collateral Administrator shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except that the foregoing shall not limit any duty expressly set forth in this Agreement to include such rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or that such Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by (i) in the case of the Collateral Agent (A) in respect of the exercise of remedies under Section 8.02(c), the Required Lenders, or (B) in all other cases, the Administrative Agent or (ii) in the case of any Agent, the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided herein), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company that is communicated to or obtained by the financial institution serving in the capacity of such Agent (except insofar as provided to it as Agent hereunder) or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or with the consent or at the request or direction of the Administrative Agent (in the case of the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Agent only) or the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders that shall be permitted herein to direct such action or forbearance).  None of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator or the Securities Intermediary shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Market Value Event or failure of the Borrowing Base Test unless and until a Responsible Officer has received written notice thereof from the Company, a Lender or the Administrative Agent.  None of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary or the Administrative Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness, value or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other agreement, instrument or document or the Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.  None of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary or the Administrative Agent shall be required to risk or expend its own funds in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder if it reasonably believes it will not receive reimbursement therefor hereunder.    Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement shall eliminate or limit the express obligations, rights and remedies of Citibank, N.A. under the Security Trust Deed, under any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document or under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States.

 

 


- 70 -

 

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, direction, opinion, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

In the event the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Administrator shall receive conflicting instruction from the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, the instruction of the Required Lenders shall govern.  Neither the Collateral Administrator nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or obligations under or in respect of any other agreement (including any agreement that may be referenced herein) to which it is not a party.  The grant of any permissive right or power to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall not be construed to impose a duty to act.

It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that neither the Collateral Administrator nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for, and shall not be under any duty to monitor or determine, compliance with the Eligibility Criteria or the Concentration Limitations in any instance, to determine if the conditions of "Deliver" have been satisfied or otherwise to monitor or determine compliance by any other Person with the requirements of this Agreement.

Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it.  No Agent shall be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any sub-agent or attorney appointed by such Agent with due care.  Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and its Affiliates (the " Related Parties ") for such Agent.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub‑agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor as provided in this paragraph, each of the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Administrative Agent may resign (which resignation of the Collateral Agent or the Securities Intermediary will also be effective as resignation under the Account Control Agreement) at any time upon 30 days' notice to each other agent, the Lenders, the Portfolio Manager and the Company.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Collateral Administrator, Collateral Agent, Securities Intermediary or Administrative Agent, as applicable, gives notice of its resignation, then the Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor which shall be a financial institution with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such financial institution.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Administrative Agent and shall have accepted such appointment within sixty (60) days after the retiring agent gives notice of its resignation, such agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Collateral Administrator, Securities Intermediary, Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder (and, if applicable, under the Account Control Agreement) by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring agent hereunder and under the Account Control Agreement, and the retiring agent shall be discharged from its

 

 


- 71 -

 

duties and obligations hereunder and under the Account Control Agreement.  After the retiring agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Sections 5.03 and 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Collateral Administrator, Securities Intermediary, Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor as provided in this paragraph, each of the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary may be removed at any time with 30 days' notice by the Company (with the written consent of the Administrative Agent), with notice to the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary, the Lenders and the Portfolio Manager (which removal of the Collateral Agent or the Securities Intermediary will also be effective as removal under the Account Control Agreement).  Upon any such removal, the Company shall have the right (with the written consent of the Administrative Agent) to appoint a successor to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator and/or the Securities Intermediary, as applicable.  If no successor to any such Person shall have been so appointed by the Company and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after such notice of removal, then the Administrative Agent may appoint a successor which shall be a financial institution with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such financial institution.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Collateral Administrator, Securities Intermediary or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder (and, if applicable, under the Account Control Agreement) by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the removed agent hereunder and under the Account Control Agreement, and the removed agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Account Control Agreement.  After the removed agent's removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Sections 5.03 and 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such removed agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Collateral Administrator, Securities Intermediary or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

Upon the request of the Company or the Administrative Agent or the successor agent, such retiring or removed agent shall, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor agent all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring or removed agent, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor agent all property and money held by such retiring or removed agent hereunder (and the Account Control Agreement, if applicable).  Upon reasonable request of any such successor agent, the Company and the Administrative Agent shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor agent all such rights, powers and trusts.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Anything in this Agreement notwithstanding, in no event shall any Agent, the Collateral Administrator or the Securities Intermediary be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including lost profits), even if such Agent, the Collateral Administrator or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, has been advised of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

 


- 72 -

 

Each Agent and the Collateral Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or officers of such Agent or the Collateral Administrator, unless it shall be conclusively determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Agent or the Collateral Administrator was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

Each Agent and the Collateral Administrator shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any certificate, statement, direction or opinion furnished to it in connection with this Agreement.

Each Agent and the Collateral Administrator shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, consent, order, approval, bond or other document or have any responsibility for filing or recording any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder.

No Agent shall be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control.  Such acts include but are not limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots and acts of war.  In connection with any payment, the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator are entitled to rely conclusively on any instructions provided to them by the Administrative Agent.

The rights, protections and immunities given to the Agents in this Section 9.01 and, as applicable, Section 9.02 shall likewise be available and applicable to the Securities Intermediary and , the Collateral Administrator and, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, the UK Custodian and the UK Account Bank .

SECTION 9.02. Additional Provisions Relating to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Administrator .

(a) Collateral Agent May Perform .  The Collateral Agent shall from time to time take such action (at the written direction of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders) for the maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the Collateral or of its security interest therein and the Administrative Agent may direct the Collateral Agent in writing to take any action incidental thereto; provided that in each case the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to take any such action in the absence of such direction and shall have no obligation to comply with any such direction if it reasonably believes that the same (1) is contrary to Applicable Law or (2) may subject the Collateral Agent to any loss, liability, cost or expense, unless the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, issuing such instruction make provision reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent for payment of same (which provision may be payment of such cost or expense by the Company (subject to the limitations set forth herein) in accordance with the Priority of Payments if such arrangement is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent).  

With respect to actions which are incidental to the actions specifically delegated to the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the written direction of the Administrative Agent; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder at the request of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders or otherwise if the taking of such action, in the determination of the Collateral Agent, (1) is contrary to Applicable Law or (2) is reasonably likely to subject the Collateral Agent to any loss, liability, cost or expense, unless the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, issuing such instruction make provision reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent for payment of same (which provision may be payment of such cost or expense by the Company (subject to the limitations set forth herein) in accordance with the Priority of Payments if such arrangement is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent).  In the event the Collateral Agent requests the consent of

 

 


- 73 -

 

the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent does not receive a consent (either positive or negative) from the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days of its receipt of such request, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have declined to consent to the relevant action.  

If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Collateral Agent is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Collateral Agent may request written instructions from the Administrative Agent as to the course of action desired by it.  If the Collateral Agent does not receive such instructions within five (5) Business Days after it has requested them, the Collateral Agent may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action and shall have no liability in connection therewith except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.  The Collateral Agent shall act in accordance with instructions received after such five (5) Business Day period except to the extent it has already, in good faith, taken or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions.

(b) Reasonable Care .  The Collateral Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession, provided that the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral if it takes such action for that purpose as the Company reasonably requests at times other than upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, but failure of the Collateral Agent to comply with any such request at any time shall not in itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care.  The Collateral Agent will not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any liens thereon.  The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel and independent accountants selected by it with due care in performing its duties hereunder.

(c) Collateral Agent Not Liable .  Except to the extent arising from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, criminal conduct, fraud or reckless disregard of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall not be liable by reason of its compliance with the terms of this Agreement with respect to (1) the investment of funds held thereunder in Eligible Investments (other than for losses attributable to the Collateral Agent's failure to make payments on investments issued by the Collateral Agent, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as collateral agent, in accordance with their terms) or (2) losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any Eligible Investment prior to its stated maturity.

(d) Certain Rights and Obligations of the Collateral Agent .  Without further consent or authorization from any Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have released, and shall execute any documents or instruments necessary to release, any lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise permitted or required hereunder or to which the Required Lenders have otherwise consented.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, any Agent or Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender in its individual capacity unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree), shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the purchaser at such sale.

(e) Collateral Agent, Securities Intermediary and , Collateral Administrator , UK Custodian and UK Account Bank Fees and Expenses .  Subject to the Priority of Payments, the Company agrees to pay to the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Administrator such

 

 


- 74 -

 

fees as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary , the Collateral Administrator , the UK Custodian and the UK Account Bank such fees as such Persons, the Administrative Agent and the Portfolio Manager , may agree in writing.   Subject to the Priority of Payments, the Company further agrees to pay to the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and , the Collateral Administrator , the UK Custodian and the UK Account Bank , or reimburse the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Administrator each such Person for paying, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (but limited, in the case of attorney’s fees, to reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one firm of outside counsel for each such Person (and one local counsel in any jurisdiction where local counsel is required)) in connection with this Agreement, the Account Control Agreement , each Non-USD Obligation Security Document and the transactions contemplated hereby, in connection with this Agreement, the Account Control Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, subject to the Priority of Payments.

(f) Execution by the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Administrator .  The Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Administrator are executing this Agreement solely in their capacity as Collateral Agent, Securities Intermediary and Collateral Administrator hereunder and in no event shall have any obligation to make any Advance, provide any Advance or perform any obligation of the Administrative Agent hereunder.

(g) Reports by the Collateral Administrator .  The Company hereby appoints Virtus Group, LP as Collateral Administrator and directs the Collateral Administrator to prepare the reports substantially in the form reasonably agreed by the Company, the Collateral Administrator and the Administrative Agent.  Without limitation to the foregoing, upon the written request (including via email) of the Administrative Agent, which may be in the form of a standing request, the Collateral Administrator shall provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of the most recent notice memo, distribution report or similar notice or report received by it in respect of any Portfolio Investment(s) identified by the Administrative Agent as soon as reasonably practicable after such request is made by the Administrative Agent (or, if such request is a standing request, as soon as reasonably practicable after such notice or report is received).

(h) Information Provided to Collateral Agent and Collateral Administrator .  Without limiting the generality of any terms of this Section, neither the Collateral Agent nor the Collateral Administrator shall have liability for any failure, inability or unwillingness on the part of the Portfolio Manager, the Administrative Agent, the Company or the Required Lenders to provide accurate and complete information on a timely basis to the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Administrator, as applicable, or otherwise on the part of any such party to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and, absent gross negligence, willful misconduct, criminal conduct, fraud or reckless disregard of the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Administrator, as applicable, shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in the performance or observance on the Collateral Agent's or Collateral Administrator's, as applicable, part of any of its duties hereunder that is caused by or results from any such inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information received by it, or other failure on the part of any such other party to comply with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01. Non-Petition; Limited Recourse .

Each of the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary, the Collateral Administrator, the Portfolio Manager and the other parties hereto (other than the Administrative Agent acting at the

 

 


- 75 -

 

direction of the Required Lenders) hereby agrees not to commence, or join in the commencement of, any proceedings in any jurisdiction for the bankruptcy, winding-up or liquidation of the Company or any similar proceedings, in each case prior to the date that is one year and one day (or if later, any applicable preference period plus one day) after the payment in full of all amounts owing to the parties hereto.  The foregoing restrictions are a material inducement for the parties hereto to enter into this Agreement and are an essential term of this Agreement.  The Administrative Agent or the Company may seek and obtain specific performance of such restrictions (including injunctive relief), including, without limitation, in any bankruptcy, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings.  The Company shall promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy, winding ‑up, liquidation or similar proceedings against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding; provided that such obligation shall be subject to the availability of funds therefor.  Nothing in this Section 10.01 shall limit the right of any party hereto to file any claim or otherwise take any action with respect to any proceeding of the type described in this Section that was instituted by the Company or against the Company by any Person other than a party hereto.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document, the Secured Obligations are limited recourse obligations of the Company, payable solely from the Collateral as applied in accordance with this Agreement and, on the exhaustion of the Collateral, all Secured Obligations of and all claims against the Company arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of the Advances against any Affiliate, shareholder, manager, officer, director, employee or member of the Company (solely in their capacities as such) or successors or assigns for any amounts payable in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.  It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.01 shall not (1) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement which is part of the Collateral or (2) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any Secured Obligation until such Collateral has been realized, whereupon any outstanding indebtedness or obligation shall be extinguished. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this section shall not limit the right of any person to name the Company as a party defendant in any Proceeding or in the exercise of any other remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against any such person or entity. The Administrative Agent and the Financing Providers, in extending credit to the Company, have relied on the existence of the Company as an entity separate and distinct from any other entity (including any shareholder, manager, officer, director, employee or member of the Company) and are not treating the Company and any other Person, including, without limitation, Parent, as one and the same entity, or as a single economic unit.

SECTION 10.02. Notices .

All notices and other communications in respect hereof (including, without limitation, any modifications hereof, or requests, waivers or consents hereunder) to be given or made by a party hereto shall be in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic messaging system of .pdf or other similar files) to the other parties hereto at the addresses for notices specified on the Transaction Schedule (or, as to any such party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to each other party hereto).  All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when (a) transmitted by facsimile, (b) personally delivered, (c) in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, or (d) in the case of notices and communications transmitted by electronic mail or any other electronic messaging system, upon delivery, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

 

 


- 76 -

 

SECTION 10.03. No Waiver .

No failure on the part of any party hereto to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 10.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver; Right of Setoff .

(a) Subject to the Priority of Payments, the Company shall pay (1) all reasonable and documented fees and out ‑of ‑pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary , the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank and their Related Parties, including the fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for each Agent , the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Administrator, and such other local counsel as required for the Agents , the Securities Intermediary, the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank and the Collateral Administrator, collectively, in connection with the preparation and administration of this Agreement, the Account Control Agreement , the Security Trust Deed, any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated) and (2) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Collateral Administrator , the Securities Intermediary, the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank and the Lenders, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for each Agent, the Collateral Administrator , the Securities Intermediary, the UK Custodian and the UK Account Bank and such other local counsel as required for all of them, in connection herewith, including the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement and , the Account Control Agreement, the Security Trust Deed and any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document, including their rights under this Section, or in connection with the Advances provided by them hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Advances.

(b) Subject to the Priority of Payments, the Company shall indemnify the Agents, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary, the Lenders , the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank and their Related Parties (each such Person being called an " Indemnitee "), against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for each Indemnitee and such other local counsel as required for any Indemnitees (such counsel being limited to one outside counsel and one local counsel for the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary , the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank and the Collateral Agent and their Related Parties and one outside counsel and one local counsel for the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and their Related Parties), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (1) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations or the exercise of the parties thereto of their respective rights or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (2) any Advance or the use of the proceeds therefrom, or (3) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or is

 

 


- 77 -

 

pursuing or defending any such action; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (A) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (B) with respect to indemnification obligations owed to the Administrative Agent or any Financing Provider, resulted from the material non-compliance by the Administrative Agent or (with respect to such Financing Provider or its Related Parties as an Indemnitee) any Financing Provider of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents or (C) relate to any claim, matter or dispute solely between or among Indemnitees.  This Section 10.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, no party hereto nor any Indemnitee shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any party hereto or any Indemnitee, as applicable, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, the Account Control Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby, any Advance or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(d) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, with prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Company, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Company against any of and all the obligations of the Company now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this clause (d) are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

(e) The rights of the UK Custodian, the UK Account Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 10.05 are not exclusive of the rights of such Persons pursuant to the Security Trust Deed, under any other Non-USD Obligation Security Document and under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States.

SECTION 10.05. Amendments .

Subject to Section 3.01(h)(ii), no amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including, without limitation, a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission or electronic mail) and executed by each of the Agents, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary, the Required Lenders, the Company and the Portfolio Manager; provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may waive any of the Eligibility Criteria and the requirements set forth in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 in its sole discretion; provided further that none of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Administrator or the Securities Intermediary shall be obligated to execute any amendment that affects its rights, duties, protections or immunities; provided further that any Material Amendment shall require the prior written consent of each Lender affected thereby.  If so requested by the Portfolio Manager to the required by the Administrative Agent (as notified to the other parties hereto in writing (including via e-mail) ) in conjunction with the establishment of any Non-USD Obligation Account (other than the Euro Collection Account) , the parties shall work together in good faith

 

 


- 78 -

 

to execute and deliver an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to all parties hereto to provide for any supplemental terms relating to the establishment of accounts in respect of Permitted Non-USD Currency Portfolio Investments (such accounts, collectively, " Non-USD Obligation Accounts "), establishment of security over such Non-USD Obligation Accounts and the related Permitted Non-USD Currency Portfolio Investments and the proceeds thereof any such accounts which, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, are necessary or desirable to protect the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties with respect to any such account and any related Non-USD Obligations (which may include one or more amendments to the Security Trust Deed or the execution and delivery of or one or more security agreements or security deeds or similar agreements in form and substance satisfactory to each of the parties hereto) and such other supplemental terms relating to Permitted Non-USD Currency Portfolio Investments as the parties hereto shall agree (each, a " additional Non-USD Obligation Security Document s " ) (any such amendment, a " Currency Amendment ").   No such account shall be established unless any required Currency Amendment has been executed and delivered by all parties hereto.

SECTION 10.06. Successors; Assignments .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Company may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Company without such consent shall be null and void) and the Portfolio Manager may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.  Except as expressly set forth herein, nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the conditions set forth below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Financing Commitment and the Advances at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Administrative Agent and, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or a Market Value Event shall have occurred, if such assignee is not an Eligible Assignee, the Company; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent or the Company shall be required for an assignment of any Financing Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Financing Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.

Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:  (A) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; and (B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment and assumption agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof below, from and after the effective date specified in each assignment and assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such assignment and assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such assignment and assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an assignment and assumption covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto as a Lender but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 5.03 and 10.04).

 

 


- 79 -

 

The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each assignment and assumption delivered to it and the Register. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the parties hereto shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company, any Lender and the Portfolio Manager, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon its receipt of a duly completed assignment and assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the Administrative Agent shall accept such assignment and assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.

(c) Any Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a " Lender Participant ") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Financing Commitment and the Advances owing to it) and with the consent of, if such participant is not an Eligible Assignee, the Company; provided that (1) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (2) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (3) the Company, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Lender Participant, agree to any Material Amendment that materially and adversely affects such Lender Participant.

(d) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Lender Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Lender Participant's interest in the Advances or other obligations under this Agreement (the " Participant Register "); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Lender Participant or any information relating to a Lender Participant's interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.  The Company agrees that each Lender Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01(e) and 3.03 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.03(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.03(f) shall be delivered to the Lender that sells the participation)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Lender Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 3.01(f) relating to replacement of Lenders as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 10.06 and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01(e) and 3.03, with respect to any participation, than the Lender that sells the participation would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Lender Participant acquired the applicable participation.  Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Company's request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company to effectuate the replacement of Lenders provisions set forth in Section 3.01(f) with respect to any Lender Participant.

 

 


- 80 -

 

SECTION 10.07. Confidentiality .

Each Agent, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information until the date that is two (2) years after receipt of such Information (or, with respect to Information relating to the financial and other material terms of this Agreement, until the date that is one (1) year after the Maturity Date), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, the sale of any Portfolio Investment following the occurrence of a Market Value Event or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.07, to (x) any assignee of or Participant in or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (in each case to the extent such Person is an Eligible Assignee), or (y) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Company and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Company (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of a disclosure by the Company), (viii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.07 by the delivering party or its Affiliates or (y) becomes available to any Agent, the Collateral Administrator, the Securities Intermediary or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company or (ix) to the extent permitted or required under this Agreement or the Account Control Agreement. For the purposes of this Section 10.07, any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.07 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 10.08. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc .

(a) Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction .  Any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (collectively, " Proceedings ") shall be tried and litigated in the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City.  With respect to any Proceedings, each party hereto irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party.  Nothing in this Agreement precludes any party hereto from bringing Proceedings to enforce any judgment against any such party arising out of or relating to this Agreement in the courts of any place where such party or any of its assets may be found or located, nor will the bringing of such Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of such Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ON BEHALF OF THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO

 

 


- 81 -

 

TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation .

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Advance, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Advance under Applicable Law (collectively the " Charges "), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the " Maximum Rate ") which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Advance in accordance with Applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Advance hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Advance but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section 10.09 shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Advances or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 10.10. PATRIOT Act .

Each Lender and Agent that is subject to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Company that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Company, which information includes the name and address of the Company and other information that will allow such Lender or Agent to identify the Company in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 10.11. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by facsimile or other written form of communication, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against the party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 10.12. Headings .

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 10.13. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under this Agreement may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

 


- 82 -

 

(1) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(2) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement; or

(3) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

As used herein:

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

" Bail-In Legislation " means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

" EEA Financial Institution " means (a) any institution established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

" EEA Member Country " means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

" EEA Resolution Authority " means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

" Write-Down and Conversion Powers " means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

[remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BGSL JACKSON HOLE FUNDING LLC, as Company

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKSTONE/GSO SECURED LENDING FUND, as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

Transaction Schedule

 

1.

Types of Financing

Available

Financing Limit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances

yes

 

Prior to a Commitment Increase Date : U.S.$300,000,000; After a Commitment Increase Date, if any, U.S.$ 300,000,000 plus the principal amount of each increase in the Financing Commitment set forth in the applicable Commitment Increase Requests up to U.S. $600,000,000 in the aggregate.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, not more than 10% of the Financing Limit may be utilized in Permitted Non-USD Currencies.

 

2.

Lenders

 

Financing Commitment

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association

Prior to a Commitment Increase Date: U.S.$ 300,000,000; After a Commitment Increase Date, if any, U.S.$ 300,000,000 plus the principal amount of each increase in the Financing Commitment set forth in the applicable Commitment Increase Requests up to U.S. $600,000,000 in the aggregate, in each case, as reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 4.07 .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, not more than 10% of the Financing Commitment may be utilized in Permitted Non-USD Currencies .

 

 

 

 

3.

Scheduled Termination Date :

May 16, 2023

 

 

 

4.

Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


- 2 -

 

 

Applicable Margin for Advances:

With respect to interest based on the LIBO Reference Rate, 2.50% per annum (subject to increase in accordance with Section 3.01(b)).

With respect to interest based on the Base Rate, 2.50% per annum (subject to increase in accordance with Section 3.01(b)).

 

 

 

5.

Account Numbers *

 

 

 

 

 

Custodial Account:

 

 

Collection Account:

 

 

MV Cure Account:

 

 

Unfunded Exposure Account:

 

 

Euro Collection Account:

 

 

 

 

*  The Collateral Agent or the UK Account Bank will provide account numbers for the GBP Collection Account, the GBP Unfunded Exposure Account, the CAD Collection Account, the CAD Unfunded Exposure Account and/or the Euro Unfunded Exposure Account when and if each such account is established in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed.  The Collateral Agent or the UK Custodian will provide account number for the Non-USD Custodial Account when and if such account is established in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed.

 

 

 

6.

Market Value Trigger :

70%

 

 

 

7.

Market Value Cure Trigger :

62%

 

 

 

8 .

Purchases of Restricted Securities

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Portfolio Investment may constitute, at the time of initial purchase, a Restricted Security.  As used herein, " Restricted Security " means any security that forms part of a new issue of publicly issued securities (a) with respect to which an Affiliate of any Lender that is a "broker" or a "dealer", within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, participated in the distribution as a member of a selling syndicate or group within 30 days of the proposed purchase by the Company and (b) which the Company proposes to purchase from any such Affiliate of any Lender.  

 

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 2

Contents of Notices of Acquisition

Each Notice of Acquisition shall include the following information for the related Portfolio Investment(s):

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Administrative Agent
c/o JPMorgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., 3rd Floor
Attention:  Ryan Hanks
Email:   de_custom_business@jpmorgan.com

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Administrative Agent
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
Attention:  Michael Grogan

Email:   NA_Private_Financing_Diligence@jpmorgan.com

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Lender
c/o JPMorgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., 3rd Floor
Newark, Delaware 19713
Attention:  Ryan Hanks

cc:

Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent

Virtus Group, LP, as Collateral Administrator

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018 (as amended, the " Agreement "), among BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC, as borrower (the " Company "), JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 3

Eligibility Criteria

1.

Such obligation is a Loan or a debt security and is not a Synthetic Security, a Zero-Coupon Security, a Structured Finance Obligation, a Revolving Loan or a letter of credit or an interest therein . ; provided that, prior to the date (if any) on which the Non-USD Custodial Account is established in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed, no such obligation that constitutes a certificated security (including a security represented by a global certificate) or is represented by a loan note or another instrument may be denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency.

2.

Such obligation does not require the making of any future advance or payment by the Company to the issuer thereof or any related counterparty except in connection with a Delayed Funding Term Loan.

3.

Such obligation is eligible to be entered into by, sold or assigned to the Company and pledged to the Collateral Agent.

4.

Such obligation is denominated and payable in an Eligible Currency and purchased at a price that is at least 80% of the par amount of such obligation.

5.

The primary obligor with respect to such obligation is a company organized in an Eligible Jurisdiction.

6.

It is an obligation upon which no payments are subject to deduction or withholding for or on account of any withholding Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction unless the related obligor is required to make "gross-up" payments that cover the full amount of any such withholding Taxes (subject to customary conditions to such payments which the Company (or the Portfolio Manager on behalf of the Company) in its good faith reasonable judgment expects to be satisfied).

7.

Such obligation is not subject to an event of default (as defined in the underlying instruments for such obligation) in accordance with its terms (including the terms of its underlying instruments after giving effect to any grace and/or cure period set forth in the related loan agreement, but not to exceed the lesser of (x) the grace period and/or cure period set forth in the related loan agreement and (y) thirty (30) days) and, to the knowledge of the Company, no Indebtedness of the obligor thereon ranking pari passu with or senior to such obligation is in default with respect to the payment of principal or interest or is subject to any other event of default that would trigger a default under the related loan agreement (after giving effect to any grace and/or cure period set forth in the related loan agreement, but not to exceed lesser of (x) the grace period and/or cure period set forth in the related loan agreement and (y) thirty (30) days) (a " Defaulted Obligation ").

8.

It is not at the time of purchase or commitment to purchase the subject of an offer other than an offer pursuant to the terms of which the offeror offers to acquire a debt obligation in exchange for consideration consisting solely of cash in an amount equal to or greater than the full face amount of such debt obligation plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

9.

Such obligation is not an equity security and does not provide, on the date of acquisition, for conversion or exchange at any time over its life into an equity security.

10.

Such obligation provides for periodic payments of interest thereon in cash at least semi-annually.

 

 

 


- 2 -

 

11.

Such obligation will not cause the Company or the pool of Collateral to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

12.

Such obligation has been Delivered to the Collateral Agent.

13.

If such obligation is a Participation Interest, the seller of such Participation Interest is the Seller (or an Affiliate of the Parent consented to by the Administrative Agent in writing (including via e-mail)).

14.

In the case of a Portfolio Investment that is a Loan, (i) the Administrative Agent is an "Eligible Assignee" (as such term, or comparable term, is defined in the documents evidencing such Portfolio Investment) and such Portfolio Investment is otherwise permitted to be entered into by, sold or assigned to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement duly executed by the administrative agent and/or obligor in respect of such Portfolio Investment, naming the Administrative Agent as assignee.

The following capitalized terms used in this Schedule 3 shall have the meanings set forth below:

" Eligible Currency " means U.S. dollars and , following the execution and delivery of a Currency Amendment, any Permitted Non-USD Currency.

" Eligible Jurisdictions " means the United States and any State therein, Bermuda, Canada, the Cayman Islands, England and any country within the European Economic Area.

" Letter of Credit " means a facility whereby (i) a fronting bank ("LOC Agent Bank") issues or will issue a letter of credit ("LC") for or on behalf of a borrower pursuant to an underlying instrument, (ii) if the LC is drawn upon, and the borrower does not reimburse the LOC Agent Bank, the lender/participant is obligated to fund its portion of the facility and (iii) the LOC Agent Bank passes on (in whole or in part) the fees and any other amounts it receives for providing the LC to the lender/participant.

" Structured Finance Obligation " means any obligation issued by a special purpose vehicle and secured directly by, referenced to, or representing ownership of, a pool of receivables or other financial assets of any obligor, including collateralized debt obligations and mortgage‑backed securities.

" Synthetic Security " means a security or swap transaction, other than a participation interest or a letter of credit, that has payments associated with either payments of interest on and/or principal of a reference obligation or the credit performance of a reference obligation.

" Zero-Coupon Security " means any debt security that by its terms (a) does not bear interest for all or part of the remaining period that it is outstanding or (b) pays interest only at its stated maturity.

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 4

Concentration Limitations

The " Concentration Limitations " shall be satisfied on any date of determination if, in the aggregate, the Portfolio Investments (other than any Ineligible Investments) owned (or in relation to a proposed purchase of a Portfolio Investment, proposed to be owned) by the Company comply with all the requirements set forth below (each such limit calculated as a percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount on the applicable date of determination); provided that the requirements of clauses 5 and 8 below shall not be applicable and shall be deemed satisfied during the Ramp-Up Period:

 

1.

The aggregate principal amount of Portfolio Investments issued by a single obligor and its affiliates may not exceed 6% of the Collateral Principal Amount (or, prior to the end of the Ramp-Up Period, the greater of (i) 6% of the Collateral Principal Amount and (ii) (x) $40,000,000 in the case of all Portfolio Investments other than Jacuzzi Brands and (y) $30,000,000 in the case of Jacuzzi Brands); provided that the aggregate principal amount of Portfolio Investments issued by three (3) obligors and their respective affiliates may each constitute up to 7.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no obligor shall be deemed an affiliate of any person solely because they are under the control of the same private equity sponsor or similar sponsor or because such obligor is owned by a common holding company with an obligor of another obligation so long as the collateral securing such loans is not common .

 

2.

Not less than 85%of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Senior Secured Loans and cash and Eligible Investments on deposit in the Collection Account and the Non-USD Collection Accounts as Principal Proceeds.

 

3.

Not more than 15% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Second Lien Loans and Mezzanine Obligations, collectively;

 

4.

Not more than 10% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Mezzanine Obligations;

 

5.

Not more than 20% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Portfolio Investments that are issued by obligors that belong to the same Moody's Industry Classification; provided that Portfolio Investments that are issued by obligors that belong to one Moody's Industry Classification (excluding the Moody's Industry Classifications with industry codes 3, 12, 22 or 30 or the successor classification codes thereto) may constitute up to 30% of the Collateral Principal Amount.  As used herein, " Moody's Industry Classifications " means the industry classifications set forth in Schedule 6 hereto, as such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Portfolio Manager (with the consent of the Administrative Agent) if Moody's publishes revised industry classifications.

 

6.

The Unfunded Exposure Amount shall not exceed 5% of the Collateral Principal Amount . ; provided that, prior to the date on which a Non-USD Unfunded Exposure Account is established in a Permitted Non-USD Currency pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed, not more than 0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Delayed Funding Term Loans denominated in such Permitted Non-USD Currency.

 

 

 


- 2 -

 

 

7.

Not more than 5% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Participation Interests (other than Participation Interests acquired by the Company from the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement on the Effective Date).

 

8.

Not more than 20% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Portfolio Investments issued by companies organized in Eligible Jurisdictions other than the United States or any State thereof.

 

9.

(i) prior to not more than 20% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Portfolio Investments denominated in any Permitted Non-USD Currency, (ii) prior to the establishment of a GBP Collection Account in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and, if required pursuant to Section 10.05 of this Agreement, the execution and delivery of a Currency Amendment, not more than 0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Portfolio Investments denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency and (ii) following GBP and (iii) prior to the establishment of a CAD Collection Account in accordance with this Agreement and the Security Trust Deed and, if required pursuant to Section 10.05 of this Agreement, the execution and delivery of a Currency Amendment, not more than 20 0 % of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Portfolio Investments denominated in a Permitted Non-USD Currency CAD .

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 5

Initial Portfolio Investments

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 6

 

Moody's Industry Classifications

Industry Code

Description

1

Aerospace & Defense

2

Automotive

3

Banking, Finance, Insurance & Real Estate

4

Beverage, Food & Tobacco

5

Capital Equipment

6

Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber

7

Construction & Building

8

Consumer goods:  Durable

9

Consumer goods:  Non-durable

10

Containers, Packaging & Glass

11

Energy:  Electricity

12

Energy:  Oil & Gas

13

Environmental Industries

14

Forest Products & Paper

15

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

16

High Tech Industries

17

Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

18

Media:  Advertising, Printing & Publishing

19

Media:  Broadcasting & Subscription

20

Media:  Diversified & Production

21

Metals & Mining

22

Retail

23

Services:  Business

24

Services:  Consumer

25

Sovereign & Public Finance

26

Telecommunications

27

Transportation:  Cargo

28

Transportation:  Consumer

29

Utilities:  Electric

30

Utilities:  Oil & Gas

31

Utilities:  Water

32

Wholesale

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Request for Advance

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Administrative Agent
c/o JPMorgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., 3rd Floor
Attention:  Ryan Hanks
JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Administrative Agent
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
Attention:  Louis Cerrotta

Email:

louis.cerrotta@jpmorgan.com

 

de_custom_business@jpmorgan.com

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association,
as Lenders
c/o JPMorgan Services Inc.
500 Stanton Christiana Rd., 3rd Floor
Newark, Delaware 19713
Attention:  Robert Nichols

cc:

Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent

Virtus Group, LP, as Collateral Administrator

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2018 (as amended, the " Agreement "), among BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC, as borrower (the " Company "), JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (the " Administrative Agent "), Blackstone/GSO Secured Lending Fund, as portfolio manager (the " Portfolio Manager "), the lenders party thereto, and the collateral agent, collateral administrator and securities intermediary party thereto.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Agreement.

Pursuant to the Agreement, you are hereby notified of the following:

(1) The Company hereby requests an Advance under Section 2.03 of the Agreement to be funded on [____________].

(2) The aggregate amount of the Advance requested hereby is U.S.$[_________]. 1

 

1  

Note:  The requested Advance shall be in an amount such that, immediately after giving effect thereto and the related purchase of the applicable Portfolio Investment(s) (if any), the Borrowing Base Test is satisfied.

 

 


 

 

(3) (3) The currency of the proposed Advance is [USD][CAD][EUR][GBP].

( 3 4 ) The proposed purchases (if any) relating to this request are as follows:

 

Security

Par

Price

Purchased Interest (if any)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We hereby certify that all conditions [to the Purchase of such Portfolio Investment(s) set forth in Section 1.03 of the Agreement and] to an Advance set forth in Section 2.05 of the Agreement have been satisfied or waived as of the [related Trade Date (and shall be satisfied or waived as of the related Settlement Date) and] Advance date[, as applicable].

 

Very truly yours,

 

BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 14

CODE OF ETHICS FOR PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE AND

SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO RULES

PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I. Covered Officers/Purpose of the Code

This code of ethics (the “ Code ”) of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the “ Fund ”), applies to the Fund's principal executive officer and principal financial officer (the “ Covered Officers ”) for the purpose of promoting:  

 

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Fund files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) and in other public communications made by the Fund;

 

compliance with applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations;

 

the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code; and

 

accountability for adherence to the Code.

Each Covered Officer should adhere to a high standard of business ethics and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to actual as well as apparent conflicts of interest.

II. Covered Officers Should Handle Ethically Actual and Apparent Conflicts of Interest

Overview.    A “conflict of interest” occurs when a Covered Officer's private interest interferes with the interests of, or the Covered Officer's service to, the Fund.  For example, a conflict of interest would arise if a Covered Officer, or a member of the Covered Officer's family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of the Covered Officer's position with the Fund.

Certain conflicts of interest arise out of the relationships between Covered Officers and the Fund and already are subject to conflict of interest provisions in the 1940 Act, and the Advisers Act.  For example, Covered Officers may not individually engage in certain transactions (such as the purchase or sale of securities or other property) with the Fund because of their status as “affiliated persons” of the Fund.  The Fund and its investment adviser's compliance programs and procedures are designed to prevent, or identify and correct, violations of these provisions.  This Code does not, and is not intended to, repeat or replace these programs and procedures, and such conflicts fall outside of the parameters of this Code.  Although typically not presenting an opportunity for improper personal benefit, conflicts arise from, or as a result of, the contractual relationship between the Fund and their investment adviser or a third party service provider of which the Covered Officers are also officers or employees.  As a result, this Code recognizes that the Covered Officers will, in the normal course of their duties (whether formally for the Fund or for the Adviser or a third party service provider, or for one or more of them), be involved in


establishing policies and implementing decisions that will have different effects on the Adviser, third party service provider and the Fund.  The participation of the Covered Officers in such activities is inherent in the contractual relationship between the Fund and the Adviser or third party service provider and is consistent with the performance by the Covered Officers of their duties as officers of the Fund.  Thus, if performed in conformity with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, such activities will be deemed to have been handled ethically.  In addition, it is recognized by the Boards that the Covered Officers may also be officers or employees of one or more other investment companies or BDCs covered by this or other codes.

Other conflicts of interest are covered by the Code, even if such conflicts of interest are not subject to provisions in the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act.

III. Disclosure and Compliance

 

Each Covered Officer of the Fund should become familiar with the disclosure requirements generally applicable to the Fund;

 

each Covered Officer of the Fund should not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Fund to others, whether within or outside the Fund, including to the Fund’s Trustees and auditors, and to governmental regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

 

each Covered Officer of the Fund should, to the extent appropriate within the Covered Officer's area of responsibility, consult with other officers and employees of the Fund and its investment adviser with the goal of promoting full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the reports and documents the Fund files with, or submits to, the SEC and in other public communications made by the Fund; and

 

it is the responsibility of each Covered Officer to promote compliance with the standards and restrictions imposed by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

IV. Reporting and Accountability

Each Covered Officer of the Fund must:

 

upon adoption of the Code (or thereafter as applicable, upon becoming a Covered Officer), affirm in writing to the Boards that the Covered Officer has received, read and understands the Code;

 

annually thereafter affirm to the Boards that the Covered Officer has complied with the requirements of the Code;

 

not retaliate against any other Covered Officer or any employee of the Fund or its affiliated persons for reports of potential violations that are made in good faith; and

 

notify the Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund promptly if the Covered Officer knows of any violation of this Code.  Failure to do so is itself a violation of this Code.


The Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund is responsible for applying this Code to specific situations in which questions are presented under it and has the authority to interpret this Code in any particular situation.  The Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund is authorized to consult, as appropriate, with counsel to the Fund and counsel to the Trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons,” as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Fund (the “ Independent Trustees ”), and is encouraged to do so.  However, any approvals or waivers 1 will be considered by Independent Trustees.

The Fund will follow these procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code:

 

the Chief Compliance Officer will take all appropriate action to investigate any reported potential violations;

 

if, after such investigation, the Chief Compliance Officer believes that no violation has occurred, the Chief Compliance Officer is not required to take any further action;

 

any matter that the Chief Compliance Officer believes is a violation will be reported to the Independent Trustees;

 

if the Independent Trustees concur that a violation has occurred, it will inform and make a recommendation to the Board, which will consider appropriate action, which may include review of, and appropriate modifications to, applicable policies and procedures; notification to appropriate personnel Adviser or Board; or a recommendation to dismiss the Covered Officer; and

 

any changes to or waivers of this Code will, to the extent required, be disclosed as provided by SEC rules.

V. Other Policies and Procedures

This Code shall be the sole code of ethics adopted by the Fund for purposes of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and forms applicable to BDCs thereunder.  Insofar as other policies or procedures of the Fund, the Adviser, principal underwriter (if applicable), or other service providers govern or purport to govern the behavior or activities of the Covered Officers who are subject to this Code, they are superseded by this Code to the extent that they overlap or conflict with the provisions of this Code.  The codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act of the Fund, the Adviser and principal underwriter are separate requirements applying to the Covered Officers and others, and are not part of this Code.

 

1    

For this purpose, the term “waiver” includes the approval by the Fund of a material departure from a provision of the Code or the Fund's failure to take action within a reasonable period of time regarding a material departure from a provision of the Code that has been made known to Fund management.


VI. Amendments

Any amendments to this Code, other than amendments to Attachments A or B, must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees.

VII. Confidentiality

All reports and records relating to the Fund prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code will be considered confidential and shall be maintained and protected accordingly.  Except as otherwise required by law or this Code, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than the Adviser or the Boards, counsel to the Fund and counsel to the Independent Trustees (if any).

VIII. Internal Use

The Code is intended solely for the internal use by the Fund and does not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of the Fund, as to any fact, circumstance, or legal conclusion.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF BLACKSTONE / GSO SECURED LENDING FUND

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

BGSL Jackson Hole Funding LLC

 

Delaware

BGSL Breckenridge Funding LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Brad Marshall, Chief Executive Officer of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the “registrant”) for the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

(b)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

(c)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of trustees (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

 

/s/ Brad Marshall

Brad Marshall

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Stephan Kuppenheimer, Chief Financial Officer of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the “registrant”) for the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

(b)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

(c)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of trustees (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Executive Officer of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:

 

 

(1)

the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Brad Marshall

 

Brad Marshall

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of Blackstone / GSO Secured Lending Fund (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:

 

 

(1)

the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

(2)

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

Stephan Kuppenheimer

 

Chief Financial Officer